Linux Standard Base Core Specification 2.0

Linux Standard Base Core Specification 2.0
Copyright © 2004 Free Standards Group
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
Portions of the text are copyrighted by the following parties:
•	The Regents of the University of California
•	Free Software Foundation
•	Ian F. Darwin
•	Paul Vixie
•	BSDI (now Wind River)
•	Andrew G Morgan
•	Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
•	Massachusetts Institute of Technology
These excerpts are being used in accordance with their respective licenses.
Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds.
UNIX a registered trademark of the Open Group in the United States and other countries.
LSB is a trademark of the Free Standards Group in the USA and other countries.
AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
Intel and Itanium are registered trademarks and Intel386 is a trademarks of Intel Corporation.
OpenGL is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

Specification Introduction

Specification Introduction

Table of Contents
Foreword	000
Introduction	000
I. Introductory Elements	000
1. Scope	000
1.1. General	000
1.2. Module Specific Scope	000
2. Normative References	000
3. Requirements	000
3.1. Relevant Libraries	000
3.2. LSB Implementation Conformance	000
3.3. LSB Application Conformance	000
4. Definitions	000
5. Terminology	000

List of Tables
2-1. Normative References	000
3-1. Standard Library Names	000
3-2. Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Supplement	000

Foreword
This is version 2.0 of the Linux Standard Base Core Specification. An implementation of this version of the specification may not claim to be an implementation of the Linux Standard Base unless it has successfully completed the compliance process as defined by the Free Standards Group.

Introduction
The LSB defines a binary interface for application programs that are compiled and packaged for LSB-conforming implementations on many different hardware architectures. Since a binary specification shall include information specific to the computer processor architecture for which it is intended, it is not possible for a single document to specify the interface for all possible LSB-conforming implementations. Therefore, the LSB is a family of specifications, rather than a single one.
This document should be used in conjunction with the documents it references. This document enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely or partly in this document, partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents. For example, the section that describes system service routines includes a list of the system routines supported in this interface, formal declarations of the data structures they use that are visible to applications, and a pointer to the underlying referenced specification for information about the syntax and semantics of each call. Only those routines not described in standards referenced by this document, or extensions to those standards, are described in the detail. Information referenced in this way is as much a part of this document as is the information explicitly included here.

I. Introductory Elements

Chapter 1. Scope
1.1. General
The Linux Standard Base (LSB) defines a system interface for compiled applications and a minimal environment for support of installation scripts. Its purpose is to enable a uniform industry standard environment for high-volume applications conforming to the LSB.
These specifications are composed of two basic parts: A common specification ("LSB-generic") describing those parts of the interface that remain constant across all implementations of the LSB, and an architecture-specific specification ("LSB-arch") describing the parts of the interface that vary by processor architecture. Together, the LSB-generic and the architecture-specific supplement for a single hardware architecture provide a complete interface specification for compiled application programs on systems that share a common hardware architecture.
The LSB-generic document shall be used in conjunction with an architecture-specific supplement. Whenever a section of the LSB-generic specification shall be supplemented by architecture-specific information, the LSB-generic document includes a reference to the architecture supplement. Architecture supplements may also contain additional information that is not referenced in the LSB-generic document.
The LSB contains both a set of Application Program Interfaces (APIs) and Application Binary Interfaces (ABIs). APIs may appear in the source code of portable applications, while the compiled binary of that application may use the larger set of ABIs. A conforming implementation shall provide all of the ABIs listed here. The compilation system may replace (e.g. by macro definition) certain APIs with calls to one or more of the underlying binary interfaces, and may insert calls to binary interfaces as needed.
The LSB is primarily a binary interface definition. Not all of the source level APIs available to applications may be contained in this specification.
1.2. Module Specific Scope
This is the Core module of the Linux Standards Base (LSB). This module provides the fundemental system interfaces, libraries, and runtime environment upon which all conforming applications and libraries depend.
Interfaces described in this module are mandatory except where explicitly listed otherwise. Core interfaces may be supplemented by other modules; all modules are built upon the core.

Chapter 2. Normative References
The specifications listed below are referenced in whole or in part by the Linux Standard Base. In this specification, where only a particular section of one of these references is identified, then the normative reference is to that section alone, and the rest of the referenced document is informative.
Table 2-1. Normative References
System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003	http://www.caldera.com/developers/gabi/2003-12-17/contents.html	
DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993)	http://www.eagercon.com/dwarf/dwarf-2.0.0.pdf	
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) 2.3	http://www.pathname.com/fhs/	
IEEE Standard 754 for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic	http://www.ieee.org/	
System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1	http://www.caldera.com/developers/devspecs/gabi41.pdf	
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C		
Linux Assigned Names And Numbers Authority	http://www.lanana.org/	
Large File Support	http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version2/whatsnew/lfs20mar.html	
LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4	http://www.li18nux.org/docs/html/LI18NUX-2000-amd4.htm	
Linux Standard Base	http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/	
OSF-RFC 86.0	http://www.opengroup.org/tech/rfc/mirror-rfc/rfc86.0.txt	
RFC 1833: Binding Protocols for ONC RPC Version 2	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1833.txt	
RFC 1952: GZIP file format specification version 4.3	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1952.txt	
RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2440.txt	
CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	http://www.opengroup.org/publications/catalog/un.htm	
The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) Version 2, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604)	http://www.opengroup.org/publications/catalog/un.htm	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	http://www.opengroup.org/publications/catalog/un.htm	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	http://www.unix.org/version3/	
System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)		
System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition		
zlib 1.2 Manual	http://www.gzip.org/zlib/	

Chapter 3. Requirements
3.1. Relevant Libraries
The libraries listed in Table 3-1 shall be available on a Linux Standard Base system, with the specified runtime names. The libraries listed in Table 3-2 are architecture specific, but shall be available on all LSB conforming systems. This list may be supplemented or amended by the architecture-specific specification.
Table 3-1. Standard Library Names
Library	Runtime Name	
libdl	libdl.so.2	
libcrypt	libcrypt.so.1	
libz	libz.so.1	
libncurses	libncurses.so.5	
libutil	libutil.so.1	
libpthread	libpthread.so.0	
libpam	libpam.so.0	
libgcc_s	libgcc_s.so.1	

Table 3-2. Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Supplement
Library	Runtime Name	
libm	See archLSB	
libc	See archLSB	
proginterp	See archLSB	

These libraries will be in an implementation-defined directory which the dynamic linker shall search by default.
3.2. LSB Implementation Conformance
An implementation shall satisfy the following requirements:
•	The implementation shall implement fully the architecture described in the hardware manual for the target processor architecture.
•	The implementation shall be capable of executing compiled applications having the format and using the system interfaces described in this document.
•	The implementation shall provide libraries containing the interfaces specified by this document, and shall provide a dynamic linking mechanism that allows these interfaces to be attached to applications at runtime. All the interfaces shall behave as specified in this document.
•	The map of virtual memory provided by the implementation shall conform to the requirements of this document.
•	The implementation's low-level behavior with respect to function call linkage, system traps, signals, and other such activities shall conform to the formats described in this document.
•	The implementation shall provide all of the mandatory interfaces in their entirety.
•	The implementation may provide one or more of the optional interfaces. Each optional interface that is provided shall be provided in its entirety. The product documentation shall state which optional interfaces are provided.
•	The implementation shall provide all files and utilities specified as part of this document in the format defined here and in other referenced documents. All commands and utilities shall behave as required by this document. The implementation shall also provide all mandatory components of an application's runtime environment that are included or referenced in this document.
•	The implementation, when provided with standard data formats and values at a named interface, shall provide the behavior defined for those values and data formats at that interface. However, a conforming implementation may consist of components which are separately packaged and/or sold. For example, a vendor of a conforming implementation might sell the hardware, operating system, and windowing system as separately packaged items.
•	The implementation may provide additional interfaces with different names. It may also provide additional behavior corresponding to data values outside the standard ranges, for standard named interfaces.
3.3. LSB Application Conformance
An application shall satisfy the following requirements:
•	Its executable files are either shell scripts or object files in the format defined for the Object File Format system interface.
•	Its object files participate in dynamic linking as defined in the Program Loading and Linking System interface.
•	It employs only the instructions, traps, and other low-level facilities defined in the Low-Level System interface as being for use by applications.
•	If it requires any optional interface defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully, the requirement for that optional interface is stated in the application's documentation.
•	It does not use any interface or data format that is not required to be provided by a conforming implementation, unless: 
•	If such an interface or data format is supplied by another application through direct invocation of that application during execution, that application is in turn an LSB conforming application.
•	The use of that interface or data format, as well as its source, is identified in the documentation of the application.
•	It shall not use any values for a named interface that are reserved for vendor extensions.
A strictly conforming application does not require or use any interface, facility, or implementation-defined extension that is not defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully.

Chapter 4. Definitions
For the purposes of this document, the following definitions, as specified in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2, 2001, 4th Edition, apply:
can
 	be able to; there is a possibility of; it is possible to
cannot
 	be unable to; there is no possibilty of; it is not possible to
may
 	is permitted; is allowed; is permissible
need not
 	it is not required that; no...is required
shall
 	is to; is required to; it is required that; has to; only...is permitted; it is necessary
shall not
 	is not allowed [permitted] [acceptable] [permissible]; is required to be not; is required that...be not; is not to be
should
 	it is recommended that; ought to
should not
 	it is not recommended that; ought not to

Chapter 5. Terminology
For the purposes of this document, the following terms apply:
archLSB
 	The architectural part of the LSB Specification which describes the specific parts of the interface that are platform specific. The archLSB is complementary to the gLSB.
Binary Standard
 	The total set of interfaces that are available to be used in the compiled binary code of a conforming application.
gLSB
 	The common part of the LSB Specification that describes those parts of the interface that remain constant across all hardware implementations of the LSB.
implementation-defined
 	Describes a value or behavior that is not defined by this document but is selected by an implementor. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the value or behavior. An application that relies on such a value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. The implementor shall document such a value or behavior so that it can be used correctly by an application.
Shell Script
 	A file that is read by an interpreter (e.g., awk). The first line of the shell script includes a reference to its interpreter binary.
Source Standard
 	The set of interfaces that are available to be used in the source code of a conforming application.
undefined
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not defined by this document which results from use of an invalid program construct or invalid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
unspecified
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not specified by this document which results from use of a valid program construct or valid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.

ELF Specification

ELF Specification

Table of Contents
I. Low Level System Information	000
1. Operating System Interface	000
II. Object Format	000
2. Object Files	000
3. Sections	000
3.1. Sections Types	000
3.1.1. ELF Section Types	000
3.1.2. Additional Section Types	000
4. Special Sections	000
4.1. Special Sections	000
4.1.1. ELF Special Sections	000
4.1.2. Additional Special Sections	000
5. Symbol Mapping	000
5.1. Symbol Mapping	000
5.1.1. C Language	000
5.1.2. C++ Language	000
6. DWARF Extensions	000
7. EH Frame Header	000
7.1. DWARF Exception Header Encoding	000
8. Symbol Versioning	000
8.1. Symbol Version Table	000
8.2. Version Definitions	000
8.3. Version Requirements	000
8.4. Startup Sequence	000
8.5. Symbol Resolution	000
9. ABI note tag	000
III. Dynamic Linking	000
10. Program Loading and Dynamic Linking	000
11. Program Header	000
12. Dynamic Entries	000
12.1. Dynamic Entries	000
12.1.1. ELF Dynamic Entries	000
12.1.2. Additional Dynamic Entries	000

List of Tables
3-1. ELF Section Types	000
3-2. Additional Section Types	000
4-1. ELF Special Sections	000
4-2. Additional Special Sections	000
6-1. Additional DWARF Call Frame Instructions	000
7-1. .eh_frame_hdr Section Format	000
7-2. DWARF Exception Header value format	000
7-3. DWARF Exception Header application	000
11-1. Linux Segment Types	000
List of Figures
8-1. Version Definition Entries	000
8-2. Version Definition Auxiliary Entries	000
8-3. Version Needed Entries	000
8-4. Version Needed Auxiliary Entries	000

I. Low Level System Information

Chapter 1. Operating System Interface
LSB-conforming applications shall assume that stack, heap and other allocated memory regions will be non-executable. The application must take steps to make them executable if needed.

II. Object Format

Chapter 2. Object Files
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file Executable and Linking Format (ELF), which is defined by the following documents: 
•	System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1
•	System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003
•	this document
•	an architecture-specific LSB specification
Conforming implementations may also support other unspecified object file formats.

Chapter 3. Sections
3.1. Sections Types
A section header's sh_type member specifies the sections's semantics.
3.1.1. ELF Section Types
The following section types are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and the System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003. 
Table 3-1. ELF Section Types
Name	Value	Description	
SHT_DYNAMIC	0x6	The section holds information for dynamic linking. Currently, an object file shall have only one dynamic section, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Dynamic Section' in Chapter 5 for details.	
SHT_DYNSYM	0xb	
	
SHT_FINI_ARRAY	0xf	This section contains an array of pointers to termination functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return.	
SHT_HASH	0x5	The section holds a symbol hash table. Currently, an object file shall have only one hash table, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Hash Table' in the Chapter 5 for details.	
SHT_HIPROC	0x7fffffff	Values in this inclusive range are reserved for processor-specific semantics.	
SHT_HIUSER	0xffffffff	This value specifies the upper bound of the range of indexes reserved for application programs. Section types between SHT_LOUSER and SHT_HIUSER can be used by the application, without conflicting with current or future system-defined section types.	
SHT_INIT_ARRAY	0xe	This section contains an array of pointers to initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return.	
SHT_LOPROC	0x70000000	Values in this inclusive range are reserved for processor-specific semantics.	
SHT_LOUSER	0x80000000	This value specifies the lower bound of the range of indexes reserved for application programs.	
SHT_NOBITS	0x8	A section of this type occupies no space in the file but otherwise resembles SHT_PROGBITS. Although this section contains no bytes, the sh_offset member contains the conceptual file offset.	
SHT_NOTE	0x7	The section holds information that marks the file in some way. See `Note Section' in Chapter 5 for details.	
SHT_NULL	0x0	This value marks the section header as inactive; it does not have an associated section. Other members of the section header have undefined values.	
SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY	0x10	This section contains an array of pointers to functions that are invoked before all other initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless proceure with a void return.	
SHT_PROGBITS	0x1	The section holds information defined by the program, whose format and meaning are determined solely by the program.	
SHT_REL	0x9	The section holds relocation entries without explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rel for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rel for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. See "Relocation"	
SHT_RELA	0x4	The section holds relocation entries with explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rela for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rela for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. `Relocation' b	
SHT_SHLIB	0xa	This section type is reserved but has unspecified semantics.	
SHT_STRTAB	0x3	The section holds a string table. An object file may have multiple string table sections. See `String Table' below for details.	
SHT_SYMTAB	0x2	These sections hold a symbol table. Currently, an object file shall have only one section of each type, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. Typically, SHT_SYMTAB provides symbols for link editing, though it may also be used for dynamic linking.	

3.1.2. Additional Section Types
The following additional section types are defined here. 
Table 3-2. Additional Section Types
Name	Value	Description	
SHT_GNU_verdef	0x6ffffffd	This section contains the symbol versions that are provided.	
SHT_GNU_verneed	0x6ffffffe	This section contains the symbol versions that are required.	
SHT_GNU_versym	0x6fffffff	This section contains the Symbol Version Table.	

Chapter 4. Special Sections
4.1. Special Sections
Various sections hold program and control information. Sections in the lists below are used by the system and have the indicated types and attributes.
4.1.1. ELF Special Sections
The following sections are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and the System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003. 
Table 4-1. ELF Special Sections
Name	Type	Attributes	
.bss	SHT_NOBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.comment	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.data	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.data1	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.debug	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.dynamic	SHT_DYNAMIC	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.dynstr	SHT_STRTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.dynsym	SHT_DYNSYM	SHF_ALLOC	
.fini	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	
.fini_array	SHT_FINI_ARRAY	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.hash	SHT_HASH	SHF_ALLOC	
.init	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	
.init_array	SHT_INIT_ARRAY	 SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.interp	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.line	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.note	SHT_NOTE	0	
.preinit_array	SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.rodata	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.rodata1	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.shstrtab	SHT_STRTAB	0	
.strtab	SHT_STRTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.symtab	SHT_SYMTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.text	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	

.bss
 	This section holds data that contributes to the program's memory image. The program may treat this data as uninitialized. However, the system shall initialize this data with zeroes when the program begins to run. The section occupies no file space, as indicated by the section type, SHT_NOBITS
.comment
 	This section holds version control information.
.data
 	This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
.data1
 	This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
.debug
 	This section holds information for symbolic debugging. The contents are unspecified. All section names with the prefix .debug hold information for symbolic debugging. The contents of these sections are unspecified.
.dynamic
 	This section holds dynamic linking information. The section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit. Whether the SHF_WRITE bit is set is processor specific. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.dynstr
 	This section holds strings needed for dynamic linking, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.dynsym
 	This section holds the dynamic linking symbol table, as described in `Symbol Table'. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.fini
 	This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process termination code. That is, when a program exits normally, the system arranges to execute the code in this section.
.fini_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single termination array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.hash
 	This section holds a symbol hash table. See `Hash Table' in Chapter 5 for more information.
.init
 	This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process initialization code. When a program starts to run, the system arranges to execute the code in this section before calling the main program entry point (called main for C programs)
.init_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.interp
 	This section holds the path name of a program interpreter. If the file has a loadable segment that includes relocation, the sections' attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off. See Chapter 5 for more information.
.line
 	This section holds line number information for symbolic debugging, which describes the correspondence between the source program and the machine code. The contents are unspecified.
.note
 	This section holds information in the format that `Note Section' in Chapter 5 describes of the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1.
.preinit_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single pre-initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.rodata
 	This section holds read-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 for more information.
.rodata1
 	This section hold sread-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 for more information.
.shstrtab
 	This section holds section names.
.strtab
 	This section holds strings, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol string table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwi
.symtab
 	This section holds a symbol table, as `Symbol Table'. in this chapter describes. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off.
.text
 	This section holds the `text,' or executable instructions, of a program.
4.1.2. Additional Special Sections
Object files in an LSB conforming application may also contain one or more of the additional special sections described below. 
Table 4-2. Additional Special Sections
Name	Type	Attributes	
.ctors	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.dtors	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.eh_frame	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.eh_frame_hdr	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version	SHT_GNU_versym	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version_d	SHT_GNU_verdef	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version_r	SHT_GNU_verneed	SHF_ALLOC	
.jcr	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.note.ABI-tag	SHT_NOTE	SHF_ALLOC	
.stab	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.stabstr	SHT_STRTAB	0	

.ctors
 	This section contains a list of global constructor function pointers.
.dtors
 	This section contains a list of global destructor function pointers.
.eh_frame
 	This section contains information necessary for frame unwinding during exception handling.
.eh_frame_hdr
 	This section contains a pointer to the .eh_frame section which is accessible to the runtime support code of a C++ application. This section may also contain a binary search table which may be used by the runtime support code to more efficiently access records in the .eh_frame section.
.gnu.version
 	This section contains the Symbol Version Table.
.gnu.version_d
 	This section contains the Version Definitions.
.gnu.version_r
 	This section contains the Version Requirments.
.jcr
 	This section contains information necessary for registering compiled Java classes. The contents are compiler-specific and used by compiler initialization functions.
.note.ABI-tag
 	Specify ABI details.
.stab
 	This section contains debugging information. The contents are not specified as part of the LSB.
.stabstr
 	This section contains strings associated with the debugging infomation contained in the .stab section.

Chapter 5. Symbol Mapping
This chapter defines how names are mapped from the source symbol to the object symbol.
5.1. Symbol Mapping
Symbols in a source program are translated by the compilation system into symbols that exist in the object file. The rules for this translation are defined here.
5.1.1. C Language
External C symbols have the same names in C and object files' symbol tables.
5.1.2. C++ Language
External symbol names in a C++ object file shall be encoded according to the "name mangling" rules described in the .

Chapter 6. DWARF Extensions
In addition to the Call Frame Instructions defined in section 6.4.2 of DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993), the following Call Frame Instructions may also be used.
Table 6-1. Additional DWARF Call Frame Instructions
Name	Value	Meaning	
DW_CFA_expression	0x10	The DW_CFA_expression instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number, and a DW_FORM_block value representing a DWARF expression. The required action is to establish the DWARF expression as the means by which the address in which the given register contents are found may be computed. The value of the CFA is pushed on the DWARF evaluation stack prior to execution of the DWARF expression. The DW_OP_call2, DW_OP_call4, DW_OP_call_ref and DW_OP_push_object_address DWARF operators (see Section 2.4.1 of DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993)) cannot be used in such a DWARF expression.	
DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf	0x11	The DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number and a signed LEB128 factored offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_offset_extended except that the second operand is signed.	
DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf	0x12	The DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number and a signed LEB128 factored offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_def_cfa except that the second operand is signed and factored.	
DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf	0x13	The DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf instruction takes a signed LEB128 operand representing a factored offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset except that the operand is signed and factored.	
DW_CFA_GNU_args_size	0x2e	The DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf instruction takes an unsigned LEB128 operand representing an argument size.	
DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended	0x2f	The DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number and an unsigned LEB128 which represents the magnitude of the offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf except that the operand is subtracted to produce the offset. This instructions is obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf.	

Chapter 7. EH Frame Header
The .eh_frame_hdr section contains additional information about the .eh_frame section. A pointer to the start of the .eh_frame data, and optionally, a binary search table of pointers to the .eh_frame records are found in this section.
Data in this section is encoded according to the DWARF Exception Header Encoding described below.
Table 7-1. .eh_frame_hdr Section Format
Encoding	Field	
unsigned byte	version	
unsigned byte	eh_frame_ptr_enc	
unsigned byte	fde_count_enc	
unsigned byte	table_enc	
encoded	eh_frame_ptr	
encoded	fde_count	

	binary search table	

version
 	Version of the .eh_frame_hdr format. This value shall be 1.
eh_frame_ptr_enc
 	The encoding format of the eh_frame_ptr field.
fde_count_enc
 	The encoding format of the fde_count field. A value of DW_EH_PE_omit indicates the binary search table is not present.
table_enc
 	The encoding format of the entries in the binary search table. A value of DW_EH_PE_omit indicates the binary search table is not present.
eh_frame_ptr
 	The encoded value of the pointer to the start of the .eh_frame section.
fde_count
 	The encoded value of the count of entries in the binary search table.
binary search table
 	A binary search table containing fde_count entries. Each entry of the table consist of two encoded values, the initial location, and the address. The entries are sorted in an increasing order by the initial location value.
7.1. DWARF Exception Header Encoding
The DWARF Exception Header Encoding is used to describe the type of data used in the .eh_frame_hdr section. The upper 4 bits indicate how the value is to be applied. The lower 4 bits indicate the format of the data.
Table 7-2. DWARF Exception Header value format
Name	Value	Meaning	
DW_EH_PE_omit	0xff	No value is present.	
DW_EH_PE_uleb128	0x01	Unsigned value is encoded using the Little Endian Base 128 (LEB128) as defined by DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993).	
DW_EH_PE_udata2	0x02	A 2 bytes unsigned value.	
DW_EH_PE_udata4	0x03	A 4 bytes unsigned value.	
DW_EH_PE_udata8	0x04	An 8 bytes unsigned value.	
DW_EH_PE_sleb128	0x09	Signed value is encoded using the Little Endian Base 128 (LEB128) as defined by DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993).	
DW_EH_PE_sdata2	0x0A	A 2 bytes signed value.	
DW_EH_PE_sdata4	0x0B	A 4 bytes signed value.	
DW_EH_PE_sdata8	0x0C	An 8 bytes signed value.	

Table 7-3. DWARF Exception Header application
Name	Value	Meaning	
DW_EH_PE_absptr	0x00	Value is used with no modification.	
DW_EH_PE_pcrel	0x10	Value is reletive to the current program counter.	
DW_EH_PE_datarel	0x30	Value is reletive to the beginning of the .eh_frame_hdr section.	
DW_EH_PE_omit	0xff	No value is present.	

Chapter 8. Symbol Versioning
This chapter describes the Symbol Versioning mechanism. All ELF objects may provide or depend on versioned symbols. Symbol Versioning is implemented by 3 section types: SHT_GNU_versym, SHT_GNU_verdef, and SHT_GNU_verneed.
The prefix Elfxx in the following descriptions and code fragments stands for either "Elf32" or "Elf64", depending on the architecture.
Versions are described by strings. The structures that are used for symbol versions also contain a member that holds the ELF hashing values of the strings. This allows for more efficient processing.
8.1. Symbol Version Table
The Symbol Version Table is contained in the special section .gnu.version which has a section type of SHT_GNU_versym. This section has the same number of entries as the Dynamic Symbol Table.
This section contains an array of elements of type Elfxx_Half. Each entry specifies the version defined for or required by the corresponding symbol in the Dynamic Symbol Table.
The values in the Symbol Version Table are unique to the object in which they are located. These values are identifiers that are provided by the the vna_other member of the Elfxx_Vernaux structure or the vd_ndx member of the Elfxx_Verdef structure.
The values 0 and 1 are reserved.
0
 	The symbol is local, not available outside the object.
1
 	The symbol is defined in this object and is globally available.
All other values are used to identify version strings located in one of the other Symbol Version sections. The value itself is not the version associated with the symbol. The string identified by the value defines the version of the symbol.
8.2. Version Definitions
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_d which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verdef. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERDEFNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 8-1. Version Definition Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vd_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_ndx;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_hash;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_next;
} Elfxx_Verdef;
vd_version
 	Version revision. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
vd_flags
 	Version information flag bitmask.
vd_ndx
 	Version index numeric value referencing the SHT_GNU_versym section.
vd_cnt
 	Number of associated verdaux array entries.
vd_hash
 	Version name hash value (ELF hash function).
vd_aux
 	Offset to a corresponding entry in the verdaux array, in bytes.
vd_next
 	Offset to the next verdef entry, in bytes.
Figure 8-2. Version Definition Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vda_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vda_next;
} Elfxx_Verdaux;
vda_name
 	Offset to the version or dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vda_next
 	Offset to the next verdaux entry, in bytes.
8.3. Version Requirements
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_r which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verneed. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERNEEDNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 8-3. Version Needed Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vn_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vn_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_file;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_next;
} Elfxx_Verneed;
vn_version
 	Version of structure. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
vn_cnt
 	Number of associated verneed array entries.
vn_file
 	Offset to the file name string in the section header, in bytes.
vn_aux
 	Offset to a corresponding entry in the vernaux array, in bytes.
vn_next
 	Offset to the next verneed entry, in bytes.
Figure 8-4. Version Needed Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vna_hash;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_other;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_next;
} Elfxx_Vernaux;
vna_hash
 	Dependency name hash value (ELF hash function).
vna_flags
 	Dependency information flag bitmask.
vna_other
 	Object file version identifier used in the .gnu.version symbol version array. Bit number 15 controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
vna_name
 	Offset to the dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vna_next
 	Offset to the next vernaux entry, in bytes.
8.4. Startup Sequence
When loading a sharable object, version definition data from the loaded object is analyzed to assure that it meets the version requirements of the calling object. The dynamic loader retrieves the entries in the caller's Elfxx_Verneed array and attempts to find matching definition information in the loaded Elfxx_Verdef table.
Each object and dependency is tested in turn. If a symbol definition is missing, the loader returns an error. A warning is issued instead of a hard error when the vna_flags bit for VER_FLG_WEAK is set in the Elfxx_Vernaux entry.
When the versions referenced by undefined symbols in the loaded object are found, version availability is certified. The test completes without error and the object is made available.
8.5. Symbol Resolution
When symbol versioning is used in an object, relocations extend the performance of definition testing beyond the simple match of symbol name strings: the version of the reference shall also equal the name of the definition. The same index that is used in the symbol table can be referenced in the SHT_GNU_versym section, and the value of this index is then used to acquire name data. The corresponding requirement string is retrieved from the Elfxx_Verneed array, and likewise, the corresponding definition string from the Elfxx_Verdef table.
Bit number 15 of the version symbol controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
Results differ in the interaction of objects that variously use symbol versioning. 
•	The object with the reference and the object with the definitions may both use versioning. All described matching is processed in this case. A fatal error is triggered when no matching definition can be found in the object whose name is the one referenced by the vn_name element in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	The object with the reference may not use versioning, while the object with the definitions does. In this instance, only the definition with index numbers 1 and 2 will be used in the reference match, the same identified by the static linker as the base definition. In infrequent cases where the static linker was not used, as in calls to dlopen(), a version that does not have the base definition index is acceptable as long as it is the only version for which the symbol is defined.
•	The object with the reference may use versioning, but the object with the definitions specifies none. A matching symbol is accepted in this case. A fatal error is triggered in the unlikely event that a corruption in the required symbols list obscured an outdated object file and caused a match on the object filename in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	Finally, both the object with the reference and the object with the definitions may not use versioning. The behavior in this instance defaults to pre-existing symbol rules.

Chapter 9. ABI note tag
Every executable shall contain a section named .note.ABI-tag of type SHT_NOTE. This section is structured as a note section as documented in the ELF spec. The section shall contain at least the following entry. The name field (namesz/name) contains the string "GNU". The type field shall be 1. The descsz field shall be at least 16, and the first 16 bytes of the desc field shall be as follows.
The first 32-bit word of the desc field shall be 0 (this signifies a Linux executable). The second, third, and fourth 32-bit words of the desc field contain the earliest compatible kernel version. For example, if the 3 words are 2, 2, and 5, this signifies a 2.2.5 kernel.

III. Dynamic Linking

Chapter 10. Program Loading and Dynamic Linking
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file information and system actions that create running programs as specified in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003 and as supplemented by this document and an architecture-specific LSB specification.
Any shared object that is loaded shall contain sufficient DT_NEEDED records to satisfy the symbols on the shared library.

Chapter 11. Program Header
In addition to the Segment Types defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003 the following Segment Types shall also be supported.
Table 11-1. Linux Segment Types
Name	Value	
PT_GNU_EH_FRAME	0x6474e550	
PT_GNU_STACK	0x6474e551	

PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
 	The array element specifies the location and size of the exception handling information as defined by the .eh_frame_hdr section.
PT_GNU_STACK
 	The p_flags member specifies the permissions on the segment containing the stack and is used to indicate wether the stack should be executable. The absense of this header indicates indicates that the stack will be executable.

Chapter 12. Dynamic Entries
A dynamic entry's d_tag member control the interpretation of d_un.
12.1. Dynamic Entries
12.1.1. ELF Dynamic Entries
The following dynamic entries are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003. 
DT_BIND_NOW
 	Process relocations of object
DT_DEBUG
 	For debugging; unspecified
DT_FINI
 	Address of termination function
DT_HASH
 	Address of symbol hash table
DT_HIPROC
 	End of processor-specific
DT_INIT
 	Address of init function
DT_JMPREL
 	Address of PLT relocs
DT_LOPROC
 	Start of processor-specific
DT_NEEDED
 	Name of needed library
DT_NULL
 	Marks end of dynamic section
DT_PLTREL
 	Type of reloc in PLT
DT_PLTRELSZ
 	Size in bytes of PLT relocs
DT_REL
 	Address of Rel relocs
DT_RELA
 	Address of Rela relocs
DT_RELAENT
 	Size of one Rela reloc
DT_RELASZ
 	Total size of Rela relocs
DT_RELENT
 	Size of one Rel reloc
DT_RELSZ
 	Total size of Rel relocs
DT_RPATH
 	Library search path
DT_SONAME
 	Name of shared object
DT_STRSZ
 	Size of string table
DT_STRTAB
 	Address of string table
DT_SYMBOLIC
 	Start symbol search here
DT_SYMENT
 	Size of one symbol table entry
DT_SYMTAB
 	Address of symbol table
DT_TEXTREL
 	Reloc might modify .text
12.1.2. Additional Dynamic Entries
The following dynamic entries are defined here. 
DT_ADDRRNGHI
 	Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
DT_ADDRRNGLO
 	Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
DT_AUXILIARY
 	Shared object to load before self
DT_FILTER
 	Shared object to get values from
DT_FINI_ARRAY
 	The address of an array of pointers to termination functions.
DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
 	Size in bytes of DT_FINI_ARRAY
DT_HIOS
 	Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
DT_INIT_ARRAY
 	The address of an array of pointers to initialization functions.
DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
 	Size in bytes of DT_INIT_ARRAY
DT_LOOS
 	Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
DT_NUM
 	Number of dynamic entry tags defined (excepting reserved ranges).
DT_POSFLAG_1
 	Flags for DT_* entries, effecting the following DT_* entry
DT_RELCOUNT
 	All Elf32_Rel R_*_RELATIVE relocations have been placed into a single block and this entry specifies the number of entries in that block. This permits ld.so.1 to streamline the processing of RELATIVE relocations.
DT_SYMINENT
 	Entry size of syminfo
DT_SYMINFO
 	Address of the Syminfo table.
DT_SYMINSZ
 	Size of syminfo table (in bytes)
DT_VALRNGHI
 	Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
DT_VALRNGLO
 	Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
DT_VERDEF
 	Address of version definition table
DT_VERDEFNUM
 	Number of version definitions
DT_VERNEED
 	Address of table with needed versions
DT_VERNEEDNUM
 	Number of needed versions
DT_VERSYM
 	Address of the table provided by the .gnu.version section.

Linux Standard Base Specification

Linux Standard Base Specification

Table of Contents
I. Base Libraries	000
1. Libraries	000
1.1. Program Interpreter	000
1.2. Interfaces for libc	000
1.2.1. RPC	000
1.2.1.1. Interfaces for RPC	000
1.2.2. System Calls	000
1.2.2.1. Interfaces for System Calls	000
1.2.3. Standard I/O	000
1.2.3.1. Interfaces for Standard I/O	000
1.2.4. Signal Handling	000
1.2.4.1. Interfaces for Signal Handling	000
1.2.5. Localization Functions	000
1.2.5.1. Interfaces for Localization Functions	000
1.2.6. Socket Interface	000
1.2.6.1. Interfaces for Socket Interface	000
1.2.7. Wide Characters	000
1.2.7.1. Interfaces for Wide Characters	000
1.2.8. String Functions	000
1.2.8.1. Interfaces for String Functions	000
1.2.9. IPC Functions	000
1.2.9.1. Interfaces for IPC Functions	000
1.2.10. Regular Expressions	000
1.2.10.1. Interfaces for Regular Expressions	000
1.2.11. Character Type Functions	000
1.2.11.1. Interfaces for Character Type Functions	000
1.2.12. Time Manipulation	000
1.2.12.1. Interfaces for Time Manipulation	000
1.2.13. Terminal Interface Functions	000
1.2.13.1. Interfaces for Terminal Interface Functions	000
1.2.14. System Database Interface	000
1.2.14.1. Interfaces for System Database Interface	000
1.2.15. Language Support	000
1.2.15.1. Interfaces for Language Support	000
1.2.16. Large File Support	000
1.2.16.1. Interfaces for Large File Support	000
1.2.17. Standard Library	000
1.2.17.1. Interfaces for Standard Library	000
1.3. Data Definitions for libc	000
1.3.1. assert.h	000
1.3.2. ctype.h	000
1.3.3. dirent.h	000
1.3.4. errno.h	000
1.3.5. fcntl.h	000
1.3.6. fmtmsg.h	000
1.3.7. fnmatch.h	000
1.3.8. ftw.h	000
1.3.9. getopt.h	000
1.3.10. glob.h	000
1.3.11. grp.h	000
1.3.12. iconv.h	000
1.3.13. inttypes.h	000
1.3.14. langinfo.h	000
1.3.15. limits.h	000
1.3.16. locale.h	000
1.3.17. net/if.h	000
1.3.18. netdb.h	000
1.3.19. netinet/in.h	000
1.3.20. netinet/tcp.h	000
1.3.21. netinet/udp.h	000
1.3.22. nl_types.h	000
1.3.23. pty.h	000
1.3.24. pwd.h	000
1.3.25. regex.h	000
1.3.26. rpc/auth.h	000
1.3.27. rpc/clnt.h	000
1.3.28. rpc/rpc_msg.h	000
1.3.29. rpc/svc.h	000
1.3.30. rpc/types.h	000
1.3.31. rpc/xdr.h	000
1.3.32. sched.h	000
1.3.33. search.h	000
1.3.34. setjmp.h	000
1.3.35. signal.h	000
1.3.36. stddef.h	000
1.3.37. stdio.h	000
1.3.38. stdlib.h	000
1.3.39. sys/file.h	000
1.3.40. sys/ipc.h	000
1.3.41. sys/mman.h	000
1.3.42. sys/msg.h	000
1.3.43. sys/param.h	000
1.3.44. sys/poll.h	000
1.3.45. sys/resource.h	000
1.3.46. sys/sem.h	000
1.3.47. sys/shm.h	000
1.3.48. sys/socket.h	000
1.3.49. sys/stat.h	000
1.3.50. sys/time.h	000
1.3.51. sys/timeb.h	000
1.3.52. sys/times.h	000
1.3.53. sys/types.h	000
1.3.54. sys/un.h	000
1.3.55. sys/utsname.h	000
1.3.56. sys/wait.h	000
1.3.57. syslog.h	000
1.3.58. termios.h	000
1.3.59. time.h	000
1.3.60. ulimit.h	000
1.3.61. unistd.h	000
1.3.62. utime.h	000
1.3.63. utmp.h	000
1.3.64. wchar.h	000
1.3.65. wctype.h	000
1.3.66. wordexp.h	000
1.4. Interface Definitions for libc	000
_IO_feof	000
_IO_getc	000
_IO_putc	000
_IO_puts	000
__assert_fail	000
__ctype_b_loc	000
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max	000
__ctype_tolower_loc	000
__ctype_toupper_loc	000
__cxa_atexit	000
__daylight	000
__environ	000
__errno_location	000
__fpending	000
__getpagesize	000
__getpgid	000
__h_errno_location	000
__isinf	000
__isinff	000
__isinfl	000
__isnan	000
__isnanf	000
__isnanl	000
__libc_current_sigrtmax	000
__libc_current_sigrtmin	000
__libc_start_main	000
__lxstat	000
__mempcpy	000
__rawmemchr	000
__register_atfork	000
__sigsetjmp	000
__stpcpy	000
__strdup	000
__strtod_internal	000
__strtof_internal	000
__strtok_r	000
__strtol_internal	000
__strtold_internal	000
__strtoll_internal	000
__strtoul_internal	000
__strtoull_internal	000
__sysconf	000
__sysv_signal	000
__timezone	000
__tzname	000
__wcstod_internal	000
__wcstof_internal	000
__wcstol_internal	000
__wcstold_internal	000
__wcstoul_internal	000
__xmknod	000
__xstat	000
__xstat64	000
_environ	000
_nl_msg_cat_cntr	000
_obstack_begin	000
_obstack_newchunk	000
_sys_errlist	000
_sys_siglist	000
acct	000
adjtime	000
adjtimex	000
asprintf	000
bind_textdomain_codeset	000
bindresvport	000
bindtextdomain	000
cfmakeraw	000
cfsetspeed	000
creat	000
daemon	000
dcgettext	000
dcngettext	000
dgettext	000
dngettext	000
err	000
error	000
errx	000
fcntl	000
fflush_unlocked	000
fgetwc_unlocked	000
flock	000
fopen	000
freopen	000
getdomainname	000
gethostbyname_r	000
getloadavg	000
getopt	000
getopt_long	000
getopt_long_only	000
gettext	000
getutent	000
getutent_r	000
glob64	000
globfree64	000
initgroups	000
ioctl	000
sockio	000
iswctype	000
kill	000
mbsnrtowcs	000
memmem	000
memrchr	000
ngettext	000
obstack_free	000
open	000
opterr	000
optind	000
optopt	000
pmap_getport	000
pmap_set	000
pmap_unset	000
psignal	000
random_r	000
setbuffer	000
setdomainname	000
setgroups	000
sethostid	000
sethostname	000
setsockopt	000
setutent	000
sigandset	000
sigblock	000
siggetmask	000
sigisemptyset	000
sigorset	000
sigreturn	000
stime	000
stpcpy	000
stpncpy	000
strcasestr	000
strerror_r	000
strfry	000
strndup	000
strnlen	000
strptime	000
strsep	000
strsignal	000
strtok_r	000
strtoq	000
strtouq	000
strverscmp	000
svc_register	000
svc_run	000
svc_sendreply	000
svctcp_create	000
svcudp_create	000
system	000
textdomain	000
unlink	000
vasprintf	000
vdprintf	000
verrx	000
vsyslog	000
wait3	000
wait4	000
waitpid	000
warn	000
warnx	000
wcpcpy	000
wcpncpy	000
wcscasecmp	000
wcsdup	000
wcsncasecmp	000
wcsnlen	000
wcsnrtombs	000
wcstoq	000
wcstouq	000
xdr_u_int	000
1.5. Interfaces for libm	000
1.5.1. Math	000
1.5.1.1. Interfaces for Math	000
1.6. Data Definitions for libm	000
1.6.1. complex.h	000
1.6.2. math.h	000
1.7. Interfaces for libpthread	000
1.7.1. Realtime Threads	000
1.7.1.1. Interfaces for Realtime Threads	000
1.7.2. Advanced Realtime Threads	000
1.7.2.1. Interfaces for Advanced Realtime Threads	000
1.7.3. Posix Threads	000
1.7.3.1. Interfaces for Posix Threads	000
1.8. Data Definitions for libpthread	000
1.8.1. pthread.h	000
1.8.2. semaphore.h	000
1.9. Interface Definitions for libpthread	000
_pthread_cleanup_pop	000
_pthread_cleanup_push	000
1.10. Interfaces for libgcc_s	000
1.10.1. Unwind Library	000
1.10.1.1. Interfaces for Unwind Library	000
1.11. Data Definitions for libgcc_s	000
1.11.1. unwind.h	000
1.12. Interfaces for libdl	000
1.12.1. Dynamic Loader	000
1.12.1.1. Interfaces for Dynamic Loader	000
1.13. Data Definitions for libdl	000
1.13.1. dlfcn.h	000
1.14. Interface Definitions for libdl	000
dladdr	000
dlopen	000
dlsym	000
1.15. Interfaces for libcrypt	000
1.15.1. Encryption	000
1.15.1.1. Interfaces for Encryption	000
1.16. Interfaces for libpam	000
1.16.1. Pluggable Authentication API	000
1.16.1.1. Interfaces for Pluggable Authentication API	000
1.17. Data Definitions for libpam	000
1.17.1. security/pam_appl.h	000
1.18. Interface Definitions for libpam	000
pam_acct_mgmt	000
pam_authenticate	000
pam_chauthtok	000
pam_close_session	000
pam_end	000
pam_fail_delay	000
pam_get_item	000
pam_getenvlist	000
pam_open_session	000
pam_set_item	000
pam_setcred	000
pam_start	000
pam_strerror	000
II. Utility Libraries	000
2. Libraries	000
2.1. Interfaces for libz	000
2.1.1. Compression Library	000
2.1.1.1. Interfaces for Compression Library	000
2.2. Data Definitions for libz	000
2.2.1. zlib.h	000
2.3. Interfaces for libncurses	000
2.3.1. Curses	000
2.3.1.1. Interfaces for Curses	000
2.4. Data Definitions for libncurses	000
2.4.1. curses.h	000
2.5. Interfaces for libutil	000
2.5.1. Utility Functions	000
2.5.1.1. Interfaces for Utility Functions	000
2.6. Interface Definitions for libutil	000
forkpty	000
login	000
login_tty	000
logout	000
logwtmp	000
openpty	000
III. Commands and Utilities	000
3. Commands and Utilities	000
3.1. Commands and Utilities	000
3.2. Command Behavior	000
ar	000
at	000
awk	000
batch	000
bc	000
chfn	000
chgrp	000
chown	000
chsh	000
col	000
cpio	000
crontab	000
cut	000
df	000
dmesg	000
du	000
echo	000
egrep	000
fgrep	000
file	000
find	000
fuser	000
gettext	000
grep	000
groupadd	000
groupdel	000
groupmod	000
groups	000
gunzip	000
gzip	000
hostname	000
install	000
install_initd	000
ipcrm	000
ipcs	000
killall	000
lpr	000
ls	000
lsb_release	000
m4	000
md5sum	000
mknod	000
mktemp	000
more	000
mount	000
msgfmt	000
newgrp	000
od	000
passwd	000
patch	000
pidof	000
remove_initd	000
renice	000
sed	000
sendmail	000
shutdown	000
su	000
sync	000
tar	000
umount	000
useradd	000
userdel	000
usermod	000
xargs	000
IV. Execution Environment	000
4. File System Hierarchy	000
4.1. /dev	000
5. Additional Recommendations	000
5.1. Minimal granted Directory and File permissions	000
5.2. Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions	000
5.2.1. Directory Write Permissions	000
5.2.2. File Write Permissions	000
5.2.3. File Read and execute Permissions	000
5.2.4. Suid and Sgid Permissions	000
5.2.5. Privileged users	000
5.2.6. Changing permissions	000
5.2.7. Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy, etc.)	000
5.2.8. Installable applications	000
6. Additional Behaviors	000
6.1. Mandatory Optional Behaviors	000
6.1.1. Special Requirements	000
7. Localization	000
7.1. Regular Expressions	000
7.2. Filename Globbing	000
V. System Initialization	000
8. System Initialization	000
8.1. Cron Jobs	000
8.2. Init Script Actions	000
8.3. Comment Conventions for Init Scripts	000
8.4. Installation and Removal of init.d Files	000
8.5. Run Levels	000
8.6. Facility Names	000
8.7. Script Names	000
8.8. Init Script Functions	000
VI. Users & Groups	000
9. Users & Groups	000
9.1. User and Group Database	000
9.2. User & Group Names	000
9.3. UID Ranges	000
9.4. Rationale	000
A. Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces	000
A.1. libX11	000
A.2. libXt	000
A.3. libm	000
A.4. libGL	000
A.5. libXext	000
A.6. libICE	000
A.7. libSM	000
A.8. libdl	000
A.9. libcrypt	000
A.10. libz	000
A.11. libncurses	000
A.12. libutil	000
A.13. libc	000
A.14. libpthread	000
A.15. libpam	000

List of Tables
1-1. libc Definition	000
1-2. libc - RPC Function Interfaces	000
1-3. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces	000
1-4. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces	000
1-5. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces	000
1-6. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces	000
1-7. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces	000
1-8. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces	000
1-9. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces	000
1-10. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces	000
1-11. libc - Socket Interface Deprecated Function Interfaces	000
1-12. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces	000
1-13. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces	000
1-14. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces	000
1-15. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces	000
1-16. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Function Interfaces	000
1-17. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Data Interfaces	000
1-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces	000
1-19. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces	000
1-20. libc - Time Manipulation Deprecated Function Interfaces	000
1-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces	000
1-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces	000
1-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces	000
1-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces	000
1-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces	000
1-26. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces	000
1-27. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces	000
1-28. libm Definition	000
1-29. libm - Math Function Interfaces	000
1-30. libm - Math Data Interfaces	000
1-31. libpthread Definition	000
1-32. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces	000
1-33. libgcc_s Definition	000
1-34. libdl Definition	000
1-35. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces	000
1-36. libcrypt Definition	000
1-37. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces	000
1-38. libpam Definition	000
1-39. libpam - Pluggable Authentication API Function Interfaces	000
2-1. libz Definition	000
2-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces	000
2-3. libncurses Definition	000
2-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces	000
2-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces	000
2-6. libutil Definition	000
2-7. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces	000
3-1. Commands and Utilities	000
9-1. Required User & Group Names	000
9-2. Optional User & Group Names	000
A-1. libX11 Function Interfaces	000
A-2. libX11 Data Interfaces	000
A-3. libXt Function Interfaces	000
A-4. libXt Data Interfaces	000
A-5. libm Function Interfaces	000
A-6. libm Data Interfaces	000
A-7. libGL Function Interfaces	000
A-8. libXext Function Interfaces	000
A-9. libICE Function Interfaces	000
A-10. libSM Function Interfaces	000
A-11. libdl Function Interfaces	000
A-12. libcrypt Function Interfaces	000
A-13. libz Function Interfaces	000
A-14. libncurses Function Interfaces	000
A-15. libncurses Data Interfaces	000
A-16. libutil Function Interfaces	000
A-17. libc Function Interfaces	000
A-18. libc Data Interfaces	000
A-19. libpthread Function Interfaces	000
A-20. libpam Function Interfaces	000

I. Base Libraries

Chapter 1. Libraries
An LSB-conforming implementation shall support some base libraries which provide interfaces for accessing the operating system, processor and other hardware in the system.
1.1. Program Interpreter
The Program Interpreter is specified in the appropriate architecture-specific LSB specification.
1.2. Interfaces for libc
Table 1-1 defines the library name and shared object name for the libc library
Table 1-1. libc Definition
Library:	libc	
SONAME:	See archLSB.	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
Large File Support	
Linux Standard Base	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	
System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)	
System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition	

1.2.1. RPC
1.2.1.1. Interfaces for RPC
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for RPC specified in Table 1-2, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-2. libc - RPC Function Interfaces
authnone_create [1]	pmap_unset [2]	svcerr_weakauth [3]	xdr_float [3]	xdr_u_char [3]	
clnt_create [1]	setdomainname [2]	svctcp_create [2]	xdr_free [3]	xdr_u_int [2]	
clnt_pcreateerror [1]	svc_getreqset [3]	svcudp_create [2]	xdr_int [3]	xdr_u_long [3]	
clnt_perrno [1]	svc_register [2]	xdr_accepted_reply [3]	xdr_long [3]	xdr_u_short [3]	
clnt_perror [1]	svc_run [2]	xdr_array [3]	xdr_opaque [3]	xdr_union [3]	
clnt_spcreateerror [1]	svc_sendreply [2]	xdr_bool [3]	xdr_opaque_auth [3]	xdr_vector [3]	
clnt_sperrno [1]	svcerr_auth [3]	xdr_bytes [3]	xdr_pointer [3]	xdr_void [3]	
clnt_sperror [1]	svcerr_decode [3]	xdr_callhdr [3]	xdr_reference [3]	xdr_wrapstring [3]	
getdomainname [2]	svcerr_noproc [3]	xdr_callmsg [3]	xdr_rejected_reply [3]	xdrmem_create [3]	
key_decryptsession [3]	svcerr_noprog [3]	xdr_char [3]	xdr_replymsg [3]	xdrrec_create [3]	
pmap_getport [2]	svcerr_progvers [3]	xdr_double [3]	xdr_short [3]	xdrrec_eof [3]	
pmap_set [2]	svcerr_systemerr [3]	xdr_enum [3]	xdr_string [3]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition
[2]. Linux Standard Base
[3]. System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)
1.2.2. System Calls
1.2.2.1. Interfaces for System Calls
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for System Calls specified in Table 1-3, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-3. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces
__fxstat [1]	fchmod [2]	getwd [2]	read [2]	setrlimit [2]	
__getpgid [1]	fchown [2]	initgroups [1]	readdir [2]	setrlimit64 [3]	
__lxstat [1]	fcntl [1]	ioctl [1]	readdir_r [2]	setsid [2]	
__xmknod [1]	fdatasync [2]	kill [1]	readlink [2]	setuid [2]	
__xstat [1]	flock [1]	killpg [2]	readv [2]	sleep [2]	
access [2]	fork [2]	lchown [2]	rename [2]	statvfs [2]	
acct [1]	fstatvfs [2]	link [2]	rmdir [2]	stime [1]	
alarm [2]	fsync [2]	lockf [2]	sbrk [4]	symlink [2]	
brk [4]	ftime [2]	lseek [2]	sched_get_priority_max [2]	sync [2]	
chdir [2]	ftruncate [2]	mkdir [2]	sched_get_priority_min [2]	sysconf [2]	
chmod [2]	getcontext [2]	mkfifo [2]	sched_getparam [2]	time [2]	
chown [2]	getegid [2]	mlock [2]	sched_getscheduler [2]	times [2]	
chroot [4]	geteuid [2]	mlockall [2]	sched_rr_get_interval [2]	truncate [2]	
clock [2]	getgid [2]	mmap [2]	sched_setparam [2]	ulimit [2]	
close [2]	getgroups [2]	mprotect [2]	sched_setscheduler [2]	umask [2]	
closedir [2]	getitimer [2]	msync [2]	sched_yield [2]	uname [2]	
creat [1]	getloadavg [1]	munlock [2]	select [2]	unlink [1]	
dup [2]	getpagesize [4]	munlockall [2]	setcontext [2]	utime [2]	
dup2 [2]	getpgid [2]	munmap [2]	setegid [2]	utimes [2]	
execl [2]	getpgrp [2]	nanosleep [2]	seteuid [2]	vfork [2]	
execle [2]	getpid [2]	nice [2]	setgid [2]	wait [2]	
execlp [2]	getppid [2]	open [1]	setitimer [2]	wait3 [1]	
execv [2]	getpriority [2]	opendir [2]	setpgid [2]	wait4 [1]	
execve [2]	getrlimit [2]	pathconf [2]	setpgrp [2]	waitpid [1]	
execvp [2]	getrusage [2]	pause [2]	setpriority [2]	write [2]	
exit [2]	getsid [2]	pipe [2]	setregid [2]	writev [2]	
fchdir [2]	getuid [2]	poll [2]	setreuid [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[3]. Large File Support
[4]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
1.2.3. Standard I/O
1.2.3.1. Interfaces for Standard I/O
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Standard I/O specified in Table 1-4, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-4. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces
_IO_feof [1]	fgetpos [2]	fsetpos [2]	putchar [2]	sscanf [2]	
_IO_getc [1]	fgets [2]	ftell [2]	putchar_unlocked [2]	telldir [2]	
_IO_putc [1]	fgetwc_unlocked [1]	ftello [2]	puts [2]	tempnam [2]	
_IO_puts [1]	fileno [2]	fwrite [2]	putw [3]	ungetc [2]	
asprintf [1]	flockfile [2]	getc [2]	remove [2]	vasprintf [1]	
clearerr [2]	fopen [1]	getc_unlocked [2]	rewind [2]	vdprintf [1]	
ctermid [2]	fprintf [2]	getchar [2]	rewinddir [2]	vfprintf [2]	
fclose [2]	fputc [2]	getchar_unlocked [2]	scanf [2]	vprintf [2]	
fdopen [2]	fputs [2]	getw [3]	seekdir [2]	vsnprintf [2]	
feof [2]	fread [2]	pclose [2]	setbuf [2]	vsprintf [2]	
ferror [2]	freopen [1]	popen [2]	setbuffer [1]	
	
fflush [2]	fscanf [2]	printf [2]	setvbuf [2]	
	
fflush_unlocked [1]	fseek [2]	putc [2]	snprintf [2]	
	
fgetc [2]	fseeko [2]	putc_unlocked [2]	sprintf [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[3]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Standard I/O specified in Table 1-5, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-5. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces
stderr [1]	stdin [1]	stdout [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.2.4. Signal Handling
1.2.4.1. Interfaces for Signal Handling
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Signal Handling specified in Table 1-6, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-6. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces
__libc_current_sigrtmax [1]	sigaddset [2]	sighold [2]	sigpause [2]	sigsuspend [2]	
__libc_current_sigrtmin [1]	sigaltstack [2]	sigignore [2]	sigpending [2]	sigtimedwait [2]	
__sigsetjmp [1]	sigandset [1]	siginterrupt [2]	sigprocmask [2]	sigwait [2]	
__sysv_signal [1]	sigblock [1]	sigisemptyset [1]	sigqueue [2]	sigwaitinfo [2]	
bsd_signal [2]	sigdelset [2]	sigismember [2]	sigrelse [2]	
	
psignal [1]	sigemptyset [2]	siglongjmp [2]	sigreturn [1]	
	
raise [2]	sigfillset [2]	signal [2]	sigset [2]	
	
sigaction [2]	siggetmask [1]	sigorset [1]	sigstack [3]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[3]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Signal Handling specified in Table 1-7, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-7. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces
_sys_siglist [1]	

	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
1.2.5. Localization Functions
1.2.5.1. Interfaces for Localization Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Localization Functions specified in Table 1-8, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-8. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces
bind_textdomain_codeset [1]	catopen [2]	dngettext [1]	iconv_open [2]	setlocale [2]	
bindtextdomain [1]	dcgettext [1]	gettext [1]	localeconv [2]	textdomain [1]	
catclose [2]	dcngettext [1]	iconv [2]	ngettext [1]	
	
catgets [2]	dgettext [1]	iconv_close [2]	nl_langinfo [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Localization Functions specified in Table 1-9, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-9. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces
_nl_msg_cat_cntr [1]	

	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
1.2.6. Socket Interface
1.2.6.1. Interfaces for Socket Interface
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Socket Interface specified in Table 1-10, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-10. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces
__h_errno_location [1]	gethostid [2]	listen [2]	sendmsg [2]	socketpair [2]	
accept [2]	gethostname [2]	recv [2]	sendto [2]	
	
bind [2]	getpeername [2]	recvfrom [2]	setsockopt [1]	
	
bindresvport [1]	getsockname [2]	recvmsg [2]	shutdown [2]	
	
connect [2]	getsockopt [2]	send [2]	socket [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Socket Interface specified in Table 1-11, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
	These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 1-11. libc - Socket Interface Deprecated Function Interfaces
gethostbyname_r [1]	

	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
1.2.7. Wide Characters
1.2.7.1. Interfaces for Wide Characters
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Wide Characters specified in Table 1-12, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-12. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces
__wcstod_internal [1]	mbsinit [2]	vwscanf [2]	wcsnlen [1]	wcstoumax [2]	
__wcstof_internal [1]	mbsnrtowcs [1]	wcpcpy [1]	wcsnrtombs [1]	wcstouq [1]	
__wcstol_internal [1]	mbsrtowcs [2]	wcpncpy [1]	wcspbrk [2]	wcswcs [2]	
__wcstold_internal [1]	mbstowcs [2]	wcrtomb [2]	wcsrchr [2]	wcswidth [2]	
__wcstoul_internal [1]	mbtowc [2]	wcscasecmp [1]	wcsrtombs [2]	wcsxfrm [2]	
btowc [2]	putwc [2]	wcscat [2]	wcsspn [2]	wctob [2]	
fgetwc [2]	putwchar [2]	wcschr [2]	wcsstr [2]	wctomb [2]	
fgetws [2]	swprintf [2]	wcscmp [2]	wcstod [2]	wctrans [2]	
fputwc [2]	swscanf [2]	wcscoll [2]	wcstof [2]	wctype [2]	
fputws [2]	towctrans [2]	wcscpy [2]	wcstoimax [2]	wcwidth [2]	
fwide [2]	towlower [2]	wcscspn [2]	wcstok [2]	wmemchr [2]	
fwprintf [2]	towupper [2]	wcsdup [1]	wcstol [2]	wmemcmp [2]	
fwscanf [2]	ungetwc [2]	wcsftime [2]	wcstold [2]	wmemcpy [2]	
getwc [2]	vfwprintf [2]	wcslen [2]	wcstoll [2]	wmemmove [2]	
getwchar [2]	vfwscanf [2]	wcsncasecmp [1]	wcstombs [2]	wmemset [2]	
mblen [2]	vswprintf [2]	wcsncat [2]	wcstoq [1]	wprintf [2]	
mbrlen [2]	vswscanf [2]	wcsncmp [2]	wcstoul [2]	wscanf [2]	
mbrtowc [2]	vwprintf [2]	wcsncpy [2]	wcstoull [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.2.8. String Functions
1.2.8.1. Interfaces for String Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for String Functions specified in Table 1-13, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-13. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces
__mempcpy [1]	bzero [2]	strcasestr [1]	strncasecmp [2]	strtoimax [2]	
__rawmemchr [1]	ffs [2]	strcat [2]	strncat [2]	strtok [2]	
__stpcpy [1]	index [2]	strchr [2]	strncmp [2]	strtok_r [1]	
__strdup [1]	memccpy [2]	strcmp [2]	strncpy [2]	strtold [2]	
__strtod_internal [1]	memchr [2]	strcoll [2]	strndup [1]	strtoll [2]	
__strtof_internal [1]	memcmp [2]	strcpy [2]	strnlen [1]	strtoq [1]	
__strtok_r [1]	memcpy [2]	strcspn [2]	strpbrk [2]	strtoull [2]	
__strtol_internal [1]	memmove [2]	strdup [2]	strptime [1]	strtoumax [2]	
__strtold_internal [1]	memrchr [1]	strerror [2]	strrchr [2]	strtouq [1]	
__strtoll_internal [1]	memset [2]	strerror_r [1]	strsep [1]	strverscmp [1]	
__strtoul_internal [1]	rindex [2]	strfmon [2]	strsignal [1]	strxfrm [2]	
__strtoull_internal [1]	stpcpy [1]	strfry [1]	strspn [2]	swab [2]	
bcmp [2]	stpncpy [1]	strftime [2]	strstr [2]	
	
bcopy [2]	strcasecmp [2]	strlen [2]	strtof [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.2.9. IPC Functions
1.2.9.1. Interfaces for IPC Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for IPC Functions specified in Table 1-14, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-14. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces
ftok [1]	msgrcv [1]	semget [1]	shmctl [1]	
	
msgctl [1]	msgsnd [1]	semop [1]	shmdt [1]	
	
msgget [1]	semctl [1]	shmat [1]	shmget [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.2.10. Regular Expressions
1.2.10.1. Interfaces for Regular Expressions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Regular Expressions specified in Table 1-15, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-15. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces
regcomp [1]	regerror [1]	regexec [1]	regfree [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Regular Expressions specified in Table 1-16, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
	These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 1-16. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Function Interfaces
advance [1]	re_comp [1]	re_exec [1]	step [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated data interfaces for Regular Expressions specified in Table 1-17, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
	These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 1-17. libc - Regular Expressions Deprecated Data Interfaces
loc1 [1]	loc2 [1]	locs [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
1.2.11. Character Type Functions
1.2.11.1. Interfaces for Character Type Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Character Type Functions specified in Table 1-18, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces
__ctype_b_loc(GLIBC_2.3) [1]	isalpha [2]	ispunct [2]	iswctype [1]	iswupper [2]	
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max [1]	isascii [2]	isspace [2]	iswdigit [2]	iswxdigit [2]	
__ctype_tolower_loc(GLIBC_2.3) [1]	iscntrl [2]	isupper [2]	iswgraph [2]	isxdigit [2]	
__ctype_toupper_loc(GLIBC_2.3) [1]	isdigit [2]	iswalnum [2]	iswlower [2]	toascii [2]	
_tolower [2]	isgraph [2]	iswalpha [2]	iswprint [2]	tolower [2]	
_toupper [2]	islower [2]	iswblank [2]	iswpunct [2]	toupper [2]	
isalnum [2]	isprint [2]	iswcntrl [2]	iswspace [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.2.12. Time Manipulation
1.2.12.1. Interfaces for Time Manipulation
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Time Manipulation specified in Table 1-19, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-19. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces
adjtime [1]	ctime [2]	gmtime [2]	localtime_r [2]	ualarm [2]	
asctime [2]	ctime_r [2]	gmtime_r [2]	mktime [2]	
	
asctime_r [2]	difftime [2]	localtime [2]	tzset [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Time Manipulation specified in Table 1-20, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
	These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 1-20. libc - Time Manipulation Deprecated Function Interfaces
adjtimex [1]	

	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Time Manipulation specified in Table 1-21, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces
__daylight [1]	__tzname [1]	timezone [2]	

__timezone [1]	daylight [2]	tzname [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.2.13. Terminal Interface Functions
1.2.13.1. Interfaces for Terminal Interface Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Terminal Interface Functions specified in Table 1-22, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces
cfgetispeed [1]	cfsetispeed [1]	tcdrain [1]	tcgetattr [1]	tcsendbreak [1]	
cfgetospeed [1]	cfsetospeed [1]	tcflow [1]	tcgetpgrp [1]	tcsetattr [1]	
cfmakeraw [2]	cfsetspeed [2]	tcflush [1]	tcgetsid [1]	tcsetpgrp [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[2]. Linux Standard Base
1.2.14. System Database Interface
1.2.14.1. Interfaces for System Database Interface
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for System Database Interface specified in Table 1-23, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces
endgrent [1]	getgrgid [1]	getprotobynumber [1]	getservbyport [1]	setgrent [1]	
endnetent [1]	getgrgid_r [1]	getprotoent [1]	getservent [1]	setgroups [2]	
endprotoent [1]	getgrnam [1]	getpwent [1]	getutent [2]	setnetent [1]	
endpwent [1]	getgrnam_r [1]	getpwnam [1]	getutent_r [2]	setprotoent [1]	
endservent [1]	gethostbyaddr [1]	getpwnam_r [1]	getutxent [1]	setpwent [1]	
endutent [3]	gethostbyname [1]	getpwuid [1]	getutxid [1]	setservent [1]	
endutxent [1]	getnetbyaddr [1]	getpwuid_r [1]	getutxline [1]	setutent [2]	
getgrent [1]	getprotobyname [1]	getservbyname [1]	pututxline [1]	setutxent [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[2]. Linux Standard Base
[3]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
1.2.15. Language Support
1.2.15.1. Interfaces for Language Support
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Language Support specified in Table 1-24, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces
__libc_start_main [1]	__register_atfork(GLIBC_2.3.2) [1]	_obstack_begin [1]	_obstack_newchunk [1]	obstack_free [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
1.2.16. Large File Support
1.2.16.1. Interfaces for Large File Support
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Large File Support specified in Table 1-25, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces
__fxstat64 [1]	fopen64 [2]	ftello64 [2]	lseek64 [2]	readdir64 [2]	
__lxstat64 [1]	freopen64 [2]	ftruncate64 [2]	mkstemp64 [2]	statvfs64 [2]	
__xstat64 [1]	fseeko64 [2]	ftw64 [2]	mmap64 [2]	tmpfile64 [2]	
creat64 [2]	fsetpos64 [2]	getrlimit64 [2]	nftw64 [2]	truncate64 [2]	
fgetpos64 [2]	fstatvfs64 [2]	lockf64 [2]	open64 [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. Large File Support
1.2.17. Standard Library
1.2.17.1. Interfaces for Standard Library
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Standard Library specified in Table 1-26, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-26. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces
_Exit [1]	dirname [1]	glob [1]	lsearch [1]	srand [1]	
__assert_fail [2]	div [1]	glob64 [2]	makecontext [1]	srand48 [1]	
__cxa_atexit [2]	drand48 [1]	globfree [1]	malloc [1]	srandom [1]	
__errno_location [2]	ecvt [1]	globfree64 [2]	memmem [2]	strtod [1]	
__fpending [2]	erand48 [1]	grantpt [1]	mkstemp [1]	strtol [1]	
__getpagesize [2]	err [2]	hcreate [1]	mktemp [1]	strtoul [1]	
__isinf [2]	error [2]	hdestroy [1]	mrand48 [1]	swapcontext [1]	
__isinff [2]	errx [2]	hsearch [1]	nftw [1]	syslog [1]	
__isinfl [2]	fcvt [1]	htonl [1]	nrand48 [1]	system [2]	
__isnan [2]	fmtmsg [1]	htons [1]	ntohl [1]	tdelete [1]	
__isnanf [2]	fnmatch [1]	imaxabs [1]	ntohs [1]	tfind [1]	
__isnanl [2]	fpathconf [1]	imaxdiv [1]	openlog [1]	tmpfile [1]	
__sysconf [2]	free [1]	inet_addr [1]	perror [1]	tmpnam [1]	
_exit [1]	freeaddrinfo [1]	inet_ntoa [1]	posix_memalign [1]	tsearch [1]	
_longjmp [1]	ftrylockfile [1]	inet_ntop [1]	ptsname [1]	ttyname [1]	
_setjmp [1]	ftw [1]	inet_pton [1]	putenv [1]	ttyname_r [1]	
a64l [1]	funlockfile [1]	initstate [1]	qsort [1]	twalk [1]	
abort [1]	gai_strerror [1]	insque [1]	rand [1]	unlockpt [1]	
abs [1]	gcvt [1]	isatty [1]	rand_r [1]	unsetenv [1]	
atof [1]	getaddrinfo [1]	isblank [1]	random [1]	usleep [1]	
atoi [1]	getcwd [1]	jrand48 [1]	random_r [2]	verrx [2]	
atol [1]	getdate [1]	l64a [1]	realloc [1]	vfscanf [1]	
atoll [1]	getenv [1]	labs [1]	realpath [1]	vscanf [1]	
basename [1]	getlogin [1]	lcong48 [1]	remque [1]	vsscanf [1]	
bsearch [1]	getnameinfo [1]	ldiv [1]	seed48 [1]	vsyslog [2]	
calloc [1]	getopt [2]	lfind [1]	setenv [1]	warn [2]	
closelog [1]	getopt_long [2]	llabs [1]	sethostid [2]	warnx [2]	
confstr [1]	getopt_long_only [2]	lldiv [1]	sethostname [2]	wordexp [1]	
cuserid [3]	getsubopt [1]	longjmp [1]	setlogmask [1]	wordfree [1]	
daemon [2]	gettimeofday [1]	lrand48 [1]	setstate [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[2]. Linux Standard Base
[3]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Standard Library specified in Table 1-27, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-27. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces
__environ [1]	_sys_errlist [1]	getdate_err [2]	opterr [1]	optopt [1]	
_environ [1]	environ [2]	optarg [2]	optind [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.3. Data Definitions for libc
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libc. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
1.3.1. assert.h
The assert.h header shall define the assert macro. It refers to the macro NDEBUG, which is not defined in this header. If NDEBUG is defined before the inclusion of this header, the assert macro shall be defined as described below, otherwise the macro shall behave as described in assert in ISO/IEC 9945 POSIX.

#define assert(expr)    ((void)0)
1.3.2. ctype.h

enum
{
  _ISupper, _ISlower, _ISalpha, _ISdigit, _ISxdigit, _ISspace, _ISprint,
    _ISgraph, _ISblank, _IScntrl, _ISpunct, _ISalnum
}
 ;
1.3.3. dirent.h

typedef struct __dirstream DIR;

struct dirent
{
  long d_ino;
  off_t d_off;
  unsigned short d_reclen;
  unsigned char d_type;
  char d_name[256];
}
 ;
struct dirent64
{
  uint64_t d_ino;
  int64_t d_off;
  unsigned short d_reclen;
  unsigned char d_type;
  char d_name[256];
}
 ;
1.3.4. errno.h

#define errno   (*__errno_location())

#define EPERM   1
#define ECHILD  10
#define ENETDOWN        100
#define ENETUNREACH     101
#define ENETRESET       102
#define ECONNABORTED    103
#define ECONNRESET      104
#define ENOBUFS 105
#define EISCONN 106
#define ENOTCONN        107
#define ESHUTDOWN       108
#define ETOOMANYREFS    109
#define EAGAIN  11
#define ETIMEDOUT       110
#define ECONNREFUSED    111
#define EHOSTDOWN       112
#define EHOSTUNREACH    113
#define EALREADY        114
#define EINPROGRESS     115
#define ESTALE  116
#define EUCLEAN 117
#define ENOTNAM 118
#define ENAVAIL 119
#define ENOMEM  12
#define EISNAM  120
#define EREMOTEIO       121
#define EDQUOT  122
#define ENOMEDIUM       123
#define EMEDIUMTYPE     124
#define ECANCELED       125
#define EACCES  13
#define EFAULT  14
#define ENOTBLK 15
#define EBUSY   16
#define EEXIST  17
#define EXDEV   18
#define ENODEV  19
#define ENOENT  2
#define ENOTDIR 20
#define EISDIR  21
#define EINVAL  22
#define ENFILE  23
#define EMFILE  24
#define ENOTTY  25
#define ETXTBSY 26
#define EFBIG   27
#define ENOSPC  28
#define ESPIPE  29
#define ESRCH   3
#define EROFS   30
#define EMLINK  31
#define EPIPE   32
#define EDOM    33
#define ERANGE  34
#define EDEADLK 35
#define ENAMETOOLONG    36
#define ENOLCK  37
#define ENOSYS  38
#define ENOTEMPTY       39
#define EINTR   4
#define ELOOP   40
#define ENOMSG  42
#define EIDRM   43
#define ECHRNG  44
#define EL2NSYNC        45
#define EL3HLT  46
#define EL3RST  47
#define ELNRNG  48
#define EUNATCH 49
#define EIO     5
#define ENOANO  55
#define EBADRQC 56
#define EBADSLT 57
#define EBFONT  59
#define ENXIO   6
#define ENOSTR  60
#define ENODATA 61
#define ETIME   62
#define ENOSR   63
#define ENONET  64
#define ENOPKG  65
#define EREMOTE 66
#define ENOLINK 67
#define EADV    68
#define ESRMNT  69
#define E2BIG   7
#define ECOMM   70
#define EPROTO  71
#define EMULTIHOP       72
#define EDOTDOT 73
#define EBADMSG 74
#define EOVERFLOW       75
#define ENOTUNIQ        76
#define EBADFD  77
#define EREMCHG 78
#define ELIBACC 79
#define ENOEXEC 8
#define ELIBBAD 80
#define ELIBSCN 81
#define ELIBMAX 82
#define ELIBEXEC        83
#define EILSEQ  84
#define ERESTART        85
#define ESTRPIPE        86
#define EUSERS  87
#define ENOTSOCK        88
#define EDESTADDRREQ    89
#define EBADF   9
#define EMSGSIZE        90
#define EPROTOTYPE      91
#define ENOPROTOOPT     92
#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 93
#define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 94
#define EOPNOTSUPP      95
#define EPFNOSUPPORT    96
#define EAFNOSUPPORT    97
#define EADDRINUSE      98
#define EADDRNOTAVAIL   99
#define EWOULDBLOCK     EAGAIN
#define ENOTSUP EOPNOTSUPP
1.3.5. fcntl.h

#define O_RDONLY        00
#define O_ACCMODE       0003
#define O_WRONLY        01
#define O_CREAT 0100
#define O_TRUNC 01000
#define O_SYNC  010000
#define O_RDWR  02
#define O_EXCL  0200
#define O_APPEND        02000
#define O_ASYNC 020000
#define O_NOCTTY        0400
#define O_NDELAY        04000
#define O_NONBLOCK      04000
#define FD_CLOEXEC      1

struct flock
{
  short l_type;
  short l_whence;
  off_t l_start;
  off_t l_len;
  pid_t l_pid;
}
 ;
struct flock64
{
  short l_type;
  short l_whence;
  loff_t l_start;
  loff_t l_len;
  pid_t l_pid;
}
 ;

#define F_DUPFD 0
#define F_RDLCK 0
#define F_GETFD 1
#define F_WRLCK 1
#define F_SETFD 2
#define F_UNLCK 2
#define F_GETFL 3
#define F_SETFL 4
#define F_GETLK 5
#define F_SETLK 6
#define F_SETLKW        7
#define F_SETOWN        8
#define F_GETOWN        9
1.3.6. fmtmsg.h

#define MM_HARD 1
#define MM_NRECOV       128
#define MM_UTIL 16
#define MM_SOFT 2
#define MM_OPSYS        32
#define MM_FIRM 4
#define MM_RECOVER      64
#define MM_APPL 8

#define MM_NOSEV        0
#define MM_HALT 1
#define MM_ERROR        2

#define MM_NULLLBL      ((char *) 0)
1.3.7. fnmatch.h

#define FNM_PATHNAME    (1<<0)
#define FNM_NOESCAPE    (1<<1)
#define FNM_PERIOD      (1<<2)
#define FNM_NOMATCH     1
1.3.8. ftw.h

#define FTW_D   FTW_D
#define FTW_DNR FTW_DNR
#define FTW_DP  FTW_DP
#define FTW_F   FTW_F
#define FTW_NS  FTW_NS
#define FTW_SL  FTW_SL
#define FTW_SLN FTW_SLN

enum
{
  FTW_F, FTW_D, FTW_DNR, FTW_NS, FTW_SL, FTW_DP, FTW_SLN
}
 ;

enum
{
  FTW_PHYS, FTW_MOUNT, FTW_CHDIR, FTW_DEPTH
}
 ;

struct FTW
{
  int base;
  int level;
}
 ;

typedef int (*__ftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
                             int __flag);
typedef int (*__ftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
                               int __flag);
typedef int (*__nftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
                              int __flag, struct FTW * __info);
typedef int (*__nftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
                                int __flag, struct FTW * __info);
1.3.9. getopt.h

#define no_argument     0
#define required_argument       1
#define optional_argument       2

struct option
{
  char *name;
  int has_arg;
  int *flag;
  int val;
}
 ;
1.3.10. glob.h

#define GLOB_ERR        (1<<0)
#define GLOB_MARK       (1<<1)
#define GLOB_BRACE      (1<<10)
#define GLOB_NOMAGIC    (1<<11)
#define GLOB_TILDE      (1<<12)
#define GLOB_ONLYDIR    (1<<13)
#define GLOB_TILDE_CHECK        (1<<14)
#define GLOB_NOSORT     (1<<2)
#define GLOB_DOOFFS     (1<<3)
#define GLOB_NOCHECK    (1<<4)
#define GLOB_APPEND     (1<<5)
#define GLOB_NOESCAPE   (1<<6)
#define GLOB_PERIOD     (1<<7)
#define GLOB_MAGCHAR    (1<<8)
#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC (1<<9)

#define GLOB_NOSPACE    1
#define GLOB_ABORTED    2
#define GLOB_NOMATCH    3
#define GLOB_NOSYS      4

typedef struct
{
  size_t gl_pathc;
  char **gl_pathv;
  size_t gl_offs;
  int gl_flags;
  void (*gl_closedir) (void *);
  struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) (void *);
  void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *);
  int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *);
  int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *);
}
glob_t;

typedef struct
{
  size_t gl_pathc;
  char **gl_pathv;
  size_t gl_offs;
  int gl_flags;
  void (*gl_closedir) (void *);
  struct dirent64 *(*gl_readdir64) (void *);
  void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *);
  int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *);
  int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *);
}
glob64_t;
1.3.11. grp.h

struct group
{
  char *gr_name;
  char *gr_passwd;
  gid_t gr_gid;
  char **gr_mem;
}
 ;
1.3.12. iconv.h

typedef void *iconv_t;
1.3.13. inttypes.h

typedef lldiv_t imaxdiv_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
1.3.14. langinfo.h

#define ABDAY_1 0x20000
#define ABDAY_2 0x20001
#define ABDAY_3 0x20002
#define ABDAY_4 0x20003
#define ABDAY_5 0x20004
#define ABDAY_6 0x20005
#define ABDAY_7 0x20006

#define DAY_1   0x20007
#define DAY_2   0x20008
#define DAY_3   0x20009
#define DAY_4   0x2000A
#define DAY_5   0x2000B
#define DAY_6   0x2000C
#define DAY_7   0x2000D

#define ABMON_1 0x2000E
#define ABMON_2 0x2000F
#define ABMON_3 0x20010
#define ABMON_4 0x20011
#define ABMON_5 0x20012
#define ABMON_6 0x20013
#define ABMON_7 0x20014
#define ABMON_8 0x20015
#define ABMON_9 0x20016
#define ABMON_10        0x20017
#define ABMON_11        0x20018
#define ABMON_12        0x20019

#define MON_1   0x2001A
#define MON_2   0x2001B
#define MON_3   0x2001C
#define MON_4   0x2001D
#define MON_5   0x2001E
#define MON_6   0x2001F
#define MON_7   0x20020
#define MON_8   0x20021
#define MON_9   0x20022
#define MON_10  0x20023
#define MON_11  0x20024
#define MON_12  0x20025

#define AM_STR  0x20026
#define PM_STR  0x20027

#define D_T_FMT 0x20028
#define D_FMT   0x20029
#define T_FMT   0x2002A
#define T_FMT_AMPM      0x2002B

#define ERA     0x2002C
#define ERA_D_FMT       0x2002E
#define ALT_DIGITS      0x2002F
#define ERA_D_T_FMT     0x20030
#define ERA_T_FMT       0x20031

#define CODESET 14

#define CRNCYSTR        0x4000F

#define RADIXCHAR       0x10000
#define THOUSEP 0x10001
#define YESEXPR 0x50000
#define NOEXPR  0x50001
#define YESSTR  0x50002
#define NOSTR   0x50003
1.3.15. limits.h

#define LLONG_MIN       (-LLONG_MAX-1LL)
#define ULLONG_MAX      18446744073709551615ULL
#define OPEN_MAX        256
#define PATH_MAX        4096
#define LLONG_MAX       9223372036854775807LL
#define SSIZE_MAX       LONG_MAX

#define MB_LEN_MAX      16

#define SCHAR_MIN       (-128)
#define SCHAR_MAX       127
#define UCHAR_MAX       255
#define CHAR_BIT        8

#define SHRT_MIN        (-32768)
#define SHRT_MAX        32767
#define USHRT_MAX       65535

#define INT_MIN (-INT_MAX-1)
#define INT_MAX 2147483647
#define __INT_MAX__     2147483647
#define UINT_MAX        4294967295U

#define LONG_MIN        (-LONG_MAX-1L)
1.3.16. locale.h

#define LC_CTYPE        0
#define LC_NUMERIC      1
#define LC_TELEPHONE    10
#define LC_MEASUREMENT  11
#define LC_IDENTIFICATION       12
#define LC_TIME 2
#define LC_COLLATE      3
#define LC_MONETARY     4
#define LC_MESSAGES     5
#define LC_ALL  6
#define LC_PAPER        7
#define LC_NAME 8
#define LC_ADDRESS      9

struct lconv
{
  char *decimal_point;
  char *thousands_sep;
  char *grouping;
  char *int_curr_symbol;
  char *currency_symbol;
  char *mon_decimal_point;
  char *mon_thousands_sep;
  char *mon_grouping;
  char *positive_sign;
  char *negative_sign;
  char int_frac_digits;
  char frac_digits;
  char p_cs_precedes;
  char p_sep_by_space;
  char n_cs_precedes;
  char n_sep_by_space;
  char p_sign_posn;
  char n_sign_posn;
  char int_p_cs_precedes;
  char int_p_sep_by_space;
  char int_n_cs_precedes;
  char int_n_sep_by_space;
  char int_p_sign_posn;
  char int_n_sign_posn;
}
 ;

typedef struct __locale_struct
{
  struct locale_data *__locales[13];
  const unsigned short *__ctype_b;
  const int *__ctype_tolower;
  const int *__ctype_toupper;
  const char *__names[13];
}
 *__locale_t;
1.3.17. net/if.h

#define IF_NAMESIZE     16

#define IFF_UP  0x01
#define IFF_BROADCAST   0x02
#define IFF_DEBUG       0x04
#define IFF_LOOPBACK    0x08
#define IFF_POINTOPOINT 0x10
#define IFF_PROMISC     0x100
#define IFF_MULTICAST   0x1000
#define IFF_NOTRAILERS  0x20
#define IFF_RUNNING     0x40
#define IFF_NOARP       0x80

struct ifaddr
{
  struct sockaddr ifa_addr;
  union
  {
    struct sockaddr ifu_broadaddr;
    struct sockaddr ifu_dstaddr;
  }
  ifa_ifu;
  void *ifa_ifp;
  void *ifa_next;
}
 ;
#define IFNAMSIZ        IF_NAMESIZE

struct ifreq
{
  union
  {
    char ifrn_name[IFNAMSIZ];
  }
  ifr_ifrn;
  union
  {
    struct sockaddr ifru_addr;
    struct sockaddr ifru_dstaddr;
    struct sockaddr ifru_broadaddr;
    struct sockaddr ifru_netmask;
    struct sockaddr ifru_hwaddr;
    short ifru_flags;
    int ifru_ivalue;
    int ifru_mtu;
    char ifru_slave[IFNAMSIZ];
    char ifru_newname[IFNAMSIZ];
    caddr_t ifru_data;
    struct ifmap ifru_map;
  }
  ifr_ifru;
}
 ;

struct ifconf
{
  int ifc_len;
  union
  {
    caddr_t ifcu_buf;
    struct ifreq *ifcu_req;
  }
  ifc_ifcu;
}
 ;
1.3.18. netdb.h

#define h_errno (*__h_errno_location ())
#define NETDB_INTERNAL  -1
#define NETDB_SUCCESS   0
#define HOST_NOT_FOUND  1
#define IPPORT_RESERVED 1024
#define NI_MAXHOST      1025
#define TRY_AGAIN       2
#define NO_RECOVERY     3
#define NI_MAXSERV      32
#define NO_DATA 4
#define h_addr  h_addr_list[0]
#define NO_ADDRESS      NO_DATA

struct servent
{
  char *s_name;
  char **s_aliases;
  int s_port;
  char *s_proto;
}
 ;
struct hostent
{
  char *h_name;
  char **h_aliases;
  int h_addrtype;
  int h_length;
  char **h_addr_list;
}
 ;
struct protoent
{
  char *p_name;
  char **p_aliases;
  int p_proto;
}
 ;
struct netent
{
  char *n_name;
  char **n_aliases;
  int n_addrtype;
  unsigned int n_net;
}
 ;
#define AI_PASSIVE      0x0001
#define AI_CANONNAME    0x0002
#define AI_NUMERICHOST  0x0004

struct addrinfo
{
  int ai_flags;
  int ai_family;
  int ai_socktype;
  int ai_protocol;
  socklen_t ai_addrlen;
  struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
  char *ai_canonname;
  struct addrinfo *ai_next;
}
 ;
#define NI_NUMERICHOST  1
#define NI_DGRAM        16
#define NI_NUMERICSERV  2
#define NI_NOFQDN       4
#define NI_NAMEREQD     8

#define EAI_BADFLAGS    -1
#define EAI_MEMORY      -10
#define EAI_SYSTEM      -11
#define EAI_NONAME      -2
#define EAI_AGAIN       -3
#define EAI_FAIL        -4
#define EAI_NODATA      -5
#define EAI_FAMILY      -6
#define EAI_SOCKTYPE    -7
#define EAI_SERVICE     -8
#define EAI_ADDRFAMILY  -9
1.3.19. netinet/in.h

#define IPPROTO_IP      0
#define IPPROTO_ICMP    1
#define IPPROTO_UDP     17
#define IPPROTO_IGMP    2
#define IPPROTO_RAW     255
#define IPPROTO_IPV6    41
#define IPPROTO_ICMPV6  58
#define IPPROTO_TCP     6

typedef uint16_t in_port_t;

struct in_addr
{
  uint32_t s_addr;
}
 ;
typedef uint32_t in_addr_t;
#define INADDR_NONE     ((in_addr_t) 0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_BROADCAST        (0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_ANY      0

struct in6_addr
{
  union
  {
    uint8_t u6_addr8[16];
    uint16_t u6_addr16[8];
    uint32_t u6_addr32[4];
  }
  in6_u;
}
 ;
#define IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT        { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 } } }
#define IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT   { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1 } } }

#define INET_ADDRSTRLEN 16

struct sockaddr_in
{
  sa_family_t sin_family;
  unsigned short sin_port;
  struct in_addr sin_addr;
  unsigned char sin_zero[8];
}
 ;
#define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN        46

struct sockaddr_in6
{
  unsigned short sin6_family;
  uint16_t sin6_port;
  uint32_t sin6_flowinfo;
  struct in6_addr sin6_addr;
  uint32_t sin6_scope_id;
}
 ;
#define SOL_IP  0
#define IP_TOS  1
#define IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS       16
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_IF       17
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS     18
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_LOOP     19
#define IPV6_JOIN_GROUP 20
#define IPV6_LEAVE_GROUP        21
#define IPV6_V6ONLY     26
#define IP_MULTICAST_IF 32
#define IP_MULTICAST_TTL        33
#define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP       34
#define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP       35
#define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP      36

struct ipv6_mreq
{
  struct in6_addr ipv6mr_multiaddr;
  int ipv6mr_interface;
}
 ;
struct ip_mreq
{
  struct in_addr imr_multiaddr;
  struct in_addr imr_interface;
}
 ;
1.3.20. netinet/tcp.h

#define TCP_NODELAY     1
#define SOL_TCP 6
1.3.21. netinet/udp.h

#define SOL_UDP 17
1.3.22. nl_types.h

#define NL_CAT_LOCALE   1
#define NL_SETD 1

typedef void *nl_catd;

typedef int nl_item;
1.3.23. pty.h

struct winsize
{
  unsigned short ws_row;
  unsigned short ws_col;
  unsigned short ws_xpixel;
  unsigned short ws_ypixel;
}
 ;
1.3.24. pwd.h

struct passwd
{
  char *pw_name;
  char *pw_passwd;
  uid_t pw_uid;
  gid_t pw_gid;
  char *pw_gecos;
  char *pw_dir;
  char *pw_shell;
}
 ;
1.3.25. regex.h

#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS    ((unsigned long int)1)
#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM   (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK   (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_NO_BK_PARENS| RE_NO_BK_REFS| RE_NO_BK_VBAR| RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES| RE_DOT_NEWLINE| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM|RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS        (RE_CHAR_CLASSES<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE|RE_NEWLINE_ALT|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON (RE_CHAR_CLASSES|RE_DOT_NEWLINE|RE_DOT_NOT_NULL|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS    (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS<<1)
#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS  (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS<<1)
#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE  (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS<<1)
#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG<<1)
#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE<<1)
#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE        (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL<<1)
#define RE_INTERVALS    (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE<<1)
#define RE_LIMITED_OPS  (RE_INTERVALS<<1)
#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT  (RE_LIMITED_OPS<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_REFS   (RE_NO_BK_PARENS<<1)
#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR   (RE_NO_BK_REFS<<1)
#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES      (RE_NO_BK_VBAR<<1)
#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD    (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES<<1)
#define RE_DEBUG        (RE_NO_GNU_OPS<<1)
#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS   (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP   (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK     (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED|RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS|RE_INTERVALS|RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING        (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD<<1)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC   (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED        (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED        (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS|RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS|RE_NO_BK_BRACES|RE_NO_BK_PARENS|RE_NO_BK_REFS|RE_NO_BK_VBAR|RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC   (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON|RE_LIMITED_OPS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_ED    RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
#define RE_SYNTAX_SED   RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC

typedef unsigned long reg_syntax_t;

typedef struct re_pattern_buffer
{
  unsigned char *buffer;
  unsigned long allocated;
  unsigned long used;
  reg_syntax_t syntax;
  char *fastmap;
  char *translate;
  size_t re_nsub;
  unsigned int can_be_null:1;
  unsigned int regs_allocated:2;
  unsigned int fastmap_accurate:1;
  unsigned int no_sub:1;
  unsigned int not_bol:1;
  unsigned int not_eol:1;
  unsigned int newline_anchor:1;
}
regex_t;
typedef int regoff_t;
typedef struct
{
  regoff_t rm_so;
  regoff_t rm_eo;
}
regmatch_t;
#define REG_NOTEOL      (1<<1)
#define REG_ICASE       (REG_EXTENDED<<1)
#define REG_NEWLINE     (REG_ICASE<<1)
#define REG_NOSUB       (REG_NEWLINE<<1)
#define REG_NOMATCH     -1
#define REG_EXTENDED    1
#define REG_NOTBOL      1
1.3.26. rpc/auth.h

enum auth_stat
{
  AUTH_OK, AUTH_BADCRED = 1, AUTH_REJECTEDCRED = 2, AUTH_BADVERF =
    3, AUTH_REJECTEDVERF = 4, AUTH_TOOWEAK = 5, AUTH_INVALIDRESP =
    6, AUTH_FAILED = 7
}
 ;

union des_block
{
  struct
  {
    u_int32_t high;
    u_int32_t low;
  }
  key;
  char c[8];
}
 ;

struct opaque_auth
{
  enum_t oa_flavor;
  caddr_t oa_base;
  u_int oa_length;
}
 ;

typedef struct AUTH
{
  struct opaque_auth ah_cred;
  struct opaque_auth ah_verf;
  union des_block ah_key;
  struct auth_ops *ah_ops;
  caddr_t ah_private;
}
AUTH;

struct auth_ops
{
  void (*ah_nextverf) (struct AUTH *);
  int (*ah_marshal) (struct AUTH *, XDR *);
  int (*ah_validate) (struct AUTH *, struct opaque_auth *);
  int (*ah_refresh) (struct AUTH *);
  void (*ah_destroy) (struct AUTH *);
}
 ;
1.3.27. rpc/clnt.h

#define clnt_control(cl,rq,in)  ((*(cl)->cl_ops->cl_control)(cl,rq,in))
#define clnt_abort(rh)  ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_abort)(rh))
#define clnt_call(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs)     ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_call)(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs))
#define clnt_destroy(rh)        ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_destroy)(rh))
#define clnt_freeres(rh,xres,resp)      ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_freeres)(rh,xres,resp))
#define clnt_geterr(rh,errp)    ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_geterr)(rh, errp))
#define NULLPROC        ((u_long)0)
#define CLSET_TIMEOUT   1
#define CLGET_XID       10
#define CLSET_XID       11
#define CLGET_VERS      12
#define CLSET_VERS      13
#define CLGET_PROG      14
#define CLSET_PROG      15
#define CLGET_TIMEOUT   2
#define CLGET_SERVER_ADDR       3
#define CLSET_RETRY_TIMEOUT     4
#define CLGET_RETRY_TIMEOUT     5
#define CLGET_FD        6
#define CLGET_SVC_ADDR  7
#define CLSET_FD_CLOSE  8
#define CLSET_FD_NCLOSE 9

enum clnt_stat
{
  RPC_SUCCESS, RPC_CANTENCODEARGS = 1, RPC_CANTDECODERES = 2, RPC_CANTSEND =
    3, RPC_CANTRECV = 4, RPC_TIMEDOUT = 5, RPC_VERSMISMATCH =
    6, RPC_AUTHERROR = 7, RPC_PROGUNAVAIL = 8, RPC_PROGVERSMISMATCH =
    9, RPC_PROCUNAVAIL = 10, RPC_CANTDECODEARGS = 11, RPC_SYSTEMERROR =
    12, RPC_NOBROADCAST = 21, RPC_UNKNOWNHOST = 13, RPC_UNKNOWNPROTO =
    17, RPC_UNKNOWNADDR = 19, RPC_RPCBFAILURE = 14, RPC_PROGNOTREGISTERED =
    15, RPC_N2AXLATEFAILURE = 22, RPC_FAILED = 16, RPC_INTR =
    18, RPC_TLIERROR = 20, RPC_UDERROR = 23, RPC_INPROGRESS =
    24, RPC_STALERACHANDLE = 25
}
 ;
struct rpc_err
{
  enum clnt_stat re_status;
  union
  {
    int RE_errno;
    enum auth_stat RE_why;
    struct
    {
      u_long low;
      u_long high;
    }
    RE_vers;
    struct
    {
      long s1;
      long s2;
    }
    RE_lb;
  }
  ru;
}
 ;

typedef struct CLIENT
{
  struct AUTH *cl_auth;
  struct clnt_ops *cl_ops;
  caddr_t cl_private;
}
CLIENT;

struct clnt_ops
{
  enum clnt_stat (*cl_call) (struct CLIENT *, u_long, xdrproc_t, caddr_t,
                             xdrproc_t, caddr_t, struct timeval);
  void (*cl_abort) (void);
  void (*cl_geterr) (struct CLIENT *, struct rpc_err *);
    bool_t (*cl_freeres) (struct CLIENT *, xdrproc_t, caddr_t);
  void (*cl_destroy) (struct CLIENT *);
    bool_t (*cl_control) (struct CLIENT *, int, char *);
}
 ;
1.3.28. rpc/rpc_msg.h

enum msg_type
{
  CALL, REPLY = 1
}
 ;
enum reply_stat
{
  MSG_ACCEPTED, MSG_DENIED = 1
}
 ;
enum accept_stat
{
  SUCCESS, PROG_UNAVAIL = 1, PROG_MISMATCH = 2, PROC_UNAVAIL =
    3, GARBAGE_ARGS = 4, SYSTEM_ERR = 5
}
 ;
enum reject_stat
{
  RPC_MISMATCH, AUTH_ERROR = 1
}
 ;

struct accepted_reply
{
  struct opaque_auth ar_verf;
  enum accept_stat ar_stat;
  union
  {
    struct
    {
      unsigned long low;
      unsigned long high;
    }
    AR_versions;
    struct
    {
      caddr_t where;
      xdrproc_t proc;
    }
    AR_results;
  }
  ru;
}
 ;

struct rejected_reply
{
  enum reject_stat rj_stat;
  union
  {
    struct
    {
      unsigned long low;
      unsigned long high;
    }
    RJ_versions;
    enum auth_stat RJ_why;
  }
  ru;
}
 ;

struct reply_body
{
  enum reply_stat rp_stat;
  union
  {
    struct accepted_reply RP_ar;
    struct rejected_reply RP_dr;
  }
  ru;
}
 ;

struct call_body
{
  unsigned long cb_rpcvers;
  unsigned long cb_prog;
  unsigned long cb_vers;
  unsigned long cb_proc;
  struct opaque_auth cb_cred;
  struct opaque_auth cb_verf;
}
 ;

struct rpc_msg
{
  unsigned long rm_xid;
  enum msg_type rm_direction;
  union
  {
    struct call_body RM_cmb;
    struct reply_body RM_rmb;
  }
  ru;
}
 ;
1.3.29. rpc/svc.h

#define svc_freeargs(xprt,xargs, argsp) (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_freeargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))
#define svc_getargs(xprt,xargs, argsp)  (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_getargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))
#define RPC_ANYSOCK     -1

typedef struct SVCXPRT
{
  int xp_sock;
  u_short xp_port;
  struct xp_ops *xp_ops;
  int xp_addrlen;
  struct sockaddr_in xp_raddr;
  struct opaque_auth xp_verf;
  caddr_t xp_p1;
  caddr_t xp_p2;
  char xp_pad[256];
}
SVCXPRT;

struct svc_req
{
  rpcprog_t rq_prog;
  rpcvers_t rq_vers;
  rpcproc_t rq_proc;
  struct opaque_auth rq_cred;
  caddr_t rq_clntcred;
  SVCXPRT *rq_xprt;
}
 ;

typedef void (*__dispatch_fn_t) (struct svc_req *, SVCXPRT *);

struct xp_ops
{
  bool_t (*xp_recv) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, struct rpc_msg * __msg);
  enum xprt_stat (*xp_stat) (SVCXPRT * __xprt);
    bool_t (*xp_getargs) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, xdrproc_t __xdr_args,
                          caddr_t args_ptr);
    bool_t (*xp_reply) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, struct rpc_msg * __msg);
    bool_t (*xp_freeargs) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, xdrproc_t __xdr_args,
                           caddr_t args_ptr);
  void (*xp_destroy) (SVCXPRT * __xprt);
}
 ;
1.3.30. rpc/types.h

typedef int bool_t;
typedef int enum_t;
typedef unsigned long rpcprog_t;
typedef unsigned long rpcvers_t;
typedef unsigned long rpcproc_t;
typedef unsigned long rpcprot_t;
1.3.31. rpc/xdr.h

enum xdr_op
{
  XDR_ENCODE, XDR_DECODE, XDR_FREE
}
 ;
typedef struct XDR
{
  enum xdr_op x_op;
  struct xdr_ops *x_ops;
  caddr_t x_public;
  caddr_t x_private;
  caddr_t x_base;
  int x_handy;
}
XDR;

struct xdr_ops
{
  bool_t (*x_getlong) (XDR * __xdrs, long *__lp);
  bool_t (*x_putlong) (XDR * __xdrs, long *__lp);
  bool_t (*x_getbytes) (XDR * __xdrs, caddr_t __addr, u_int __len);
  bool_t (*x_putbytes) (XDR * __xdrs, char *__addr, u_int __len);
  u_int (*x_getpostn) (XDR * __xdrs);
  bool_t (*x_setpostn) (XDR * __xdrs, u_int __pos);
  int32_t *(*x_inline) (XDR * __xdrs, int __len);
  void (*x_destroy) (XDR * __xdrs);
    bool_t (*x_getint32) (XDR * __xdrs, int32_t * __ip);
    bool_t (*x_putint32) (XDR * __xdrs, int32_t * __ip);
}
 ;

typedef bool_t (*xdrproc_t) (XDR *, void *, ...);

struct xdr_discrim
{
  int value;
  xdrproc_t proc;
}
 ;
1.3.32. sched.h

#define SCHED_OTHER     0
#define SCHED_FIFO      1
#define SCHED_RR        2

struct sched_param
{
  int sched_priority;
}
 ;
1.3.33. search.h

typedef struct entry
{
  char *key;
  void *data;
}
ENTRY;
typedef enum
{
  FIND, ENTER
}
ACTION;
typedef enum
{
  preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf
}
VISIT;

typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (void *__nodep, VISIT __value, int __level);
1.3.34. setjmp.h

#define setjmp(env)     _setjmp(env)
#define sigsetjmp(a,b)  __sigsetjmp(a,b)

struct __jmp_buf_tag
{
  __jmp_buf __jmpbuf;
  int __mask_was_saved;
  sigset_t __saved_mask;
}
 ;

typedef struct __jmp_buf_tag jmp_buf[1];
typedef jmp_buf sigjmp_buf;
1.3.35. signal.h

#define SIGRTMAX        (__libc_current_sigrtmax ())
#define SIGRTMIN        (__libc_current_sigrtmin ())
#define SIG_BLOCK       0
#define SIG_UNBLOCK     1
#define SIG_SETMASK     2
#define NSIG    65

typedef int sig_atomic_t;
struct sigstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_onstack;
}
 ;

typedef void (*sighandler_t) (int);
#define SIG_HOLD        ((sighandler_t) 2)
#define SIG_ERR ((sighandler_t)-1)
#define SIG_DFL ((sighandler_t)0)
#define SIG_IGN ((sighandler_t)1)

#define SIGHUP  1
#define SIGUSR1 10
#define SIGSEGV 11
#define SIGUSR2 12
#define SIGPIPE 13
#define SIGALRM 14
#define SIGTERM 15
#define SIGSTKFLT       16
#define SIGCHLD 17
#define SIGCONT 18
#define SIGSTOP 19
#define SIGINT  2
#define SIGTSTP 20
#define SIGTTIN 21
#define SIGTTOU 22
#define SIGURG  23
#define SIGXCPU 24
#define SIGXFSZ 25
#define SIGVTALRM       26
#define SIGPROF 27
#define SIGWINCH        28
#define SIGIO   29
#define SIGQUIT 3
#define SIGPWR  30
#define SIGSYS  31
#define SIGUNUSED       31
#define SIGILL  4
#define SIGTRAP 5
#define SIGABRT 6
#define SIGIOT  6
#define SIGBUS  7
#define SIGFPE  8
#define SIGKILL 9
#define SIGCLD  SIGCHLD
#define SIGPOLL SIGIO

#define SV_ONSTACK      (1<<0)
#define SV_INTERRUPT    (1<<1)
#define SV_RESETHAND    (1<<2)

typedef union sigval
{
  int sival_int;
  void *sival_ptr;
}
sigval_t;
#define SIGEV_SIGNAL    0
#define SIGEV_NONE      1
#define SIGEV_THREAD    2

typedef struct sigevent
{
  sigval_t sigev_value;
  int sigev_signo;
  int sigev_notify;
  union
  {
    int _pad[SIGEV_PAD_SIZE];
    struct
    {
      void (*sigev_thread_func) (sigval_t);
      void *_attribute;
    }
    _sigev_thread;
  }
  _sigev_un;
}
sigevent_t;
#define si_pid  _sifields._kill._pid
#define si_uid  _sifields._kill._uid
#define si_value        _sifields._rt._sigval
#define si_int  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_status       _sifields._sigchld._status
#define si_stime        _sifields._sigchld._stime
#define si_utime        _sifields._sigchld._utime
#define si_addr _sifields._sigfault._addr
#define si_band _sifields._sigpoll._band
#define si_fd   _sifields._sigpoll._fd
#define si_timer1       _sifields._timer._timer1
#define si_timer2       _sifields._timer._timer2

typedef struct siginfo
{
  int si_signo;
  int si_errno;
  int si_code;
  union
  {
    int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
    }
    _kill;
    struct
    {
      unsigned int _timer1;
      unsigned int _timer2;
    }
    _timer;
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
      sigval_t _sigval;
    }
    _rt;
    struct
    {
      pid_t _pid;
      uid_t _uid;
      int _status;
      clock_t _utime;
      clock_t _stime;
    }
    _sigchld;
    struct
    {
      void *_addr;
    }
    _sigfault;
    struct
    {
      int _band;
      int _fd;
    }
    _sigpoll;
  }
  _sifields;
}
siginfo_t;
#define SI_QUEUE        -1
#define SI_TIMER        -2
#define SI_MESGQ        -3
#define SI_ASYNCIO      -4
#define SI_SIGIO        -5
#define SI_TKILL        -6
#define SI_ASYNCNL      -60
#define SI_USER 0
#define SI_KERNEL       0x80

#define ILL_ILLOPC      1
#define ILL_ILLOPN      2
#define ILL_ILLADR      3
#define ILL_ILLTRP      4
#define ILL_PRVOPC      5
#define ILL_PRVREG      6
#define ILL_COPROC      7
#define ILL_BADSTK      8

#define FPE_INTDIV      1
#define FPE_INTOVF      2
#define FPE_FLTDIV      3
#define FPE_FLTOVF      4
#define FPE_FLTUND      5
#define FPE_FLTRES      6
#define FPE_FLTINV      7
#define FPE_FLTSUB      8

#define SEGV_MAPERR     1
#define SEGV_ACCERR     2

#define BUS_ADRALN      1
#define BUS_ADRERR      2
#define BUS_OBJERR      3

#define TRAP_BRKPT      1
#define TRAP_TRACE      2

#define CLD_EXITED      1
#define CLD_KILLED      2
#define CLD_DUMPED      3
#define CLD_TRAPPED     4
#define CLD_STOPPED     5
#define CLD_CONTINUED   6

#define POLL_IN 1
#define POLL_OUT        2
#define POLL_MSG        3
#define POLL_ERR        4
#define POLL_PRI        5
#define POLL_HUP        6

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long sig[_SIGSET_NWORDS];
}
sigset_t;
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP    0x00000001
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT    0x00000002
#define SA_SIGINFO      0x00000004
#define SA_ONSTACK      0x08000000
#define SA_RESTART      0x10000000
#define SA_INTERRUPT    0x20000000
#define SA_NODEFER      0x40000000
#define SA_RESETHAND    0x80000000
#define SA_NOMASK       SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT      SA_RESETHAND

typedef struct sigaltstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_flags;
  size_t ss_size;
}
stack_t;
#define SS_ONSTACK      1
#define SS_DISABLE      2
1.3.36. stddef.h

#define offsetof(TYPE,MEMBER)   ((size_t)& ((TYPE*)0)->MEMBER)
#define NULL    (0L)

typedef int wchar_t;
1.3.37. stdio.h

#define EOF     (-1)
#define P_tmpdir        "/tmp"
#define FOPEN_MAX       16
#define L_tmpnam        20
#define FILENAME_MAX    4096
#define BUFSIZ  8192
#define L_ctermid       9
#define L_cuserid       9

typedef struct
{
  off_t __pos;
  mbstate_t __state;
}
fpos_t;
typedef struct
{
  off64_t __pos;
  mbstate_t __state;
}
fpos64_t;

typedef struct _IO_FILE FILE;
#define _IOFBF  0
#define _IOLBF  1
#define _IONBF  2
1.3.38. stdlib.h

#define MB_CUR_MAX      (__ctype_get_mb_cur_max())
#define EXIT_SUCCESS    0
#define EXIT_FAILURE    1
#define RAND_MAX        2147483647

typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
struct random_data
{
  int32_t *fptr;
  int32_t *rptr;
  int32_t *state;
  int rand_type;
  int rand_deg;
  int rand_sep;
  int32_t *end_ptr;
}
 ;

typedef struct
{
  int quot;
  int rem;
}
div_t;

typedef struct
{
  long quot;
  long rem;
}
ldiv_t;

typedef struct
{
  long long quot;
  long long rem;
}
lldiv_t;
1.3.39. sys/file.h

#define LOCK_SH 1
#define LOCK_EX 2
#define LOCK_NB 4
#define LOCK_UN 8
1.3.40. sys/ipc.h

#define IPC_PRIVATE     ((key_t)0)
#define IPC_RMID        0
#define IPC_CREAT       00001000
#define IPC_EXCL        00002000
#define IPC_NOWAIT      00004000
#define IPC_SET 1
#define IPC_STAT        2
1.3.41. sys/mman.h

#define MAP_FAILED      ((void*)-1)
#define PROT_NONE       0x0
#define MAP_SHARED      0x01
#define MAP_PRIVATE     0x02
#define PROT_READ       0x1
#define MAP_FIXED       0x10
#define PROT_WRITE      0x2
#define MAP_ANONYMOUS   0x20
#define PROT_EXEC       0x4
#define MS_ASYNC        1
#define MS_INVALIDATE   2
#define MS_SYNC 4
#define MAP_ANON        MAP_ANONYMOUS
1.3.42. sys/msg.h

#define MSG_NOERROR     010000
1.3.43. sys/param.h

#define NOFILE  256
#define MAXPATHLEN      4096
1.3.44. sys/poll.h

#define POLLIN  0x0001
#define POLLPRI 0x0002
#define POLLOUT 0x0004
#define POLLERR 0x0008
#define POLLHUP 0x0010
#define POLLNVAL        0x0020

struct pollfd
{
  int fd;
  short events;
  short revents;
}
 ;
typedef unsigned long nfds_t;
1.3.45. sys/resource.h

#define RUSAGE_CHILDREN (-1)
#define RUSAGE_BOTH     (-2)
#define RLIM_INFINITY   (~0UL)
#define RLIM_SAVED_CUR  -1
#define RLIM_SAVED_MAX  -1
#define RLIMIT_CPU      0
#define RUSAGE_SELF     0
#define RLIMIT_FSIZE    1
#define RLIMIT_DATA     2
#define RLIMIT_STACK    3
#define RLIMIT_CORE     4
#define RLIMIT_NOFILE   7
#define RLIMIT_AS       9

typedef unsigned long rlim_t;
typedef unsigned long long rlim64_t;
typedef int __rlimit_resource_t;

struct rlimit
{
  rlim_t rlim_cur;
  rlim_t rlim_max;
}
 ;
struct rlimit64
{
  rlim64_t rlim_cur;
  rlim64_t rlim_max;
}
 ;

struct rusage
{
  struct timeval ru_utime;
  struct timeval ru_stime;
  long ru_maxrss;
  long ru_ixrss;
  long ru_idrss;
  long ru_isrss;
  long ru_minflt;
  long ru_majflt;
  long ru_nswap;
  long ru_inblock;
  long ru_oublock;
  long ru_msgsnd;
  long ru_msgrcv;
  long ru_nsignals;
  long ru_nvcsw;
  long ru_nivcsw;
}
 ;

enum __priority_which
{
  PRIO_PROCESS, PRIO_PGRP = 1, PRIO_USER = 2
}
 ;
#define PRIO_PGRP       PRIO_PGRP
#define PRIO_PROCESS    PRIO_PROCESS
#define PRIO_USER       PRIO_USER

typedef enum __priority_which __priority_which_t;
1.3.46. sys/sem.h

#define SEM_UNDO        0x1000
#define GETPID  11
#define GETVAL  12
#define GETALL  13
#define GETNCNT 14
#define GETZCNT 15
#define SETVAL  16
#define SETALL  17

struct sembuf
{
  short sem_num;
  short sem_op;
  short sem_flg;
}
 ;
1.3.47. sys/shm.h

#define SHM_RDONLY      010000
#define SHM_W   0200
#define SHM_RND 020000
#define SHM_R   0400
#define SHM_REMAP       040000
#define SHM_LOCK        11
#define SHM_UNLOCK      12
1.3.48. sys/socket.h

#define SHUT_RD 0
#define MSG_WAITALL     0x100
#define MSG_TRUNC       0x20
#define MSG_EOR 0x80
#define SIOCGIFCONF     0x8912
#define SIOCGIFFLAGS    0x8913
#define SIOCGIFADDR     0x8915
#define SIOCGIFNETMASK  0x891b
#define MSG_OOB 1
#define SHUT_WR 1
#define MSG_PEEK        2
#define SHUT_RDWR       2
#define MSG_DONTROUTE   4
#define MSG_CTRUNC      8
#define PF_UNSPEC       AF_UNSPEC

struct linger
{
  int l_onoff;
  int l_linger;
}
 ;
struct cmsghdr
{
  size_t cmsg_len;
  int cmsg_level;
  int cmsg_type;
}
 ;
struct iovec
{
  void *iov_base;
  size_t iov_len;
}
 ;

typedef unsigned short sa_family_t;
typedef unsigned int socklen_t;

struct sockaddr
{
  sa_family_t sa_family;
  char sa_data[14];
}
 ;
struct sockaddr_storage
{
  sa_family_t ss_family;
  __ss_aligntype __ss_align;
  char __ss_padding[(128 - (2 * sizeof (__ss_aligntype)))];
}
 ;

struct msghdr
{
  void *msg_name;
  int msg_namelen;
  struct iovec *msg_iov;
  size_t msg_iovlen;
  void *msg_control;
  size_t msg_controllen;
  unsigned int msg_flags;
}
 ;
#define AF_UNSPEC       0
#define AF_UNIX 1
#define AF_INET6        10
#define AF_INET 2

#define PF_INET AF_INET
#define PF_INET6        AF_INET6
#define PF_UNIX AF_UNIX

#define SOCK_STREAM     1
#define SOCK_PACKET     10
#define SOCK_DGRAM      2
#define SOCK_RAW        3
#define SOCK_RDM        4
#define SOCK_SEQPACKET  5

#define SOL_SOCKET      1
#define SO_DEBUG        1
#define SO_OOBINLINE    10
#define SO_NO_CHECK     11
#define SO_PRIORITY     12
#define SO_LINGER       13
#define SO_REUSEADDR    2
#define SOL_RAW 255
#define SO_TYPE 3
#define SO_ERROR        4
#define SO_DONTROUTE    5
#define SO_BROADCAST    6
#define SO_SNDBUF       7
#define SO_RCVBUF       8
#define SO_KEEPALIVE    9
1.3.49. sys/stat.h

#define S_ISBLK(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISCHR(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISDIR(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISFIFO(m)     (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFIFO)
#define S_ISLNK(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISREG(m)      (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFREG)
#define S_ISSOCK(m)     (((m)& S_IFMT)==S_IFSOCK)
#define S_TYPEISMQ(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSEM(buf)        ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSHM(buf)        ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_IRWXU (S_IREAD|S_IWRITE|S_IEXEC)
#define S_IROTH (S_IRGRP>>3)
#define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR>>3)
#define S_IRWXO (S_IRWXG>>3)
#define S_IRWXG (S_IRWXU>>3)
#define S_IWOTH (S_IWGRP>>3)
#define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR>>3)
#define S_IXOTH (S_IXGRP>>3)
#define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR>>3)
#define S_ISVTX 01000
#define S_IXUSR 0x0040
#define S_IWUSR 0x0080
#define S_IRUSR 0x0100
#define S_ISGID 0x0400
#define S_ISUID 0x0800
#define S_IFIFO 0x1000
#define S_IFCHR 0x2000
#define S_IFDIR 0x4000
#define S_IFBLK 0x6000
#define S_IFREG 0x8000
#define S_IFLNK 0xa000
#define S_IFSOCK        0xc000
#define S_IFMT  0xf000
#define st_atime        st_atim.tv_sec
#define st_ctime        st_ctim.tv_sec
#define st_mtime        st_mtim.tv_sec
#define S_IREAD S_IRUSR
#define S_IWRITE        S_IWUSR
#define S_IEXEC S_IXUSR
1.3.50. sys/time.h

#define ITIMER_REAL     0
#define ITIMER_VIRTUAL  1
#define ITIMER_PROF     2

struct timezone
{
  int tz_minuteswest;
  int tz_dsttime;
}
 ;

typedef int __itimer_which_t;

struct timespec
{
  time_t tv_sec;
  long tv_nsec;
}
 ;

struct timeval
{
  time_t tv_sec;
  suseconds_t tv_usec;
}
 ;

struct itimerval
{
  struct timeval it_interval;
  struct timeval it_value;
}
 ;
1.3.51. sys/timeb.h

struct timeb
{
  time_t time;
  unsigned short millitm;
  short timezone;
  short dstflag;
}
 ;
1.3.52. sys/times.h

struct tms
{
  clock_t tms_utime;
  clock_t tms_stime;
  clock_t tms_cutime;
  clock_t tms_cstime;
}
 ;
1.3.53. sys/types.h

#define FD_ISSET(d,set) ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]& (1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long)))))
#define FD_CLR(d,set)   ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]& =~(1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long)))))
#define FD_SET(d,set)   ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]|=(1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long)))))
#define FALSE   0
#define TRUE    1
#define FD_SETSIZE      1024
#define FD_ZERO(fdsetp) bzero(fdsetp, sizeof(*(fdsetp)))

typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef short int16_t;
typedef int int32_t;
typedef unsigned char u_int8_t;
typedef unsigned short u_int16_t;
typedef unsigned int u_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uid_t;
typedef int pid_t;
typedef unsigned long off_t;
typedef int key_t;
typedef long suseconds_t;
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef struct
{
  int __val[2];
}
fsid_t;
typedef unsigned int useconds_t;
typedef unsigned long blksize_t;
typedef long fd_mask;
typedef int timer_t;
typedef int clockid_t;

typedef unsigned int id_t;

typedef unsigned long long ino64_t;
typedef long long loff_t;
typedef unsigned long blkcnt_t;
typedef unsigned long fsblkcnt_t;
typedef unsigned long fsfilcnt_t;
typedef unsigned long long blkcnt64_t;
typedef unsigned long long fsblkcnt64_t;
typedef unsigned long long fsfilcnt64_t;
typedef unsigned char u_char;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
typedef unsigned long u_long;

typedef unsigned long ino_t;
typedef unsigned int gid_t;
typedef unsigned long long dev_t;
typedef unsigned int mode_t;
typedef unsigned long nlink_t;
typedef char *caddr_t;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long fds_bits[__FDSET_LONGS];
}
fd_set;

typedef long clock_t;
typedef long time_t;
1.3.54. sys/un.h

#define UNIX_PATH_MAX   108

struct sockaddr_un
{
  sa_family_t sun_family;
  char sun_path[UNIX_PATH_MAX];
}
 ;
1.3.55. sys/utsname.h

#define SYS_NMLN        65

struct utsname
{
  char sysname[65];
  char nodename[65];
  char release[65];
  char version[65];
  char machine[65];
  char domainname[65];
}
 ;
1.3.56. sys/wait.h

#define WIFSIGNALED(status)     (!WIFSTOPPED(status) & & !WIFEXITED(status))
#define WIFSTOPPED(status)      (((status) &  0xff) == 0x7f)
#define WEXITSTATUS(status)     (((status) &  0xff00) >> 8)
#define WTERMSIG(status)        ((status) &  0x7f)
#define WCOREDUMP(status)       ((status) &  0x80)
#define WIFEXITED(status)       (WTERMSIG(status) == 0)
#define WNOHANG 0x00000001
#define WUNTRACED       0x00000002
#define WCOREFLAG       0x80
#define WSTOPSIG(status)        WEXITSTATUS(status)

typedef enum
{
  P_ALL, P_PID, P_PGID
}
idtype_t;
1.3.57. syslog.h

#define LOG_EMERG       0
#define LOG_PRIMASK     0x07
#define LOG_ALERT       1
#define LOG_CRIT        2
#define LOG_ERR 3
#define LOG_WARNING     4
#define LOG_NOTICE      5
#define LOG_INFO        6
#define LOG_DEBUG       7

#define LOG_KERN        (0<<3)
#define LOG_AUTHPRIV    (10<<3)
#define LOG_FTP (11<<3)
#define LOG_USER        (1<<3)
#define LOG_MAIL        (2<<3)
#define LOG_DAEMON      (3<<3)
#define LOG_AUTH        (4<<3)
#define LOG_SYSLOG      (5<<3)
#define LOG_LPR (6<<3)
#define LOG_NEWS        (7<<3)
#define LOG_UUCP        (8<<3)
#define LOG_CRON        (9<<3)
#define LOG_FACMASK     0x03f8

#define LOG_LOCAL0      (16<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL1      (17<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL2      (18<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL3      (19<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL4      (20<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL5      (21<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL6      (22<<3)
#define LOG_LOCAL7      (23<<3)

#define LOG_UPTO(pri)   ((1 << ((pri)+1)) - 1)
#define LOG_MASK(pri)   (1 << (pri))

#define LOG_PID 0x01
#define LOG_CONS        0x02
#define LOG_ODELAY      0x04
#define LOG_NDELAY      0x08
#define LOG_NOWAIT      0x10
#define LOG_PERROR      0x20
1.3.58. termios.h

#define TCIFLUSH        0
#define TCOOFF  0
#define TCSANOW 0
#define BS0     0000000
#define CR0     0000000
#define FF0     0000000
#define NL0     0000000
#define TAB0    0000000
#define VT0     0000000
#define OPOST   0000001
#define OCRNL   0000010
#define ONOCR   0000020
#define ONLRET  0000040
#define OFILL   0000100
#define OFDEL   0000200
#define NL1     0000400
#define TCOFLUSH        1
#define TCOON   1
#define TCSADRAIN       1
#define TCIOFF  2
#define TCIOFLUSH       2
#define TCSAFLUSH       2
#define TCION   3

typedef unsigned int speed_t;
typedef unsigned char cc_t;
typedef unsigned int tcflag_t;
#define NCCS    32

struct termios
{
  tcflag_t c_iflag;
  tcflag_t c_oflag;
  tcflag_t c_cflag;
  tcflag_t c_lflag;
  cc_t c_line;
  cc_t c_cc[NCCS];
  speed_t c_ispeed;
  speed_t c_ospeed;
}
 ;
#define VINTR   0
#define VQUIT   1
#define VLNEXT  15
#define VERASE  2
#define VKILL   3
#define VEOF    4

#define IGNBRK  0000001
#define BRKINT  0000002
#define IGNPAR  0000004
#define PARMRK  0000010
#define INPCK   0000020
#define ISTRIP  0000040
#define INLCR   0000100
#define IGNCR   0000200
#define ICRNL   0000400
#define IXANY   0004000
#define IMAXBEL 0020000

#define CS5     0000000

#define ECHO    0000010

#define B0      0000000
#define B50     0000001
#define B75     0000002
#define B110    0000003
#define B134    0000004
#define B150    0000005
#define B200    0000006
#define B300    0000007
#define B600    0000010
#define B1200   0000011
#define B1800   0000012
#define B2400   0000013
#define B4800   0000014
#define B9600   0000015
#define B19200  0000016
#define B38400  0000017
1.3.59. time.h

#define CLK_TCK ((clock_t)__sysconf(2))
#define CLOCK_REALTIME  0
#define TIMER_ABSTIME   1
#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC  1000000l

struct tm
{
  int tm_sec;
  int tm_min;
  int tm_hour;
  int tm_mday;
  int tm_mon;
  int tm_year;
  int tm_wday;
  int tm_yday;
  int tm_isdst;
  long tm_gmtoff;
  char *tm_zone;
}
 ;
struct itimerspec
{
  struct timespec it_interval;
  struct timespec it_value;
}
 ;
1.3.60. ulimit.h

#define UL_GETFSIZE     1
#define UL_SETFSIZE     2
1.3.61. unistd.h

#define SEEK_SET        0
#define STDIN_FILENO    0
#define SEEK_CUR        1
#define STDOUT_FILENO   1
#define SEEK_END        2
#define STDERR_FILENO   2

typedef long long off64_t;
#define F_OK    0
#define X_OK    1
#define W_OK    2
#define R_OK    4

#define _POSIX_VDISABLE '\0'
#define _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 1
#define _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL      1
#define _POSIX_NO_TRUNC 1
#define _POSIX_SHELL    1
#define _POSIX_FSYNC    200112
#define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES     200112
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK  200112
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE    200112
#define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION        200112
#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES       200112
#define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS    200112
#define _POSIX_TIMERS   200112
#define _POSIX2_C_BIND  200112L
#define _POSIX2_VERSION 200112L
#define _POSIX_THREADS  200112L
#define _POSIX_VERSION  200112L

#define _PC_LINK_MAX    0
#define _PC_MAX_CANON   1
#define _PC_ASYNC_IO    10
#define _PC_PRIO_IO     11
#define _PC_FILESIZEBITS        13
#define _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE  14
#define _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE   16
#define _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN      17
#define _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN      18
#define _PC_MAX_INPUT   2
#define _PC_2_SYMLINKS  20
#define _PC_NAME_MAX    3
#define _PC_PATH_MAX    4
#define _PC_PIPE_BUF    5
#define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED    6
#define _PC_NO_TRUNC    7
#define _PC_VDISABLE    8
#define _PC_SYNC_IO     9

#define _SC_ARG_MAX     0
#define _SC_CHILD_MAX   1
#define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 10
#define _SC_TIMERS      11
#define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO     12
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32    125
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG   126
#define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64     127
#define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG   128
#define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY        129
#define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO      13
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME      130
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS      131
#define _SC_ADVISORY_INFO       132
#define _SC_BARRIERS    133
#define _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION     137
#define _SC_CPUTIME     138
#define _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME      139
#define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO     14
#define _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK     149
#define _SC_FSYNC       15
#define _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS 153
#define _SC_SPIN_LOCKS  154
#define _SC_REGEXP      155
#define _SC_SHELL       157
#define _SC_SPAWN       159
#define _SC_MAPPED_FILES        16
#define _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER     160
#define _SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER      161
#define _SC_TIMEOUTS    164
#define _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS        165
#define _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING    169
#define _SC_MEMLOCK     17
#define _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE        170
#define _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE       171
#define _SC_2_PBS_TRACK 172
#define _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX 173
#define _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT    175
#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32      176
#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG     177
#define _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64       178
#define _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG     179
#define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE       18
#define _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX       180
#define _SC_TRACE       181
#define _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER  182
#define _SC_TRACE_INHERIT       183
#define _SC_TRACE_LOG   184
#define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION   19
#define _SC_CLK_TCK     2
#define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING     20
#define _SC_SEMAPHORES  21
#define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS       22
#define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX      23
#define _SC_AIO_MAX     24
#define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX  25
#define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX      26
#define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 27
#define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 28
#define _SC_VERSION     29
#define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3
#define _SC_PAGESIZE    30
#define _SC_PAGE_SIZE   30
#define _SC_RTSIG_MAX   31
#define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX       32
#define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX       33
#define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX        34
#define _SC_TIMER_MAX   35
#define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 36
#define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX  37
#define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX        38
#define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX       39
#define _SC_OPEN_MAX    4
#define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX    40
#define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX       42
#define _SC_LINE_MAX    43
#define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX  44
#define _SC_2_VERSION   46
#define _SC_2_C_BIND    47
#define _SC_2_C_DEV     48
#define _SC_2_FORT_DEV  49
#define _SC_STREAM_MAX  5
#define _SC_2_FORT_RUN  50
#define _SC_2_SW_DEV    51
#define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 52
#define _SC_TZNAME_MAX  6
#define _SC_IOV_MAX     60
#define _SC_THREADS     67
#define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS       68
#define _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX    69
#define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 7
#define _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX    70
#define _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX      71
#define _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX        72
#define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS        73
#define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX     74
#define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN    75
#define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX  76
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR       77
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE       78
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING  79
#define _SC_SAVED_IDS   8
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 80
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 81
#define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED       82
#define _SC_ATEXIT_MAX  87
#define _SC_PASS_MAX    88
#define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION       89
#define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS    9
#define _SC_XOPEN_UNIX  91
#define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 92
#define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N      93
#define _SC_XOPEN_SHM   94
#define _SC_2_CHAR_TERM 95
#define _SC_2_C_VERSION 96
#define _SC_2_UPE       97

#define _CS_PATH        0
#define _POSIX_REGEXP   1
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS     1100
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS    1101
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS       1102
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS  1103
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1104
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1105
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS      1106
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1107
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS      1108
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS     1109
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS        1110
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS   1111
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1112
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1113
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS      1114
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1115

#define _XOPEN_REALTIME 1
#define _XOPEN_XPG4     1
#define _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION      4
#define _XOPEN_VERSION  500

#define F_ULOCK 0
#define F_LOCK  1
#define F_TLOCK 2
#define F_TEST  3
1.3.62. utime.h

struct utimbuf
{
  time_t actime;
  time_t modtime;
}
 ;
1.3.63. utmp.h

#define UT_HOSTSIZE     256
#define UT_LINESIZE     32
#define UT_NAMESIZE     32

struct exit_status
{
  short e_termination;
  short e_exit;
}
 ;

#define EMPTY   0
#define RUN_LVL 1
#define BOOT_TIME       2
#define NEW_TIME        3
#define OLD_TIME        4
#define INIT_PROCESS    5
#define LOGIN_PROCESS   6
#define USER_PROCESS    7
#define DEAD_PROCESS    8
#define ACCOUNTING      9
1.3.64. wchar.h

#define WEOF    (0xffffffffu)
#define WCHAR_MAX       0x7FFFFFFF
#define WCHAR_MIN       0x80000000
1.3.65. wctype.h

typedef unsigned long wctype_t;
typedef unsigned int wint_t;
typedef const int32_t *wctrans_t;
typedef struct
{
  int count;
  wint_t value;
}
__mbstate_t;

typedef __mbstate_t mbstate_t;
1.3.66. wordexp.h

enum
{
  WRDE_DOOFFS, WRDE_APPEND, WRDE_NOCMD, WRDE_REUSE, WRDE_SHOWERR, WRDE_UNDEF,
    __WRDE_FLAGS
}
 ;

typedef struct
{
  int we_wordc;
  char **we_wordv;
  int we_offs;
}
wordexp_t;

enum
{
  WRDE_NOSYS, WRDE_NOSPACE, WRDE_BADCHAR, WRDE_BADVAL, WRDE_CMDSUB,
    WRDE_SYNTAX
}
 ;
1.4. Interface Definitions for libc
The following interfaces are included in libc and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed above for libc shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
_IO_feof
Name
_IO_feof — alias for feof
Synopsis
int _IO_feof(_IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
_IO_feof tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by __fp, returning a non-zero value if it is set.
_IO_feof is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_getc
Name
_IO_getc — alias for getc
Synopsis
int _IO_getc(_IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
_IO_getc reads the next character from __fp and returns it as an unsigned char cast to an int, or EOF on end-of-file or error.
_IO_getc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_putc
Name
_IO_putc — alias for putc
Synopsis
int _IO_putc(int __c, _IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
_IO_putc writes the character __c, cast to an unsigned char, to __fp.
_IO_putc is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_puts
Name
_IO_puts — alias for puts
Synopsis
int _IO_puts(const char *__c);
Description
_IO_puts writes the string __s and a trailing newline to stdout.
_IO_puts is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__assert_fail
Name
__assert_fail — abort the program after false assertion
Synopsis
void __assert_fail(const char *assertion, const char *file, unsigned int line, const char *function);
Description
__assert_fail receives a string containing the expression assertion, the filename file, and the line number line, and prints a message on the standard error stream. For example: 
a.c:10: foobar: Assertion a == b failed.
__assert_fail then aborts program execution via a call to abort. The exact form of the message is up to the implementation.
If function is NULL, then omit information about the function.
assertion, file, and line shall be non-NULL.
__assert_fail is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_b_loc
Name
__ctype_b_loc — accessor function for __ctype_b array for ctype functions
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

extern const unsigned short int **ctype_b_loc(void);
Description
__ctype_b_loc() returns the address of the array to be used by the ctype functions. This array is locale aware, and is local to the current thread if the application is multithreaded.
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max
Name
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max — maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale
Synopsis
size_t __ctype_get_mb_cur_max(void);
Description
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max returns the maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale.
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_tolower_loc
Name
__ctype_tolower_loc — accessor function for __ctype_b_tolower array for ctype tolower() function
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int32_t **__ctype_tolower_loc(void);
Description
__ctype_tolower_loc() returns the address of the array to be used by the tolower function. This array is locale aware, and is local to the current thread if the application is multithreaded.
__ctype_toupper_loc
Name
__ctype_toupper_loc — accessor function for __ctype_b_toupper array for ctype toupper() function
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int32_t **__ctype_toupper_loc(void);
Description
__ctype_toupper_loc() returns the address of the array to be used by the toupper function. This array is locale aware, and is local to the current thread if the application is multithreaded.
__cxa_atexit
Name
__cxa_atexit — register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded
Synopsis
int __cxa_atexit(void (*func) (void *), void *arg, void *d);
Description
__cxa_atexit registers a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded. This function is only called from code generated by the C++ compiler.
__cxa_atexit has the same specification as atexit.
__cxa_atexit is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__daylight
Name
 — global variable containing daylight
Synopsis
int __daylight;
Description
__daylight is as specified in the ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3.
__environ
Name
__environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char **__environ;
Description
__environ is an alias for environ - user environment.
__environ has the same specification as environ.
__environ is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__errno_location
Name
__errno_location — address of errno variable
Synopsis
int *__errno_location(void);
Description
__errno_location is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fpending
Name
__fpending — returns in bytes the amount of output pending on a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio_ext.h>
size_t __fpending(FILE *stream);
Description
__fpending returns the amount of output in bytes pending on a stream.
__fpending is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getpagesize
Name
__getpagesize — alias for getpagesize - get current page size 
Synopsis
extern int __getpagesize(void);
Description
__getpagesize is an alias for getpagesize - get current page size.
__getpagesize has the same specification as getpagesize.
__getpagesize is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getpgid
Name
__getpgid — get the process group id
Synopsis
pid_t __getpgid(pid_t pid);
Description
__getpgid has the same specification as getpgid.
__getpgid is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__h_errno_location
Name
__h_errno_location — address of h_errno variable
Synopsis
int *__h_errno_location(void);
Description
__h_errno_location returns the address of the h_errno variable, where h_errno is as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
__h_errno_location is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Note that h_errno itself is only in the source standard; it is not in the binary standard.
__isinf
Name
__isinf — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isinf(double arg);
Description
__isinf has the same specification as isinf in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isinf is known to be double.
__isinf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isinff
Name
__isinff — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isinff(float arg);
Description
__isinff has the same specification as isinf in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isinff is known to be float.
__isinff is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isinfl
Name
__isinfl — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isinfl(long double arg);
Description
__isinfl has the same specification as isinf in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isinfl is known to be long double.
__isinfl is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isnan
Name
__isnan — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isnan(double arg);
Description
__isnan has the same specification as isnan in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isnan is known to be double.
__isnan is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isnanf
Name
__isnanf — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isnanf(float arg);
Description
__isnanf has the same specification as isnan in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isnanf is known to be float.
__isnanf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isnanl
Name
__isnanl — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isnanl(long double arg);
Description
__isnanl has the same specification as isnan in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, except that the argument type for __isnanl is known to be long double.
__isnanl is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__libc_current_sigrtmax
Name
__libc_current_sigrtmax — return number of available real-time signal with lowest priority
Synopsis
int __libc_current_sigrtmax(void);
Description
__libc_current_sigrtmax returns the number of an available real-time signal with the lowest priority.
__libc_current_sigrtmax is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__libc_current_sigrtmin
Name
__libc_current_sigrtmin — return number of available real-time signal with highest priority
Synopsis
int __libc_current_sigrtmin(void);
Description
__libc_current_sigrtmin returns the number of an available real-time signal with the highest priority.
__libc_current_sigrtmin is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__libc_start_main
Name
__libc_start_main — initialization routine
Synopsis
BP_SYM __libc_start_main(int (*main) (int, char**, char**), int argc, char *__unbounded *__unbounded ubp_av, void (*init) (void), void (*fini) (void), void (*rtld_fini) (void), void (*__unbounded stack_end));
Description
__libc_start_main initializes glibc.
__libc_start_main is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__lxstat
Name
__lxstat — inline wrapper around call to lxstat
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int __lxstat(int version, char *__path, (struct stat *__statbuf));
Description
__lxstat is an inline wrapper around call to lxstat.
__lxstat is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__mempcpy
Name
__mempcpy — copy given number of bytes of source to destination
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
extern ptr_t __mempcpy(ptr_t restrict dest, const ptr_t restrict src, size_t n);
Description
__mempcpy copies n bytes of source to destination, returning pointer to bytes after the last written byte.
__mempcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__rawmemchr
Name
__rawmemchr — scan memory
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
extern ptr_t __rawmemchr(const ptr_t s, int c);
Description
__rawmemchr searches in s for c.
__rawmemchr is a weak alias to rawmemchr. It is similar to memchr, but it has no length limit.
__rawmemchr is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__register_atfork
Name
__register_atfork — alias for register_atfork
Synopsis
int __register_atfork(void (*prepare)(), void (*parent)(), void (*child)(), void *__dso_handle);
Description
__register_atfork implements pthread_atfork as specified in ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3. The additional parameter __dso_handle allows a shared object to pass in it's handle so that functions registered by __register_atfork can be unregistered by the runtime when the shared object is unloaded.
__sigsetjmp
Name
__sigsetjmp — save stack context for non-local goto
Synopsis
int __sigsetjmp(jmp_buf env, int savemask);
Description
__sigsetjmp has the same behavior as sigsetjmp as specified by the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2.
__sigsetjmp is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__stpcpy
Name
__stpcpy — copy a string returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *__stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
Description
__stpcpy copies the string src (including the terminating /0 character) to the array dest. The strings may not overlap, and dest must be large enough to receive the copy.
Return Value
__stpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating NULL character) rather than the beginning.
__stpcpy has the same specification as stpcpy.
__stpcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strdup
Name
__strdup — alias for strdup
Synopsis
char *__strdup(const char string);
Description
__strdup has the same specification as strdup.
__strdup is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtod_internal
Name
__strtod_internal — underlying function for strtod
Synopsis
double __strtod_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtod_internal is undefined.
__strtod_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0) has the same specification as strtod(__nptr, __endptr).
__strtod_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtof_internal
Name
__strtof_internal — underlying function for strtof
Synopsis
float __strtof_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtof_internal is undefined.
__strtof_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0) has the same specification as strtof(__nptr, __endptr).
__strtof_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtok_r
Name
__strtok_r — alias for strtok_r
Synopsis
char *__strtok_r(char *__restrict s, __const char *__restrict delim, char **__restrict save_ptr);
Description
__strtok_r has the same specification as strtok_r.
__strtok_r is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtol_internal
Name
__strtol_internal — alias for strtol
Synopsis
long int __strtol_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtol_internal is undefined.
__strtol_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtol(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtol_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtold_internal
Name
__strtold_internal — underlying function for strtold
Synopsis
long double __strtold_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtold_internal is undefined.
__strtold_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0) has the same specification as strtold(__nptr, __endptr).
__strtold_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtoll_internal
Name
__strtoll_internal — underlying function for strtoll
Synopsis
long long __strtoll_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoll_internal is undefined.
__strtoll_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoll(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtoll_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtoul_internal
Name
__strtoul_internal — underlying function for strtoul
Synopsis
unsigned long int __strtoul_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoul_internal is undefined.
__strtoul_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoul(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtoul_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtoull_internal
Name
__strtoull_internal — underlying function for strtoull
Synopsis
unsigned long long __strtoull_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoull_internal is undefined.
__strtoull_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoull(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtoull_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sysconf
Name
__sysconf — get configuration information at runtime
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
long __sysconf(int name);
Description
__sysconf gets configuration information at runtime.
__sysconf is weak alias to sysconf.
__sysconf has the same specification as sysconf.
__sysconf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sysv_signal
Name
__sysv_signal — signal handling
Synopsis
__sighandler_t __sysv_signal(int sig, __sighandler_t handler);
Description
__sysv_signal has the same behavior as signal as specified by X/Open.
__sysv_signal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__timezone
Name
 — global variable containing timezone
Synopsis
long int __timezone;
Description
__timezone has the same specification as timezone in the Single UNIX Specification.
__tzname
Name
 — global variable containing the timezone
Synopsis
char *__tzname[2];
Description
__tzname has the same specification as tzname in the Single UNIX Specification.
Note that the array size of 2 is explicit in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, but not in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2.
__wcstod_internal
Name
__wcstod_internal — underlying function for wcstod
Synopsis
double __wcstod_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstod_internal is undefined.
__wcstod_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) has the same specification as wcstod(nptr, endptr).
__wcstod_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstof_internal
Name
__wcstof_internal — underlying function for wcstof
Synopsis
float __wcstof_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstof_internal is undefined.
__wcstof_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) has the same specification as wcstof(nptr, endptr).
__wcstof_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstol_internal
Name
__wcstol_internal — underlying function for wcstol
Synopsis
long __wcstol_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstol_internal is undefined.
__wcstol_internal(nptr, endptr, base, 0) has the same specification as wcstol(nptr, endptr, base).
__wcstol_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstold_internal
Name
__wcstold_internal — underlying function for wcstold
Synopsis
long double __wcstold_internal(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstold_internal is undefined.
__wcstold_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) has the same specification as wcstold(nptr, endptr).
__wcstold_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstoul_internal
Name
__wcstoul_internal — underlying function for wcstoul
Synopsis
unsigned long __wcstoul_internal(const wchar_t *restrict nptr, wchar_t **restrict endptr, int base, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstoul_internal is undefined.
__wcstoul_internal(nptr, endptr, base, 0) has the same specification as wcstoul(nptr, endptr, base).
__wcstoul_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__xmknod
Name
__xmknod — make block or character special file
Synopsis
int __xmknod(int ver, __const char *path, __mode_t mode, __dev_t *dev);
Description
ver shall be 1 or the behavior of __xmknod is undefined.
__xmknod(1, path, mode, dev) has the same specification as mknod(path, mode, dev).
Note that the format of dev_t is not the same as the argument that the kernel syscall uses.
__xmknod is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__xstat
Name
__xstat — provide inode information
Synopsis
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int __xstat(int __ver, const char *__filename, (struct stat *__stat_buf));
int __lxstat(int __ver, const char *__filename, (struct stat *__stat_buf));
int __fxstat(int __ver, int __filedesc, (struct stat *__stat_buf));
Description
__ver shall be 3 or the behavior of these functions is undefined.
__filename is as specified in POSIX.
__filedesc is as specified in POSIX.
__stat_buf is as specified in POSIX.
__xstat(3, __filename, __stat_buf) has the same specification as stat(__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
__lxstat(3, __filename, __stat_buf) has the same specification as lstat(__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
__fxstat(3, __filedesc, __stat_buf) has the same specification as fstat(__filedesc, __stat_buf) as specified by POSIX.
Note that the struct stat used by these functions is not the one that the kernel uses.
__xstat, __lxstat, and __fxstat are not in the source standard; they are only in the binary standard.
stat, lstat, and fstat are not in the binary standard; they are only in the source standard.
__xstat64
Name
__xstat64 — provide inode information
Synopsis
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int __xstat64(int __ver, const char *__filename, (struct stat64 *__stat_buf));
int __lxstat64(int __ver, const char *__filename, (struct stat64 *__stat_buf));
int __fxstat64(int __ver, int __filedesc, (struct stat64 *__stat_buf));
Description
__ver shall be 3 or the behavior of these functions is undefined.
__filename is as specified by the Large File Summit.
__filedesc is as specified by the Large File Summit.
__stat_buf is as specified by the Large File Summit.
__xstat64(3, __filename, __stat_buf) has the same specification as stat64(__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by the Large File Summit.
__lxstat64(3, __filename, __stat_buf) has the same specification as lstat64(__filename, __stat_buf) as specified by the Large File Summit.
__fxstat64(3, __filedesc, __stat_buf) has the same specification as fstat64(__filedesc, __stat_buf) as specified by the Large File Summit.
__xstat64, __lxstat64, and __fxstat64 are not in the source standard; they are only in the binary standard.
stat64, lstat64, and fstat64 are not in the binary standard; they are only in the source standard.
_environ
Name
_environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char **_environ;
Description
_environ is an alias for environ - user environment.
_nl_msg_cat_cntr
Name
_nl_msg_cat_cntr — new catalog load counter
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
Description
_nl_msg_cat_cntr is incremented each time a new catalong is loaded. It is a variable defined in loadmsgcat.c and is used by Message catalogs for internationalization.
_obstack_begin
Name
_obstack_begin — initialize an obstack for use
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>
extern int _obstack_begin(struct obstack *, int, int, void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
Description
_obstack_begin initializes an obstack for use.
_obstack_newchunk
Name
_obstack_newchunk — allocate a new current chunk of memory for the obstack
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>
extern void _obstack_newchunk(struct obstack *, int);
Description
_obstack_newchunk allocates a new current chunk of memory for the obstack.
_sys_errlist
Name
_sys_errlist — array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror()
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern const char *const _sys_errlist[];
Description
_sys_errlist is an array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror. This normally should not be used directly. strerror provides all of the needed functionality.
_sys_siglist
Name
_sys_siglist — array containing the names of the signal names
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern const char *const _sys_siglist[NSIG];
Description
_sys_siglist is an array containing the names of the signal names.
_sys_siglist exists only for compatibility; use strsignal instead. (See string.h).
acct
Name
acct — switch process accounting on or off
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>
int acct(const char *filename);
Description
When filename is the name of an existing file, acct turns accounting on and appends a record to filename for each terminating process. When filename is NULL, acct turns accounting off.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOSYS 
 	BSD process accounting has not been enabled when the operating system kernel was compiled. The kernel configuration parameter controlling this feature is CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT.
ENOMEM 
 	Out of memory.
EPERM 
 	The calling process has no permission to enable process accounting.
EACCES 
 	filename is not a regular file.
EIO 
 	Error writing to the filename.
EUSERS 
 	There are no more free file structures or we run out of memory.
adjtime
Name
adjtime — correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
int adjtime((const struct timeval *delta), (struct timeval *olddelta));
Description
adjtime makes small adjustments to the system time as returned by gettimeofday(2), advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval delta. If delta is negative, the clock is slowed down by incrementing it more slowly than normal until the correction is complete. If delta is positive, a larger increment than normal is used. The skew used to perform the correction is generally a fraction of one percent. Thus, the time is always a monotonically increasing function. A time correction from an earlier call to adjtime may not be finished when adjtime is called again. If olddelta is non-NULL, the structure pointed to will contain, upon return, the number of microseconds still to be corrected from the earlier call.
adjtime may be used by time servers that synchronize the clocks of computers in a local area network. Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time.
The adjtime is restricted to the super-user.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EFAULT
 	An argument points outside the process's allocated address space.
EPERM
 	The process's effective user ID is not that of the super-user.
adjtimex
Name
adjtimex — tune kernel clock (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <sys/timex.h>
int adjtimex((struct timex *buf));
Description
The adjtimex function is deprecated from the LSB and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB. 1
Linux uses David L. Mills' clock adjustment algorithm (see RFC 1305). adjtimex reads and optionally sets adjustment parameters for this algorithm. adjtimex takes a pointer to a timex structure, updates kernel parameters from field values, and returns the same structure with current kernel values. This structure is declared as follows: 
  struct timex {
            int  modes;          /* mode selector */
            long offset;         /* time offset (usec) */
            long freq;           /* frequency offset (scaled ppm) */
            long maxerror;       /* maximum error (usec) */
            long esterror;       /* estimated error (usec) */
            int  status;         /* clock command/status */
            long constant;       /* pll time constant */
            long precision;      /* clock precision (usec) (read only) */
            long tolerance;      /* clock frequency tolerance (ppm)
                                          (read only) */
            struct timeval time; /* current time (read only) */
            long tick;           /* usecs between clock ticks */
  };
modes determines which parameters, if any, to set. modes may contain a bitwise-or combination of zero or more of the following bits: 
  #define ADJ_OFFSET            0x0001  /* time offset */
  #define ADJ_FREQUENCY         0x0002  /* frequency offset */
  #define ADJ_MAXERROR          0x0004  /* maximum time error */
  #define ADJ_ESTERROR          0x0008  /* estimated time error */
  #define ADJ_STATUS            0x0010  /* clock status */
  #define ADJ_TIMECONST         0x0020  /* pll time constant */
  #define ADJ_TICK              0x4000  /* tick value */
  #define ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT 0x8001  /* old-fashioned adjtime */
Ordinary users are restricted to a 0 value for modes. Only the superuser may set any parameters.
Return Value
On success, adjtimex returns the clock state: 
  #define TIME_OK   0  /* clock synchronized */
  #define TIME_INS  1  /* insert leap second */
  #define TIME_DEL  2  /* delete leap second */
  #define TIME_OOP  3  /* leap second in progress */
  #define TIME_WAIT 4  /* leap second has occurred */
  #define TIME_BAD  5  /* clock not synchronized */
On error, the global variable errno is set to -1.
Errors
EFAULT 
 	buf does not point to writable memory.
EPERM 
 	buf.mode is nonzero and the user is not super-user.
EINVAL 
 	An attempt is made to set buf.offset to a value outside of the range -131071 to +131071, or to set buf.status to a value other than those listed above, or to set buf.tick to a value outside of the range 900000/HZ to 1100000/HZ, where HZ is the system timer interrupt frequency.
Notes
1. 	The LSB generally does not include interfaces unlikely to be used by software applications.
asprintf
Name
asprintf — write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc and store the address of the string
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
extern int asprintf(char **restrict ptr, const char *restrict format ...);
Description
asprintf has the same behavior as sprintf, but calls malloc to dynamically allocate space for the output, and then puts the output string in that space.
asprintf stores the address of the string in ptr.
bind_textdomain_codeset
Name
bind_textdomain_codeset — specify encoding for message retrieval from message catalog for domain DOMAINNAME
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset(const char *domainname, const char *codeset);
Description
The bind_textdomain_codeset function can be used to specify the output codeset for message catalogs for domain domainname. The codeset argument shall be a valid codeset name which can be used tor the iconv_open() funtion, or a null pointer. If the codeset argument is the null pointer, then function returns the currently selected codeset for the domain with the name domainname. It returns null pointer if no codeset has yet been selected
The bind_textdomain_codeset function can be used several times. If used multiple times, with the same domainname argument, the later call overrrides the settings made by the earlier one.
The bind_textdomain_codeset function returns a pointer to a string containing the name of the selected codeset. The string is allocated internally in the function and shall not be changed by the user.
Parameters
domainname
 	The domainname argument is applied to the currenlty active LC_MESSAGE locale. It is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the domainname argument to textdomain(), except that the selection of the domain is valid only for the duration of the call.
Return
Returns the currently selected codeset name. It returns null pointer if no codeset has yet been selected.
Errors
The function is not required to set the external errno variable.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
bindresvport
Name
bindresvport — bind socket to privileged IP port
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <rpc.rpc.h>
int bindresvport(int sd, struct sockaddr_in *sin);
Description
bindresvport binds a socket to a privileged IP port. This function can be used only by root.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPFNOSUPPORT
 	Address of sin did not match address family of sd.
bindtextdomain
Name
bindtextdomain — specify the locale of a message catalog
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
extern char *bindtextdomain(const char *domainname, const char *dirname);
Description
bindtextdomain specifies that the domainname message catalog can be found in the dirname directory hierarchy, rather than in the system locale data base.
bindtextdomain applies domainname to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. This usage is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the textdomain function's application of domainname, except that the selection of the domain in bind_textdomain_codeset is valid only for the duration of the call.
dirname can be an absolute or relative pathname.
On success, bindtextdomain returns the directory pathname currently bound to the domain. On failure, a NULL pointer is returned.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
cfmakeraw
Name
cfmakeraw — get and set terminal attributes
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>
void cfmakeraw(struct termios *termios_p);
Description
The cfmakeraw() function shall set the attributes of the termios structure referenced by termios_p as follows: 
  termios_p->c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP
                          |INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON);

  termios_p->c_oflag &= ~OPOST;

  termios_p->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN);

  termios_p->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);

  termios_p->c_cflag |= CS8;
termios_p shall point to a termios structure that contains the following members: 
  tcflag_t c_iflag;      /* input modes */
  tcflag_t c_oflag;      /* output modes */
  tcflag_t c_cflag;      /* control modes */
  tcflag_t c_lflag;      /* local modes */
  cc_t c_cc[NCCS];       /* control chars */
cfsetspeed
Name
cfsetspeed — set terminal input and output data rate
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>
int cfsetspeed(struct termios *t, speedt speed);
Description
cfsetspeed sets the baud rate values in the termios structure. The effects of the function on the terminal as described below do not become effective, nor are all errors detected, until the tcsetattr function is called. Certain values for baud rates set in termios and passed to tcsetattr have special meanings.
Getting and Setting the Baud Rate
Input and output baud rates are found in the termios structure. The unsigned integer speed_t is typdef'd in the include file termios.h. The value of the integer corresponds directly to the baud rate being represented; however, the following symbolic values are defined. 
  #define B0      0
  #define B50     50
  #define B75     75
  #define B110    110
  #define B134    134
  #define B150    150
  #define B200    200
  #define B300    300
  #define B600    600
  #define B1200   1200
  #define B1800   1800
  #define B2400   2400
  #define B4800   4800
  #define B9600   9600
  #define B19200  19200
  #define B38400  38400
  #ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
  #define EXTA    19200
  #define EXTB    38400
  #endif  /*_POSIX_SOURCE */
cfsetspeed sets both the input and output baud rates in the termios structure referenced by t to speed.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EINVAL
 	Invalid speed argument
creat
Name
creat — open a file
Description
creat is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, but with differences as listed below.
May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO
Where the Single UNIX Specification specifies an ENXIO return, the implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouarged to return ENXIO. 1
Notes
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
daemon
Name
daemon — run in the background
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose);
Description
daemon allows programs to detach from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless nochdir is nonzero, daemon changes the current working directory to the root (`/'). Unless noclose is non-zero, daemon will redirect standard input, standard output and standard error to /dev/null.
Return Value
On error, -1 is returned, and the global variable errno is set to any of the errors specified for the library functions fork(2) and setsid(2).
dcgettext
Name
dcgettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
#include <locale.h>
extern char *dcgettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category);
Description
dcgettext is a domain specified version of gettext.
Parameters
domainname
 	dcgettext applies domainname to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. This usage is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the textdomain function's application of domainname, except that the selection of the domain in dcgettext is valid only for the duration of the call.
msgid
 	a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue with respect to a specific domain and the current locale.
category
 	category is used for retrieving messages string for other than LC_MESSAGES category. Available value for category are LC_CTYPE, LC_COLLATE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_MONETARY,LC_NUMERIC, and LC_TIME.
dcgettext(domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) has the same specification as dgettext(domainname, msgid). Note that LC_ALL shall not be used.
Return Value
On success, the translated NULL-terminated string is returned. On error, msgid is returned.
Errors
dcgettext will not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
dcngettext
Name
dcngettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
#include <locale.h>
extern char *dcngettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, int category);
Description
dcngettext is a plural version of dcgettext. (See dcgettext for more information.)
Parameters
domainname
 	dcngettext applies domainname to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. This usage is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the textdomain function's application of domainname, except that the selection of the domain in dcngettext is valid only for the duration of the call.
msgid1
 	a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue with respect to a specific domain and the current locale. If the value of n is 1 and no message catalogs containing a translation for msgid1 are found, msgid1 is returned.
msgid2
 	a NULL-terminated string to be returned if the value of n is not 1 and no message catalogs are found.
n
 	determines which plural form is returned, in a language and message catalog dependent way.
category
 	category is used for retrieving messages string for other than LC_MESSAGES category. Available value for category are LC_CTYPE, LC_COLLATE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_MONETARY,LC_NUMERIC, and LC_TIME.
dcngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) has the same specification as dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n). Note that LC_ALL shall not be used.
Return Value
On success of a msgid1 query, the translated NULL-terminated string is returned. On error, the original msgid1 or msgid2 is returned, according to n.
Errors
dcngettext will not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
dgettext
Name
dgettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
extern char *dgettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid);
Description
dgettext is a domain specified version of gettext.
Parameters
domainname
 	dgettext applies domainname to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. This usage is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the textdomain function's application of domainname, except that the selection of the domain in dgettext is valid only for the duration of the call.
msgid
 	a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue with respect to a specific domain and the current locale.
Return Value
On success of a msgid query, the translated NULL-terminated string is returned. On error, the original msgid is returned. The length of the string returned is undetermined until dgettext is called.
Errors
dgettext will not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
dngettext
Name
dngettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
extern char *dngettext(const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n);
Description
dngettext is a plural version of dgettext. (See dgettext for more information.)
Parameters
domainname
 	dngettext applies domainname to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. This usage is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the textdomain function's application of domainname, except that the selection of the domain in dngettext is valid only for the duration of the call.
msgid1
 	a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue with respect to a specific domain and the current locale. If the value of n is 1 and no message catalogs containing a translation for msgid1 are found, msgid1 is returned.
msgid2
 	a NULL-terminated string to be returned if the value of n is not 1 and no message catalogs are found.
n
 	determines which plural form is returned, in a language and message catalog dependent way.
Return Value
On success of a msgid1 query, the translated NULL-terminated string is returned. On error, the original msgid1 or msgid2 is returned, according to n.
Errors
dcngettext will not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
err
Name
err — display formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void err(int eval, const char *fmt ...);
Description
err displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If fmt is non-NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
err does not return, but exits with the value of eval.
error
Name
error — print error message
Synopsis
void error(int exitstatus, int errnum, const char *format ...);
Description
error prints a message to standard error.
error builds the message from the following elements in their specified order: 
	1.	the program name. If the application has provided a function named error_print_progname, error calls this to supply the program name; otherwise, error uses the content of the global variable program_name.
	2.	the colon and space characters, then the result of using the printf-style format and the optional arguments.
	3.	if errnum is nonzero, error adds the colon and space characters, then the result of strerror(errnum).
	4.	a newline.
If exitstatus is nonzero, error calls exit(exitstatus).
errx
Name
errx — format error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void errx(int eval, const char *fmt ...);
Description
errx displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If fmt is non-NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
errx does not return, but exits with the value of eval.
fcntl
Name
fcntl — file control
Description
fcntl is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, but with differences as listed below.
Implementation may set O_LARGEFILE
According to the Single UNIX Specification, only an application sets fcntl flags, for example O_LARGEFILE. However, this specification also allows implementations to set O_LARGEFILE in a case in which the default behavior matches the O_LARGEFILE behavior. 1 Or in other words, calling fcntl with the F_GETFL command may return O_LARGEFILE as well as flags explicitly set by the application.
Notes
1. 	For example, if off_t is 64 bits.
fflush_unlocked
Name
fflush_unlocked — non thread safe fflush
Description
fflush_unlocked is the same as fflush except that it need not be thread safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked.
fgetwc_unlocked
Name
fgetwc_unlocked — non thread safe fgetwc
Description
fgetwc_unlocked is the same as fgetwc except that it need not be thread safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked.
flock
Name
flock — apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file
Synopsis
int flock(int fd, int operation);
Description
flock applies or removes an advisory lock on the open file fd. Valid operation types are:
LOCK_SH
 	Shared lock. More than one process may hold a shared lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_EX
 	Exclusive lock. Only one process may hold an exclusive lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_UN
 	Unlock.
LOCK_NB
 	Don't block when locking. May be specified (by oring) along with one of the other operations.
A single file may not simultaneously have both shared and exclusive locks.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EWOULDBLOCK
 	The file is locked and the LOCK_NB flag was selected.
fopen
Name
fopen — open a file
Description
fopen is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, but with differences as listed below.
May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO
Where the Single UNIX Specification specifies an ENXIO return, the implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouarged to return ENXIO. 1
Notes
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
freopen
Name
freopen — open a file
Description
freopen is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, but with differences as listed below.
May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO
Where the Single UNIX Specification specifies an ENXIO return, the implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouarged to return ENXIO. 1
Notes
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
getdomainname
Name
getdomainname — get NIS domain name.
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

extern int getdomainname(char *name, size_t namelen);
Description
If NIS is in use, provide the NIS domain name. Note that this is not the same as the domain name which provides the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). If NIS is not in use, provide the string "(none)".
If the string which is provided is strictly less than namelen characters in length, getdomainname places it in the array pointed to by name followed by a terminating null character. If not, getdomainname may either truncate it to namelen characters and place it in name (without a terminating null character), or may fail with EINVAL.
Return Value
getdomainname returns 0 if successful; -1 if not (in which case errno is set to indicate the error).
gethostbyname_r
Name
gethostbyname_r — find network host database entry matching host name (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
extern int gethostbyname_r(__const char *__restrict __name, (struct hostent *__restrict __result_buf), char *__restrict __buf, size_t __buflen, (struct hostent **__restrict __result), int *__restrict __h_errnop);
Description
The gethostbyname_r function is deprecated; applications should call getaddrinfo instead.
gethostbyname_r is a reentrant version of gethostbyname that searches the network host database for a host name match.
getloadavg
Name
getloadavg — get system load averages
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int getloadavg(double loadavg[], int nelem);
Description
getloadavg returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadavg[]. The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
getopt
Name
getopt — parse command line options
Synopsis
int getopt(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *opstring);
extern char *optarg;
extern int optind, opterr, optopt;
Description
getopt parses command line arguments. GNU and POSIX specifications for this function vary in the following areas. LSB systems shall implement the GNU behaviors described below.
Option Characteristics
GNU specifies that: 
•	an element of argv that starts with "-" (and is not exactly "-" or "--") is an option element.
•	characters of an option element, aside from the initial "-", are option characters.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	applications using getopt shall obey the following syntax guidelines: 
•	option name is a single alphanumeric character from the portable character set
•	option is preceded by the "-" delimiter character
•	options without option-arguments should be accepted when grouped behind one "-" delimiter
•	each option and option-argument is a separate argument
•	option-arguments are not optional
•	all options should precede operands on the command line
•	the argument "--" is accepted as a delimiter indicating the end of options and the consideration of subsequent arguments, if any, as operands
•	historical implementations of getopt support other characters as options as an allowed extension, but applications that use extensions are not maximally portable.
•	support for multi-byte option characters is only possible when such characters can be represented as type int.
•	applications that call any utility with a first operand starting with "-" should usually specify "--" to mark the end of the options. Standard utilities that do not support this guideline indicate that fact in the OPTIONS section of the utility description.
Extensions
GNU specifies that: 
•	if a character is followed by two colons, the option takes an optional arg; if there is text in the current argv element, it is returned in optarg, otherwise optarg is set to 0.
•	if optstring contains W followed by a ;, then -W foo is treated as the long option --foo. (Not available with libraries before GNU libc 2.)
POSIX specifies that: 
•	the -W option is reserved for implementation extensions.
Return Values
GNU specifies the following getopt return values: 
•	the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
•	":" is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options.
•	"?" is returned if an unknown option character is encountered.
•	-1 is returned for the end of the option list.
POSIX specifies the following getopt return values: 
•	the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
•	":" is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options and the first character of opstring is ":".
•	"?" is returned if an unknown option character not in optstring is encountered, or if getopt detects a missing argument and the first character of optstring is not ":".
•	-1 is returned for the end of the option list.
Environment Variables
GNU specifies that: 
•	if the variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, option processing stops as soon as a non-option argument is encountered.
•	if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, GNU getopt conforms to ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3.
•	the variable _[PID]_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_ was used by bash 2.0 to communicate to GNU libc which arguments resulted from wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options. This behavior was removed in bash version 2.01, but the support remains in GNU libc.
getopt_long
Name
getopt_long — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>
int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *opstring, (const struct option *longopts), int *longindex);
Description
getopt_long works like getopt except that it also accepts long options, started out by two dashes. Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. A long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
longopts is a pointer to the first element of an array of struct option declared in getopt.h as: 
  struct option {
             const char *name;
             int *flag;
             int has_arg;
             int val;
  };
Return Value
getopt_long returns the option character if the option was found successfully, or ":" if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, or "?" for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list.
getopt_long also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt, plus "?" for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
getopt_long_only
Name
getopt_long_only — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>
int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *opstring, (const struct option *longopts), int *longindex);
Description
getopt_long_only is like getopt_long, but "-" as well as "--" can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with "-" (not "--") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead.
Return Value
getopt_long_only returns the option character if the option was found successfully, or ":" if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, or "?" for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list.
getopt_long_only also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt, plus "?" for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
gettext
Name
gettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
extern char *gettext(const char *msgid);
Description
gettext attempts to retrieve a target string based on the specified key from msgid within the context of a specific domain and the current locale.
The LANGUAGE environment variable is examined first to determine the message catalogs to be used. LANGUAGE is a list of locale names separated by ":" character. If LANGUAGE is defined, each locale name is tried in the specified order and if a message catalog containing the requested message is found, the message is returned. If LANGUAGE is defined but failed to locate a message catalog, the msgid string is returned. If LANGUAGE is not defined, the LC_ALL, LC_xxx, and LANG environment variables are examined to locate the message catalog, following the convention used by the setlocale function.
The pathname used to locate the message catalog is dirname/locale/category/domainname.mo, where dirname is the directory specified by the bindtextdomain function, locale is a locale name determined by the definition of environment variables, and category is LC_MESSAGES.
If the LC_MESSAGES locale category of the current locale is the standard C locale or the standard POSIX locale, gettext returns msgid without looking in any message catalog.
Parameters
msgid
 	A NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue with respect to a specific domain and the current locale.
Return Value
If the function query above succeeds with msgid, then a translated NULL-terminated string is returned. If the search fails, then the original msgid is returned. The length of the string returned is undetermined until the function is called.
Errors
gettext does not modify the global variable errno.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
getutent
Name
getutent — access utmp file entries 
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
struct utmp *getutent(void);
Description
getutent reads a line from the current file position in the utmp file. It returns a pointer to a structure containing the fields of the line.
Return Value
getutent returns a pointer to a static struct utmp.
Errors
On error, (struct utmp*)0 is returned.
Files
/var/run/utmp database of currently logged-in users
/var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
getutent_r
Name
getutent_r — access utmp file entries
Synopsis
extern int getutent_r((struct utmp *__buffer), (struct utmp **__result));
Description
getutent_r is a reentrant version of the getutent utmp file handler.
glob64
Name
glob64 — find pathnames matching a pattern (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <glob.h>
int glob64(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc) (const char *, int), glob64_t *pglob);
Description
glob64 searches for all the pathnames matching pattern according to the rules used by the shell. (See glob(7).) No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; if you want these, use wordexp(3).
The results of a glob64 call are stored in the structure pointed to by pglob, which is a glob64_t declared in glob.h and includes the following elements defined by POSIX.2 (more may be present as an extension):
glob64 is a 64-bit version of glob.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. Other possible returns are:
GLOB_NOSPACE
 	out of memory
GLOB_ABORTED
 	read error
GLOB_NOMATCH
 	no match found
globfree64
Name
globfree64 — free memory from glob64() (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <glob.h>
void globfree64(glob64_t *pglob);
Description
globfree64 frees the dynamically allocated storage from an earlier call to glob64.
globfree64 is a 64-bit version of globfree.
initgroups
Name
initgroups — initialize the supplementary group access list
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
int initgroups(const char *user, gid_t group);
Description
initgroups initializes the group access list by reading the group database and using all groups of which user is a member. The additional group group is also added to the list.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM 
 	The calling process does not have sufficient privileges.
ENOMEM 
 	Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure.
ioctl
Name
ioctl — control device
Synopsis
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
int ioctl (int d , int request , ... );
Description
The ioctl() function shall manipulate the underlying device parameters of special files. d shall be an open file descriptor referring to a special file. The ioctl() function shall take three parameters; the type and value of the third parameter is dependent on the device and request.
An application may not call ioctl except for situations explicitly stated in this specification.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. An ioctl may use the return value as an output parameter and return a non-negative value on success. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EBADF 
 	d is not a valid descriptor.
EFAULT 
 	The third parameter references an inaccessible memory area.
ENOTTY 
 	d is not associated with a character special device.
ENOTTY 
 	The specified request does not apply to the kind of object that d references.
EINVAL 
 	request or the third parameter is not valid.
sockio
Name
sockio — socket ioctl commands
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <net/if.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
int ioctl(int sockfd, int request, char *argp);
Description
Socket ioctl commands are a subset of the ioctl calls, which can perform a variety of functions on sockets. sockfd shall contain the value of a file descriptor that was created with the socket or accept calls.
Socket ioctl commands apply to the underlying network interfaces, and affect the entire system, not just the file descriptor used to issue the ioctl.
The following ioctls are provided:
SIOCGIFCONF
 	Gets the interface configuration list for the system. 1 argp is a pointer to a ifconf structure. Before calling, the caller shall allocate the ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req field to point to an array of ifreq structures, and set if_len to the size of this allocated array (in bytes). Upon return, if_len will contain the amount of the array which was actually used (again, in bytes). If it is the same as the length upon calling, the caller should assume that the array was too small and try again with a larger array.
On success, SIOCGIFCONF can return any nonnegative value. 2
SIOCGIFFLAGS 
 	Gets the interface flags for the indicated interface. argp is a pointer to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_flags field is set with the interface flags.
SIOCGIFADDR 
 	Gets the interface address list for the system. argp is a pointer to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_addr field is set with the interface address.
SIOCGIFNETMASK 
 	Gets the network mask for the indicated interface. argp is a pointer to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_netmask field is set with the network mask.
FIONREAD 
 	Returns the amount of queued unread data in the receive buffer. Argument is a pointer to an integer where the result is to be placed.
The sockaddr structure is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EBADF 
 	sockfd is not a valid descriptor.
EFAULT 
 	argp references an inaccessible memory area.
ENOTTY 
 	sockfd is not associated with a character special device.
ENOTTY 
 	The specified request does not apply to the kind of object that the descriptor sockfd references.
EINVAL 
 	request and argp are not valid.
ENOTCONN 
 	The operation is only defined on a connected socket, but the socket wasn't connected.
Notes
1. 	SIOCGIFCONF is similar to the if_nameindex family found in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3 or the getifaddrs family found in BSD.
2. 	Historical UNIX systems disagree on the meaning of the return value.
iswctype
Name
iswctype — wide character classification
Synopsis
#include <wctype.h>
int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc);
Description
iswctype tests wc to determine if it is a wide character whose property is designated by the character class desc.
desc shall be a character property descriptor returned by the wctype function.
Return Value
If wc belongs to the character class desc, a nonzero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
Note that if wc is WEOF, 0 is returned.
Notes
The behavior of iswctype depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
kill
Name
kill — send a signal
Synopsis
int kill(pid_t pid, int sig);
Description
kill is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, but with differences as listed below.
Process ID -1 doesn't affect calling process
If pid is specified as -1, sig shall not be sent to the calling process. 1 Other than this, the rules in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2 apply.
Notes
1. 	This was a deliberate Linus decision after an unpopular experiment in including the calling process in the 2.5.1 kernel. See "What does it mean to signal everybody?", Linux Weekly News, 20 December 2001, http://lwn.net/2001/1220/kernel.php3
mbsnrtowcs
Name
mbsnrtowcs — convert a multibyte string to a wide character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char **src, size_t nms, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps);
Description
mbsnrtowcs is like mbsrtowcs, except that the number of bytes to be converted, starting at src, is limited to nms.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, mbsnrtowcs converts at most nms bytes from the multibyte string src to a wide-character string starting at dest. At most, len wide characters are written to dest. The state ps is updated.
The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling: 
 
mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps)
where n is some positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by one and src by the number of bytes consumed.
The conversion can stop for three reasons:
•	An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered. In this case src is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
•	The nms limit forces a stop, or len non-L'\0' wide characters have been stored at dest. In this case, src is left pointing to the next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters written to dest is returned.
•	The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the terminating '\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back ps to the initial state). In this case, src is set to NULL, and the number of wide characters written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' character, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to mbsnrtowcs is used instead.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least len wide characters at dest.
Return Value
mbsnrtowcs returns the number of wide characters that make up the converted part of the wide character string, not including the terminating null wide character. If an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and the global variable errno is set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of mbsnrtowcs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
memmem
Name
memmem — locate a substring
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>
void *memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen, const void *needle, size_t needlelen);
Description
memmem finds the start of the first occurrence of the substring needle of length needlelen in the memory area haystack of length haystacklen.
Return Value
memmem returns a pointer to the beginning of the substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
Notes
memmem was broken in Linux libraries up to and including libc 5.0.9; there the needle and haystack arguments were interchanged, and a pointer to the end of the first occurrence of needle was returned. Since libc 5.0.9 is still widely used, this is a dangerous function to use.
Both old and new libc's have the bug that if needle is empty, haystack-1 is returned (instead of haystack). And glibc 2.0 makes it worse, returning a pointer to the last byte of haystack. This is fixed in glibc 2.1.
memrchr
Name
memrchr — scan memory for a character
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void *memrchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
Description
memrchr returns a pointer to the last occurrence of c in the first n characters of the string represented by s.
ngettext
Name
ngettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
extern char *ngettext(const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n);
Description
ngettext is the plural version of gettext, which searches for the message string using the msgid1 arguments as the key, using the argument n to determine the plural form. If no message catalogs containing a translation for msgid1 are found, msgid1 is returned if n == 1, otherwise, msgid2 is returned. (See gettext for more details.)
Parameters
msgid1
 	A NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue with respect to a specific domain and the current locale. If no message catalogs are found, msgid1 is returned if n == 1.
msgid2
 	A NULL-terminated string to be returned if no message catalogs are found and n != 1.
n
 	Determines in which plural form a message string is returned, in a language and message catalog dependent way.
Return
If the function query above succeeds with msgid1, then a translated NULL-terminated string is returned. If the search fails, then the original msgid1 or msgid2 is returned, according to n.
Errors
ngettext will not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext (baselib-gettext.html), dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
obstack_free
Name
obstack_free — free an object in the obstack
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>
void obstack_free((struct obstack *obstack), void *block);
Description
obstack_free frees an object in the obstack.
open
Name
open — open a file
Description
open is as specified in ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3, but with differences as listed below.
May return ENODEV in place of ENXIO
Where ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3 specifies an ENXIO return, a conforming implementation may return either ENXIO or ENODEV. Implementations are encouarged to return ENXIO. 1
Notes
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
opterr
Name
opterr — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int opterr;
Description
opterr is used as a flag to suppress an error message generated by getopt. When opterr is set to 0, it suppresses the error message generated by getopt when that function does not recognize an option character.
optind
Name
optind — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int optind;
Description
optind holds the current index of the array argr[], which contains the command line options being parsed by getopt.
optopt
Name
optopt — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int optopt;
Description
optopt holds the unknown option character when that option character is not recognized by getopt.
pmap_getport
Name
pmap_getport — Returns the port number on which a service is waiting for.
Synopsis
#include <pmap_clnt.h>
extern u_short *pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in *address, __const u_long program, __const u_long *version, u_int protocol);
Description
pmap_getport returns the port number on which a service is waiting for. pmap_getport is called given the RPC program number program, version, and the transport protocol set to either IPPROTO_UDP or IPPROTO_TCP. The pre-allocated socket address is a returned parameter.
Return Value
pmap_getport returns 0 if the mapping does not exist or if contact to the remote portmap service failed. If the remote portmap service could not be reached, the status is left in the global variable rpc_createerr.
pmap_set
Name
pmap_set — Establishes mapping to machine's portmap service.
Synopsis
#include <rpc/pmap_clnt.h>
 *pmap_set(__const u_long program, __const u_long version, int protocol, u_short port);
Description
pmap_set establishes a mapping between the triple [program,version,protocol] and port on the machine's portmap service. The value of protocol is most likely IPPROTO_UDP or IPPROTO_TCP. Automatically done by svc_register.
Return Value
pmap_set returns 1 if it suceeds, 0 otherwise.
pmap_unset
Name
pmap_unset — Destroys all mapping between the triple and ports. 
Synopsis

#include <rpc/rpc.h>

void pmap_unset(u_long prognum, u_long versnum);
Description
As a user interface to the portmap service, pmap_unset destroys all mapping between the triple [prognum,versnum, *] and ports on the machine's portmap service.
Return Value
pmap_unset returns 1 if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
psignal
Name
psignal — print signal message
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
void psignal(int sig, const char *s);
extern const char *const sys_siglist[]
Description
psignal displays a message on stderr consisting of the string s, a colon, a space, and a string describing the signal number sig. If sig is invalid, the message displayed will indicate an unknown signal.
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number.
Return Value
psignal returns no value.
random_r
Name
random_r — generate random number
Synopsis
extern int random_r((struct random_data *__restrict __buf), int32_t *__restrict __result);
Description
random_r is a reentrant version of random, which generates a pseudorandom number.
setbuffer
Name
setbuffer — stream buffering operation
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
void setbuffer(FILE *stream, char *buf, size_t size);
Description
setbuffer is an alias for the call to setvbuf. It works the same, except that the size of the buffer in setbuffer is up to the caller, rather than being determined by the default BUFSIZ.
setdomainname
Name
setdomainname — set NIS domain name.
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

extern int setdomainname(char *name, size_t namelen);
Description
If NIS is in use, set the NIS domain name. Note that this is not the same as the domain name which provides the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS). If NIS is not in use, this function may set the domain name anyway, or it may fail.
This call shall fail unless the caller has appropriate privileges.
namelen shall be the length of the string pointed to by name.
Return Value
setdomainname returns 0 if successful; -1 if not (in which case errno is set to indicate the error).
setgroups
Name
setgroups — set list of supplementary group IDs
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
int setgroups(size_t size, const gid_t *list);
Description
setgroups sets the supplementary groups for the process. Only the super-user may use this function.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EFAULT 
 	list has an invalid address.
EPERM
 	The user is not the super-user.
EINVA
 	size is greater than NGROUPS (32 for Linux 2.0.32).
sethostid
Name
sethostid — set the unique identifier of the current host
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int sethostid(long int hostid);
Description
sethostid sets a unique 32-bit identifier for the current machine. The 32-bit identifier is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This normally resembles the Internet address for the local machine as returned by gethostbyname(3), and thus usually never needs to be set.
The sethostid call is restricted to the superuser.
hostid is stored in the file /etc/hostid.
Return Value
gethostid returns the 32-bit identifier for the current host as set by sethostid(2).
Files
/etc/hostid
sethostname
Name
sethostname — set host name
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int sethostname(const char *name, size_t len);
Description
sethostname changes the host name of the current processor.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EINVAL 
 	len is negative or larger than the maximum allowed size.
EPERM 
 	the caller was not the superuser.
EFAULT 
 	name is an invalid address.
Notes
The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2 guarantees that: 
Host names are limited to 255 bytes.
setsockopt
Name
setsockopt — set options on sockets
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
int setsockopt(int sockfd, int level, int optname, void *optval, socklen_t optlen);
Description
In addition to the setsockopt options specified in SUSv3, setsockopt also supports the options specified here.
The following setsockopt operations are provided for level IPPROTO_IP:
IP_MULTICAST_TTL
 	Set or reads the time-to-live value of outgoing multicast packets for this socket. optval is a pointer to an integer which contains the new TTL value.
IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 
 	Sets a boolean flag indicating whether multicast packets originating locally should be looped back to the local sockets. optval is a pointer to an integer which contains the new flag value.
IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP 
 	Join a multicast group. optval is a pointer to a ip_mreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the imr_multiaddr field with the multicast group address and the imr_address field with the address of the local interface. If imr_address is set to INADDR_ANY, then an appropriate interface is chosen by the system.
IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP 
 	Leave a multicast group. optval is a pointer to a ip_mreq structure containing the same values as were used with IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP.
IP_MULTICAST_IF 
 	Set the local device for a multicast socket. optval is a pointer to a ip_mreq structure initialized in the same manner as with IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP.
The ip_mreq structure contains two struct in_addr fields: imr_multiaddr and imr_address.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
setutent
Name
setutent — access utmp file entries
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
void setutent(void);
Description
setutent rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the utmp file. It is generally a Good Idea to call it before any of the other functions.
Errors
On error, (struct utmp*)0 will be returned.
Files
/var/run/utmp database of currently logged-in users /var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
sigandset
Name
sigandset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
extern int sigandset(sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left, const sigset_t *right);
Description
sigandset is a signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND.
sigblock
Name
sigblock — manipulate the signal mask
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int sigblock(int mask);
Description
sigblock is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
sigblock adds the signals specified in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery.
Notes
Prototype for sigblock is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system.
siggetmask
Name
siggetmask — manipulate the signal mask
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int siggetmask(void);
Description
siggetmask is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
siggetmask returns the current set of masked signals.
Notes
Prototype for siggetmask is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system header file.
sigisemptyset
Name
sigisemptyset — check for empty signal set
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
extern int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *set);
Description
sigisemptyset checks for empty signal set. It returns a non-empty value if set is not empty.
sigorset
Name
sigorset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical or
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
extern int sigorset(sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left, const sigset_t *right);
Description
sigorset is a signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical or.
sigreturn
Name
sigreturn — return from signal handler and cleanup stack frame
Synopsis
int sigreturn(unsigned long __unused);
Description
When the Linux kernel creates the stack frame for a signal handler, a call to sigreturn is inserted into the stack frame so that the the signal handler will call sigreturn upon return. This inserted call to sigreturn cleans up the stack so that the process can restart from where it was interrupted by the signal.
Return Value
sigreturn never returns.
Warning
sigreturn is used by the kernel to implement signal handlers. It should never be called directly. Better yet, the specific use of __unused varies depending on the architecture.
Files
/usr/src/linux/arch/i386/kernel/signal.c
/usr/src/linux/arch/alpha/kernel/entry.s
stime
Name
stime — set time
Synopsis
#define _SVID_SOURCE  /* glibc needs this */
#include <time.h>
int stime(time_t *t);
Description
stime sets the system's idea of the time and date. Time, pointed to by t, is measured in seconds from 00:00:00 GMT January 1, 1970. stime may only be executed by the super user.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM
 	The caller is not the super-user.
Notes
Under glibc2, time.h only provides a prototype when _SVID_SOURCE is defined.
stpcpy
Name
stpcpy — copy a string returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
Description
stpcpy copies the string pointed to by src (including the terminating '\0' character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest shall be large enough to receive the copy.
Return Value
stpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating '\0' character) rather than the beginning.
Example
This program uses stpcpy to concatenate foo and bar to produce foobar, which it then prints. 
  #include <string.h>

  int
  main (void)
  {
    char *to = buffer;
    to = stpcpy (to, "foo");
    to = stpcpy (to, "bar");
    printf ("%s\n", buffer);
  }
stpncpy
Name
stpncpy — copy a fixed-size string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *stpncpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n);
Description
stpncpy copies at most n characters from the string pointed to by src, including the terminating \0 character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n characters are written at dest. If the length strlen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining characters in dest are filled with \0 characters. If the length strlen(src) is greater than or equal to n, dest will not be \0 terminated.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least n characters at dest.
Return Value
stpncpy returns a pointer to the terminating NULL in dest, or, if dest is not NULL-terminated, dest + n.
strcasestr
Name
strcasestr — locate a substring - ignores the case of both strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
Description
strcasestr is similar to strstr, but ignores the case of both strings.
strerror_r
Name
strerror_r — reentrant version of strerror
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
extern char *strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
Description
strerror_r is a reentrant version of strerror. strerror_r returns a pointer to an error message corresponding to error number errnum. The returned pointer may point within the buffer buf (at most buflen bytes). 1
Notes
1. 	Note the optional use of the buffer, unlike the strerror_r found in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, in which the message is always copied into the supplied buffer. The return types also differ.
strfry
Name
strfry — randomize a string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strfry(char *string);
Description
strfry randomizes the contents of string by using rand(3) to randomly swap characters in the string. The result is an anagram of string.
Return Value
strfry returns a pointer to the randomized string.
strndup
Name
strndup — return a malloc'd copy of at most the specified number of bytes of a string 
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
extern char *strndup(const char *string, size_t n);
Description
strndup returns a malloc'd copy of at most n bytes of string. The resultant string is terminated even if no NULL terminator appears before STRING[N].
strnlen
Name
strnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
size_t strnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
Description
strnlen returns the number of characters in the string s, not including the terminating \0 character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, strnlen looks only at the first maxlen characters at s and never beyond s + maxlen.
Return Value
strnlen returns strlen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no \0 character among the first maxlen characters pointed to by s.
strptime
Name
strptime — parse a time string
Description
strptime is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2 with differences as listed below.
Number of leading zeroes limited
The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2 specifies fields for which "leading zeros are permitted but not required"; however, applications shall not expect to be able to supply more leading zeroes for these fields than would be implied by the range of the field. Implementations may choose to either match an input with excess leading zeroes, or treat this as a non-matching input. For example, %j has a range of 001 to 366, so 0, 00, 000, 001, and 045 are acceptable inputs, but inputs such as 0000, 0366 and the like are not.
Rationale
glibc developers consider it appropriate behavior to forbid excess leading zeroes. When trying to parse a given input against several format strings, forbidding excess leading zeroes could be helpful. For example, if one matches 0011-12-26 against %m-%d-%Y and then against %Y-%m-%d, it seems useful for the first match to fail, as it would be perverse to parse that date as November 12, year 26. The second pattern parses it as December 26, year 11.
The Single UNIX Specification is not explicit that an unlimited number of leading zeroes are required, although it may imply this. The LSB explicitly allows implementations to have either behavior. Future versions of this standard may require implementations to forbid excess leading zeroes.
strsep
Name
strsep — extract token from string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strsep(char **stringp, const char *delim);
Description
If stringp is NULL, strsep returns NULL and does nothing else.
If stringp is non-NULL, strsep finds the first token in the stringp, where tokens are delimited by symbols in the string delim. This token is terminated with a \0 character (by overwriting the delimiter) and stringp is updated to point past the token. In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be the entire string stringp, and stringp is made NULL.
Return Value
strsep returns a pointer to the token, that is, it returns the original value of stringp.
Notes
strsep was introduced as a replacement for strtok, since the latter cannot handle empty fields. However, strtok conforms to ANSI-C and hence is more portable.
Bugs
strsep suffers from the same problems as strtok. In particular, strsep modifies the original string. Avoid it.
strsignal
Name
strsignal — return string describing signal
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>
char *strsignal(int sig);
extern const char * const sys_siglist[];
Description
strsignal returns a string describing the signal number sig. The string can only be used until the next call to strsignal.
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number. strsignal should be used if possible instead of this array.
Return Value
strsignal returns the appropriate description string, or an unknown signal message if the signal number is invalid. On some systems (but not on Linux), a NULL pointer may be returned instead for an invalid signal number.
strtok_r
Name
strtok_r — extract tokens from strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char *strtok_r(char *s, const char *delim, char **ptrptr);
Description
strtok_r parses the string s into tokens. 1 The first call to strtok_r should have s as its first argument. Subsequent calls should have the first argument set to NULL. Each call returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL when no more tokens are found.
If a token ends with a delimiter, this delimiting character is overwritten with a \0 and a pointer to the next character is saved for the next call to strtok_r. The delimiter string delim may be different for each call.
ptrptr is a user allocated char* pointer. It shall be the same while parsing the same string.
Bugs
Never use this function. Note that: 
•	It modifies its first argument.
•	The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
•	It cannot be used on constant strings.
Return Value
strtok_r returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL if there are no more tokens.
Notes
1. 	A token is a nonempty string of characters not occurring in the string delim, followed by \0 or by a character occurring in delim.
strtoq
Name
strtoq — convert string value to a long or quad_t integer
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>
quadt strtoq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
strtoq converts the string nptr to a quadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which shall be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
nptr may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace(3)), followed by a single optional + or - sign character. If base is 0 or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a 0 base is taken as 10 (decimal), unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to a long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
strtoq returns the result of the conversion, unless the value would underflow or overflow. If an underflow occurs, strtoq returns QUAD_MIN. If an overflow occurs, strtoq returns QUAD_MAX. In both cases, the global variable errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
strtouq
Name
strtouq — convert a string to an uquad_t
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>
uquadt strtouq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
strtouq converts the string nptr to a uquadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which shall be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
nptr may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace(3)), followed by a single optional + or - sign character. If base is 0 or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a 0 base is taken as 10 (decimal), unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to an unsigned long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
On success, strtouq returns either the result of the conversion or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the conversion, unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow. In the case of an overflow the function returns UQUAD_MAX and the global variable errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
strverscmp
Name
strverscmp — compare strings holding name and indices/version numbers
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
extern int strverscmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
strverscmp compares s1 and s2 as strings holding name and indices/version numbers.
svc_register
Name
svc_register — Associates program and versnum with the service dispatch procedure, dispatch.
Synopsis
#include <rpc/rpc.h>
void svc_register(SVCXPRT *xprt, u_long prognum, u_long versnum, void (*dispatch)(), u_long protocol);
Description
Associates prognum and versnum with the service dispatch procedure, dispatch. If protocol is zero, the service is not registered with the portmap service. If protocol is non-zero, then a mapping of the triple [prognum, versnum,protocol] to xprt->xp_port is established with the local portmap service (generally protocol is zero, IPPROTO_UDP or IPPROTO_TCP). The procedure dispatch has the following form:
dispatch(request, xprt) struct svc_req *request; SVCXPRT *xprt;
Return Value
svc_register returns 1 if it succeeds, and zero otherwise.
svc_run
Name
svc_run — Waits for RPC requests to arrive and calls service procedure.
Synopsis
#include <rpc/svc.h>
 svc_run();
Description
The svc_run routine never returns. It waits for RPC requests to arrive, and calls the appropriate service procedure using svc_getreq when one arrives. This procedure is usually waiting for a select system call to return.
svc_sendreply
Name
svc_sendreply — called by RPC service's dispatch routine
Synopsis
svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT *xprt, xdrproc_t outproc, char out);
Description
Called by an RPC service's dispatch routine to send the results of a remote procedure call. The parameter xprt is the request's associated transport handle; outproc is the XDR routine which is used to encode the results; and out is the address of the results. This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero other-wise.
svctcp_create
Name
svctcp_create — Creates a TCP/IP-based RPC service transport.
Synopsis
#include <rpc/rpc.h>
SVCXPRT *svctcp_create(int sock, u_int send_buf_size, u_int recv_buf_size);
Description
svctcp_create cretes a TCP/IP-based RPC service transport, to which it returns a pointer. The transport is associated with the socket sock, which may be RPC_ANYSOCK, in which case a new socket is created. If the socket is not bound to a local TCP port, ten this routine binds it to an arbitrary port. Upon completion, xprt->xp_sock is the transport's socket descriptor, and xprt->xp_port is the transport's port number. Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O, users may specify the size of buffers; values of zero choose suitable defaults.
Return Value
svctcp_create returns NULL if it fails, or a pointer to the RPC service transport otherwise.
svcudp_create
Name
svcudp_create — Creates a UDP-based RPC service transport. 
Synopsis
SVCXPRT *
svcudp_create(int sock);
Description
This call is equivalent to svcudp_bufcreate (sock, SZ, SZ) for some default size SZ.
system
Name
system — execute a shell command
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int system(const char *string);
Description
system executes a command specified in string by calling /bin/sh -c string, and returns after the command has been completed. During execution of the command, SIGCHLD will be blocked, and SIGINT and SIGQUIT will be ignored.
Return Value
The value 127 returned if the execve call for /bin/sh fails, -1 if there was another error and the return code of the command otherwise.
If the value of string is NULL, system returns a nonzero value if the shell is available, and zero if not.
system does not affect the wait status of any other children.
Notes
The fact that system ignores interrupts is often not what a program wants. The Single UNIX Specification describes some of the consequences; an additional consequence is that a program calling system from a loop cannot be reliably interrupted. Many programs will want to use the exec(3) family of functions instead.
Do not use system from a program with suid or sgid privileges, because strange values for some environment variables might be used to subvert system integrity. Use the exec(3) family of functions instead, but not execlp(3) or execvp(3). system will not, in fact, work properly from programs with suid or sgid privileges on systems on which /bin/sh is bash version 2, since bash 2 drops privileges on startup. (Debian uses a modified bash which does not do this when invoked as sh.)
The check for the availability of /bin/sh is not actually performed; it is always assumed to be available. ISO C specifies the check, but POSIX.2 specifies that the return shall always be nonzero, since a system without the shell is not conforming, and it is this that is implemented.
It is possible for the shell command to return 127, so that code is not a sure indication that the execve call failed; check the global variable errno to make sure.
textdomain
Name
textdomain — set the current default message catalog
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
extern char *textdomain(const char *domainname);
Description
textdomain sets the current default message catalog to domainname, which remains valid across subsequent calls to setlocale, and gettext.
Return
On success, textdomain returns the currently selected domain. On error, a NULL pointer is returned.
If domainname is NULL, textdomain returns the current default.
If domainname is "", reset to the default of "messages".
Errors
ENOMEM
 	The function may have failed if there was "insufficent memory available."
unlink
Name
unlink — remove a directory entry
Synopsis
int unlink(const char *path);
Description
unlink is as specified in the ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3, but with differences as listed below.
See also Additional behaviors: unlink/link on directory>.
May return EISDIR on directories
If path specifies a directory, the implementation may return EISDIR instead of EPERM as specified by ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3. 1
Notes
1. 	The Linux kernel has deliberately chosen EISDIR for this case and does not expect to change (Al Viro, personal communication).
vasprintf
Name
vasprintf — write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc and store the address of the string
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
extern int vasprintf(char **restrict ptr, const char *restrict f, G_va_list arg);
Description
vasprintf writes formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc, and stores the address of the string in ptr.
vdprintf
Name
vdprintf — write formatted output to a file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
extern int vdprintf(int fd, const char *restrict fmt, G_va_list arg);
Description
vdprintf writes formatted output to a file descriptor.
verrx
Name
verrx — display formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void verrx(int eval, const char *fmt, valist args);
Description
verrx displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If fmt is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
verrx does not return, but exits with the value of eval.
vsyslog
Name
vsyslog — log to system log
Synopsis
void vsyslog(int priority, char *message, va_list arglist);
Description
vsyslog is identical to syslog as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, except that arglist (as defined by stdarg.h) replaces the variable number of arguments.
The caller is responsible for running va_end after calling vsyslog.
wait3
Name
wait3 — wait for child process
Description
wait3 is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, but with differences as listed below.
Notes
Implementations need not support the functionality of WCONTINUED or WIFCONTINUED.
wait4
Name
wait4 — wait for process termination, BSD style
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/resource.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
pid_t wait4(pid_t pid, int *status, int options, (struct rusage *rusage));
Description
wait4 suspends execution of the current process until a child (as specified by pid) has exited, or until a signal is delivered whose action is to terminate the current process or to call a signal handling function. If a child (as requested by pid) has already exited by the time of the call (a so-called "zombie" process), the function returns immediately. Any system resources used by the child are freed.
The value of pid can be one of:
< -1 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to the absolute value of pid.
-1 
 	wait for any child process; this is equivalent to calling wait3.
0 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to that of the calling process.
> 0 
 	wait for the child whose process ID is equal to the value of pid.
The value of options is a bitwise or of zero or more of the following constants:
WNOHANG
 	return immediately if no child is there to be waited for.
WUNTRACED
 	return for children that are stopped, and whose status has not been reported.
If status is not NULL, wait4 stores status information in the location status. This status can be evaluated with the following macros: 1
WIFEXITED(status)
 	is nonzero if the child exited normally.
WEXITSTATUS(status)
 	evaluates to the least significant eight bits of the return code of the child that terminated, which may have been set as the argument to a call to exit or as the argument for a return statement in the main program. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFEXITED returned nonzero.
WIFSIGNALED(status)
 	returns true if the child process exited because of a signal that was not caught.
WTERMSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal that caused the child process to terminate. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSIGNALED returned nonzero.
WIFSTOPPED(status)
 	returns true if the child process that caused the return is currently stopped; this is only possible if the call was done using WUNTRACED.
WSTOPSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal that caused the child to stop. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSTOPPED returned nonzero.
If rusage is not NULL, the struct rusage (as defined in sys/resource.h) that it points to will be filled with accounting information. (See getrusage(2) for details.
Return Value
On success, the process ID of the child that exited is returned. On error, -1 is returned (in particular, when no unwaited-for child processes of the specified kind exist), or 0 if WNOHANG was used and no child was available yet. In the latter two cases, the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ECHILD 
 	No unwaited-for child process as specified does exist.
ERESTARTSYS
 	A WNOHANG was not set and an unblocked signal or a SIGCHILD was caught. This error is returned by the system call. The library interface is not allowed to return ERESTARTSYS, but will return EINTR.
Notes
1. 	These macros take the stat buffer (an int) as an argument -- not a pointer to the buffer!
waitpid
Name
waitpid — wait for child process
Description
waitpid is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, but with differences as listed below.
Need not support WCONTINUED
Implementations need not support the functionality of WCONTINUED or WIFCONTINUED.
warn
Name
warn — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void warn(const char *fmt ...);
Description
warn displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If fmt is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon, and space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
warnx
Name
warnx — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void warnx(const char *fmt ...);
Description
warnx displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If fmt is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon, and space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
wcpcpy
Name
wcpcpy — copy a wide character string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src);
Description
wcpcpy is the wide-character equivalent of stpcpy. It copies the wide character string src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array dest.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least wcslen(src)+1 wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string dest, that is, a pointer to the terminating L'\0' character.
wcpncpy
Name
wcpncpy — copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
Description
wcpncpy is the wide-character equivalent of stpncpy. It copies at most n wide characters from the wide-character string src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array dest. Exactly n wide characters are written at dest. If the length wcslen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining wide characters in the array dest are filled with L'\0' characters. If the length wcslen(src) is greater than or equal to n, the string dest will not be L'\0' terminated.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least n wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpncpy returns a pointer to the wide character one past the last non-null wide character written.
wcscasecmp
Name
wcscasecmp — compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
Description
wcscasecmp is the wide-character equivalent of strcasecmp. It compares the wide-character string s1 and the wide-character string s2, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
wcscasecmp returns 0 if the wide-character strings s1 and s2 are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if s1 is greater than s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if s1 is smaller than s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcscasecmp depends upon the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsdup
Name
wcsdup — duplicate a wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *s);
Description
wcsdup is the wide-character equivalent of strdup. It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string s.
Memory for the new wide-character string is obtained with malloc(3), and can be freed with free(3).
Return Value
wcsdup returns a pointer to the new wide-character string, or NULL if sufficient memory was not available.
wcsncasecmp
Name
wcsncasecmp — compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n);
Description
wcsncasecmp is the wide-character equivalent of strncasecmp. It compares the wide-character string s1 and the wide-character string s2, but at most n wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
wcscasecmp returns 0 if the wide-character strings s1 and s2, truncated to at most length n, are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if truncated s1 is greater than truncated s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if truncated s1 is smaller than truncated s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends upon the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsnlen
Name
wcsnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen);
Description
wcsnlen is the wide-character equivalent of strnlen. It returns the number of wide-characters in the string s, not including the terminating L'\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, wcsnlen looks only at the first maxlen wide-characters at s and never beyond s + maxlen.
Return Value
wcsnlen returns wcslen(s) if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no L'\0' character among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by s.
Notes
The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsnrtombs
Name
wcsnrtombs — convert a wide character string to a multi-byte string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t wcsnrtombs(char *dest, const wchar_t **src, size_t nwc, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps);
Description
wcsnrtombs is like wcsrtombs, except that the number of wide characters to be converted, starting at src, is limited to nwc.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, wcsnrtombs converts at most nwc wide characters from the wide-character string src to a multibyte string starting at dest. At most len bytes are written to dest. The state ps is updated.
The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling: 
wcrtomb(dest, *src, ps)
as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by the number of bytes written and src by 1.
The conversion can stop for three reasons:
•	A wide character has been encountered that cannot be represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale). In this case src is left pointing to the invalid wide character, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
•	nws wide characters have been converted without encountering a L'\0', or the length limit forces a stop. In this case, src is left pointing to the next wide character to be converted, and the number bytes written to dest is returned.
•	The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the terminating L'\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back ps to the initial state). In this case, src is set to NULL, and the number of bytes written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' byte, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to wcsnrtombs is used instead.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least len bytes at dest.
Return Value
wcsnrtombs returns the number of bytes that make up the converted part of multibyte sequence, not including the terminating L'\0' byte. If a wide character was encountered which could not be converted, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and the global variable errno set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of wcsnrtombs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
wcstoq
Name
wcstoq — convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
extern long long int wcstoq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr, wchar_t **restrict endptr, int base);
Description
wcstoq converts the initial portion of the wide string nptr to long int representation.
wcstouq
Name
wcstouq — convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to unsigned long long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
extern unsigned long long int wcstouq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr, wchar_t **restrict endptr, int base);
Description
wcstouq converts the initial portion of the wide string nptr to unsigned long long int representation.
xdr_u_int
Name
xdr_u_int — library routines for external data representation
Synopsis
int xdr_u_int(XDR * xdrs, unsigned int * up);
Description
xdr_u_int is a filter primitive that translates between C unsigned integers and their external representations.
Return Value
On success, 1 is returned. On error, 0 is returned.
1.5. Interfaces for libm
Table 1-28 defines the library name and shared object name for the libm library
Table 1-28. libm Definition
Library:	libm	
SONAME:	See archLSB.	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

1.5.1. Math
1.5.1.1. Interfaces for Math
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Math specified in Table 1-29, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-29. libm - Math Function Interfaces
acos [1]	cexp [1]	expf [1]	jnf [2]	remquof [1]	
acosf [1]	cexpf [1]	expl [1]	jnl [2]	remquol [1]	
acosh [1]	cexpl [1]	expm1 [1]	ldexp [1]	rint [1]	
acoshf [1]	cimag [1]	fabs [1]	ldexpf [1]	rintf [1]	
acoshl [1]	cimagf [1]	fabsf [1]	ldexpl [1]	rintl [1]	
acosl [1]	cimagl [1]	fabsl [1]	lgamma [1]	round [1]	
asin [1]	clog [1]	fdim [1]	lgamma_r [2]	roundf [1]	
asinf [1]	clog10 [2]	fdimf [1]	lgammaf [1]	roundl [1]	
asinh [1]	clog10f [2]	fdiml [1]	lgammaf_r [2]	scalb [1]	
asinhf [1]	clog10l [2]	feclearexcept [1]	lgammal [1]	scalbf [2]	
asinhl [1]	clogf [1]	fegetenv [1]	lgammal_r [2]	scalbl [2]	
asinl [1]	clogl [1]	fegetexceptflag [1]	llrint [1]	scalbln [1]	
atan [1]	conj [1]	fegetround [1]	llrintf [1]	scalblnf [1]	
atan2 [1]	conjf [1]	feholdexcept [1]	llrintl [1]	scalblnl [1]	
atan2f [1]	conjl [1]	feraiseexcept [1]	llround [1]	scalbn [1]	
atan2l [1]	copysign [1]	fesetenv [1]	llroundf [1]	scalbnf [1]	
atanf [1]	copysignf [1]	fesetexceptflag [1]	llroundl [1]	scalbnl [1]	
atanh [1]	copysignl [1]	fesetround [1]	log [1]	significand [2]	
atanhf [1]	cos [1]	fetestexcept [1]	log10 [1]	significandf [2]	
atanhl [1]	cosf [1]	feupdateenv [1]	log10f [1]	significandl [2]	
atanl [1]	cosh [1]	finite [3]	log10l [1]	sin [1]	
cabs [1]	coshf [1]	finitef [2]	log1p [1]	sincos [2]	
cabsf [1]	coshl [1]	finitel [2]	logb [1]	sincosf [2]	
cabsl [1]	cosl [1]	floor [1]	logf [1]	sincosl [2]	
cacos [1]	cpow [1]	floorf [1]	logl [1]	sinf [1]	
cacosf [1]	cpowf [1]	floorl [1]	lrint [1]	sinh [1]	
cacosh [1]	cpowl [1]	fma [1]	lrintf [1]	sinhf [1]	
cacoshf [1]	cproj [1]	fmaf [1]	lrintl [1]	sinhl [1]	
cacoshl [1]	cprojf [1]	fmal [1]	lround [1]	sinl [1]	
cacosl [1]	cprojl [1]	fmax [1]	lroundf [1]	sqrt [1]	
carg [1]	creal [1]	fmaxf [1]	lroundl [1]	sqrtf [1]	
cargf [1]	crealf [1]	fmaxl [1]	matherr [2]	sqrtl [1]	
cargl [1]	creall [1]	fmin [1]	modf [1]	tan [1]	
casin [1]	csin [1]	fminf [1]	modff [1]	tanf [1]	
casinf [1]	csinf [1]	fminl [1]	modfl [1]	tanh [1]	
casinh [1]	csinh [1]	fmod [1]	nan [1]	tanhf [1]	
casinhf [1]	csinhf [1]	fmodf [1]	nanf [1]	tanhl [1]	
casinhl [1]	csinhl [1]	fmodl [1]	nanl [1]	tanl [1]	
casinl [1]	csinl [1]	frexp [1]	nearbyint [1]	tgamma [1]	
catan [1]	csqrt [1]	frexpf [1]	nearbyintf [1]	tgammaf [1]	
catanf [1]	csqrtf [1]	frexpl [1]	nearbyintl [1]	tgammal [1]	
catanh [1]	csqrtl [1]	gamma [3]	nextafter [1]	trunc [1]	
catanhf [1]	ctan [1]	gammaf [2]	nextafterf [1]	truncf [1]	
catanhl [1]	ctanf [1]	gammal [2]	nextafterl [1]	truncl [1]	
catanl [1]	ctanh [1]	hypot [1]	nexttoward [1]	y0 [1]	
cbrt [1]	ctanhf [1]	hypotf [1]	nexttowardf [1]	y0f [2]	
cbrtf [1]	ctanhl [1]	hypotl [1]	nexttowardl [1]	y0l [2]	
cbrtl [1]	ctanl [1]	ilogb [1]	pow [1]	y1 [1]	
ccos [1]	dremf [2]	ilogbf [1]	pow10 [2]	y1f [2]	
ccosf [1]	dreml [2]	ilogbl [1]	pow10f [2]	y1l [2]	
ccosh [1]	erf [1]	j0 [1]	pow10l [2]	yn [1]	
ccoshf [1]	erfc [1]	j0f [2]	powf [1]	ynf [2]	
ccoshl [1]	erfcf [1]	j0l [2]	powl [1]	ynl [2]	
ccosl [1]	erfcl [1]	j1 [1]	remainder [1]	
	
ceil [1]	erff [1]	j1f [2]	remainderf [1]	
	
ceilf [1]	erfl [1]	j1l [2]	remainderl [1]	
	
ceill [1]	exp [1]	jn [1]	remquo [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[2]. ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C
[3]. CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Math specified in Table 1-30, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-30. libm - Math Data Interfaces
signgam [1]	

	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.6. Data Definitions for libm
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libm. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
1.6.1. complex.h

#define complex _Complex
1.6.2. math.h

#define DOMAIN  1
#define SING    2

struct exception
{
  int type;
  char *name;
  double arg1;
  double arg2;
  double retval;
}
 ;
#define isinf(x)        (sizeof (x) == sizeof (float) ? __isinff (x): sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __isinf (x) : __isinfl (x))
#define isnan(x)        (sizeof (x) == sizeof (float) ? __isnanf (x)  : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __isnan (x) : __isnanl (x))

#define HUGE_VAL        0x1.0p2047
#define HUGE_VALF       0x1.0p255f
#define HUGE_VALL       0x1.0p32767L

#define NAN     ((float)0x7fc00000UL)
#define M_1_PI  0.31830988618379067154
#define M_LOG10E        0.43429448190325182765
#define M_2_PI  0.63661977236758134308
#define M_LN2   0.69314718055994530942
#define M_SQRT1_2       0.70710678118654752440
#define M_PI_4  0.78539816339744830962
#define M_2_SQRTPI      1.12837916709551257390
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
#define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074
#define M_PI_2  1.57079632679489661923
#define M_LN10  2.30258509299404568402
#define M_E     2.7182818284590452354
#define M_PI    3.14159265358979323846
#define INFINITY        HUGE_VALF

#define MATH_ERRNO      1
#define MATH_ERREXCEPT  2
1.7. Interfaces for libpthread
Table 1-31 defines the library name and shared object name for the libpthread library
Table 1-31. libpthread Definition
Library:	libpthread	
SONAME:	libpthread.so.0	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
Large File Support	
Linux Standard Base	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

1.7.1. Realtime Threads
1.7.1.1. Interfaces for Realtime Threads
No external functions are defined for libpthread - Realtime Threads
1.7.2. Advanced Realtime Threads
1.7.2.1. Interfaces for Advanced Realtime Threads
No external functions are defined for libpthread - Advanced Realtime Threads
1.7.3. Posix Threads
1.7.3.1. Interfaces for Posix Threads
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Posix Threads specified in Table 1-32, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-32. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces
_pthread_cleanup_pop [1]	pthread_cancel [2]	pthread_join [2]	pthread_rwlock_destroy [2]	pthread_setconcurrency [2]	
_pthread_cleanup_push [1]	pthread_cond_broadcast [2]	pthread_key_create [2]	pthread_rwlock_init [2]	pthread_setspecific [2]	
pread [2]	pthread_cond_destroy [2]	pthread_key_delete [2]	pthread_rwlock_rdlock [2]	pthread_sigmask [2]	
pread64 [3]	pthread_cond_init [2]	pthread_kill [2]	pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock [2]	pthread_testcancel [2]	
pthread_attr_destroy [2]	pthread_cond_signal [2]	pthread_mutex_destroy [2]	pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock [2]	pwrite [2]	
pthread_attr_getdetachstate [2]	pthread_cond_timedwait [2]	pthread_mutex_init [2]	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock [2]	pwrite64 [3]	
pthread_attr_getguardsize [2]	pthread_cond_wait [2]	pthread_mutex_lock [2]	pthread_rwlock_trywrlock [2]	sem_close [2]	
pthread_attr_getschedparam [2]	pthread_condattr_destroy [2]	pthread_mutex_trylock [2]	pthread_rwlock_unlock [2]	sem_destroy [2]	
pthread_attr_getstackaddr [2]	pthread_condattr_getpshared [2]	pthread_mutex_unlock [2]	pthread_rwlock_wrlock [2]	sem_getvalue [2]	
pthread_attr_getstacksize [2]	pthread_condattr_init [2]	pthread_mutexattr_destroy [2]	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy [2]	sem_init [2]	
pthread_attr_init [2]	pthread_condattr_setpshared [2]	pthread_mutexattr_getpshared [2]	pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared [2]	sem_open [2]	
pthread_attr_setdetachstate [2]	pthread_create [2]	pthread_mutexattr_gettype [2]	pthread_rwlockattr_init [2]	sem_post [2]	
pthread_attr_setguardsize [2]	pthread_detach [2]	pthread_mutexattr_init [2]	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared [2]	sem_timedwait [2]	
pthread_attr_setschedparam [2]	pthread_equal [2]	pthread_mutexattr_setpshared [2]	pthread_self [2]	sem_trywait [2]	
pthread_attr_setstackaddr [2]	pthread_exit [2]	pthread_mutexattr_settype [2]	pthread_setcancelstate [2]	sem_unlink [2]	
pthread_attr_setstacksize [2]	pthread_getspecific [2]	pthread_once [2]	pthread_setcanceltype [2]	sem_wait [2]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
[3]. Large File Support
1.8. Data Definitions for libpthread
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libpthread. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
1.8.1. pthread.h

#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT   1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL    1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP  1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 2
#define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DEFAULT_NP       2
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK        3
#define pthread_cleanup_pop(execute)    _pthread_cleanup_pop(& _buffer,(execute));}
#define __LOCK_INITIALIZER      { 0, 0 }
#define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER      { __LOCK_INITIALIZER, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL,PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DEFAULT_NP, PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE }
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER       {0,0,0,PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMED_NP,__LOCK_INITIALIZER}
#define pthread_cleanup_push(routine,arg)       {struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer _buffer;_pthread_cleanup_push(& _buffer,(routine),(arg));
#define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER        {__LOCK_INITIALIZER,0}

struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer
{
  void (*__routine) (void *);
  void *__arg;
  int __canceltype;
  struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *__prev;
}
 ;
typedef unsigned int pthread_key_t;
typedef int pthread_once_t;
typedef long long __pthread_cond_align_t;

typedef unsigned long pthread_t;
struct _pthread_fastlock
{
  long __status;
  int __spinlock;
}
 ;

typedef struct _pthread_descr_struct *_pthread_descr;

typedef struct
{
  int __m_reserved;
  int __m_count;
  _pthread_descr __m_owner;
  int __m_kind;
  struct _pthread_fastlock __m_lock;
}
pthread_mutex_t;
typedef struct
{
  int __mutexkind;
}
pthread_mutexattr_t;

typedef struct
{
  int __detachstate;
  int __schedpolicy;
  struct sched_param __schedparam;
  int __inheritsched;
  int __scope;
  size_t __guardsize;
  int __stackaddr_set;
  void *__stackaddr;
  unsigned long __stacksize;
}
pthread_attr_t;

typedef struct
{
  struct _pthread_fastlock __c_lock;
  _pthread_descr __c_waiting;
  char __padding[48 - sizeof (struct _pthread_fastlock) -
                 sizeof (_pthread_descr) - sizeof (__pthread_cond_align_t)];
  __pthread_cond_align_t __align;
}
pthread_cond_t;
typedef struct
{
  int __dummy;
}
pthread_condattr_t;

typedef struct _pthread_rwlock_t
{
  struct _pthread_fastlock __rw_lock;
  int __rw_readers;
  _pthread_descr __rw_writer;
  _pthread_descr __rw_read_waiting;
  _pthread_descr __rw_write_waiting;
  int __rw_kind;
  int __rw_pshared;
}
pthread_rwlock_t;
typedef struct
{
  int __lockkind;
  int __pshared;
}
pthread_rwlockattr_t;

#define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 0
#define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED   0
#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT       0
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 1
#define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED  1
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED  1

#define PTHREAD_CANCELED        ((void*)-1)
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED 0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE   0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS     1
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE  1
1.8.2. semaphore.h

typedef struct
{
  struct _pthread_fastlock __sem_lock;
  int __sem_value;
  _pthread_descr __sem_waiting;
}
sem_t;
#define SEM_FAILED      ((sem_t*)0)

#define SEM_VALUE_MAX   ((int)((~0u)>>1))
1.9. Interface Definitions for libpthread
The following interfaces are included in libpthread and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed above for libpthread shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
_pthread_cleanup_pop
Name
_pthread_cleanup_pop — establish cancellation handlers
Synopsis
#include <pthread.h>
extern void _pthread_cleanup_pop(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *, int);
Description
Macro pthread_cleanup_pop defines the ABI _pthread_cleanup_pop is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3.
_pthread_cleanup_push
Name
_pthread_cleanup_push — establish cancellation handlers
Synopsis
#include <pthread.h>
extern void _pthread_cleanup_push(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *, void (*) (void *), void *);
Description
Macro pthread_cleanup_push defines the ABI _pthread_cleanup_push is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3.
1.10. Interfaces for libgcc_s
Table 1-33 defines the library name and shared object name for the libgcc_s library
Table 1-33. libgcc_s Definition
Library:	libgcc_s	
SONAME:	libgcc_s.so.1	

1.10.1. Unwind Library
1.10.1.1. Interfaces for Unwind Library
No external functions are defined for libgcc_s - Unwind Library
1.11. Data Definitions for libgcc_s
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libgcc_s. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
1.11.1. unwind.h

struct dwarf_eh_base
{
  void *tbase;
  void *dbase;
  void *func;
}
 ;
struct _Unwind_Context;

typedef unsigned int _Unwind_Ptr;
typedef unsigned int _Unwind_Word;

typedef enum
{
  _URC_NO_REASON, _URC_FOREIGN_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT = 1, _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR =
    2, _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR = 3, _URC_NORMAL_STOP = 4, _URC_END_OF_STACK =
    5, _URC_HANDLER_FOUND = 6, _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT =
    7, _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND = 8
}
_Unwind_Reason_Code;

struct _Unwind_Exception
{
  _Unwind_Exception_Class;
  _Unwind_Exception_Cleanup_Fn;
  _Unwind_Word;
  _Unwind_Word;
}
 ;
#define _UA_SEARCH_PHASE        1
#define _UA_END_OF_STACK        16
#define _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE       2
#define _UA_HANDLER_FRAME       4
#define _UA_FORCE_UNWIND        8
1.12. Interfaces for libdl
Table 1-34 defines the library name and shared object name for the libdl library
Table 1-34. libdl Definition
Library:	libdl	
SONAME:	libdl.so.2	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
Linux Standard Base	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

1.12.1. Dynamic Loader
1.12.1.1. Interfaces for Dynamic Loader
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Dynamic Loader specified in Table 1-35, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-35. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces
dladdr [1]	dlclose [2]	dlerror [2]	dlopen [1]	dlsym [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
[2]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.13. Data Definitions for libdl
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libdl. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
1.13.1. dlfcn.h

#define RTLD_NEXT       ((void *) -1l)
#define RTLD_LOCAL      0
#define RTLD_LAZY       0x00001
#define RTLD_NOW        0x00002
#define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x00100

typedef struct
{
  char *dli_fname;
  void *dli_fbase;
  char *dli_sname;
  void *dli_saddr;
}
Dl_info;
1.14. Interface Definitions for libdl
The following interfaces are included in libdl and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed above for libdl shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
dladdr
Name
dladdr — library routine for dynamic linking of object files
Synopsis
#include <dlfcn.h>

typedef struct {
             const char  *dli_fname;
             void        *dli_fbase;
             const char  *dli_sname;
             void        *dli_saddr;
} Dl_info;
int dladdr(void *address, Dl_info *dlip);
Description
dladdr implements the System V dynamic linking routines.
Return Value
dladdr is the inverse of dlsym. If address is successfully located inside a module, dladdr returns a nonzero value, otherwise, it returns a 0. On success, dladdr fills in the fields of dlip as follows:
dli_fname
 	the pathname of the module
dli_fbase 
 	the base address of the module
dli_sname 
 	the name of the highest addressed symbol whose address precedes the given address
dli_saddr 
 	the address of that symbol
Shared objects shall be linked using the -shared option to the linker ld(1). The linker flag -rpath may be used to add a directory to the default search path for shared objects and shared libraries. The linker flag -E or the C compiler flag -rdynamic should be used to cause the application to export its symbols to the shared objects.
Environment
LD_LIBRARY_PATH
 	directory search-path for object files
dlopen
Name
dlopen — open dynamic object
Synopsis
#include <dlfcn.h>
void * dlopen(const char *filename, int flag);
Description
dlopen shall behave as specified in ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3, but with additional behaviors listed below.
If the file argument does not contain a slash character, then the system shall look for a library of that name in at least the following directories, and use the first one which is found: 
•	The directories specified by the DT_RPATH dynamic entry.
•	The directories specified in the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable (which is a colon separated list of pathnames). This step shall be skipped for setuid and setgid executables.
•	A set of directories sufficient to contain the libraries specified in this standard. 1
Notes
1. 	Traditionally, /lib and /usr/lib. This case would also cover cases in which the system used the mechanism of /etc/ld.so.conf and /etc/ld.so.cache to provide access.
Example: An application which is not linked against libm may choose to dlopen libm.
dlsym
Name
dlsym — obtain the address of a symbol from a dlopen object
Description
dlsym is as specified in the ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3, but with differences as listed below.
The special purpose value for handle RTLD_NEXT
The value RTLD_NEXT, which is reserved for future use shall be available, with the behavior as described in ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3.
1.15. Interfaces for libcrypt
Table 1-36 defines the library name and shared object name for the libcrypt library
Table 1-36. libcrypt Definition
Library:	libcrypt	
SONAME:	libcrypt.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

1.15.1. Encryption
1.15.1.1. Interfaces for Encryption
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Encryption specified in Table 1-37, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-37. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces
crypt [1]	encrypt [1]	setkey [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1.16. Interfaces for libpam
Table 1-38 defines the library name and shared object name for the libpam library
Table 1-38. libpam Definition
Library:	libpam	
SONAME:	libpam.so.0	

A single service name, other, shall always be present. The behavior of this service shall be determined by the system administrator. Additional service names may also exist. 15
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
Linux Standard Base	

1.16.1. Pluggable Authentication API
1.16.1.1. Interfaces for Pluggable Authentication API
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Pluggable Authentication API specified in Table 1-39, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 1-39. libpam - Pluggable Authentication API Function Interfaces
pam_acct_mgmt [1]	pam_close_session [1]	pam_get_item [1]	pam_set_item [1]	pam_strerror [1]	
pam_authenticate [1]	pam_end [1]	pam_getenvlist [1]	pam_setcred [1]	
	
pam_chauthtok [1]	pam_fail_delay [1]	pam_open_session [1]	pam_start [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
1.17. Data Definitions for libpam
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libpam. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
1.17.1. security/pam_appl.h

typedef struct pam_handle pam_handle_t;
struct pam_message
{
  int msg_style;
  const char *msg;
}
 ;
struct pam_response
{
  char *resp;
  int resp_retcode;
}
 ;

struct pam_conv
{
  int (*conv) (int num_msg, const struct pam_message * *msg,
               struct pam_response * *resp, void *appdata_ptr);
  void *appdata_ptr;
}
 ;
#define PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_OFF     1
#define PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_ON      2
#define PAM_ERROR_MSG   3
#define PAM_TEXT_INFO   4

#define PAM_SERVICE     1
#define PAM_USER        2
#define PAM_TTY 3
#define PAM_RHOST       4
#define PAM_CONV        5
#define PAM_RUSER       8
#define PAM_USER_PROMPT 9

#define PAM_SUCCESS     0
#define PAM_OPEN_ERR    1
#define PAM_USER_UNKNOWN        10
#define PAM_MAXTRIES    11
#define PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD    12
#define PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED        13
#define PAM_SESSION_ERR 14
#define PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL        15
#define PAM_CRED_EXPIRED        16
#define PAM_CRED_ERR    17
#define PAM_CONV_ERR    19
#define PAM_SYMBOL_ERR  2
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR 20
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_RECOVER_ERR 21
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY   22
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_DISABLE_AGING       23
#define PAM_TRY_AGAIN   24
#define PAM_ABORT       26
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_EXPIRED     27
#define PAM_BAD_ITEM    29
#define PAM_SERVICE_ERR 3
#define PAM_SYSTEM_ERR  4
#define PAM_BUF_ERR     5
#define PAM_PERM_DENIED 6
#define PAM_AUTH_ERR    7
#define PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT   8
#define PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL    9

#define PAM_DISALLOW_NULL_AUTHTOK       0x0001U
#define PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED      0x0002U
#define PAM_DELETE_CRED 0x0004U
#define PAM_REINITIALIZE_CRED   0x0008U
#define PAM_REFRESH_CRED        0x0010U
#define PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK      0x0020U
#define PAM_SILENT      0x8000U
1.18. Interface Definitions for libpam
The following interfaces are included in libpam and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed above for libpam shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
pam_acct_mgmt
Name
pam_acct_mgmt — establish the status of a user's account
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_acct_mgmt(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_acct_mgmt establishes the account's usability and the user's accessibility to the system. It is typically called after the user has been authenticated.
flags may be specified as any valid flag (namely, one of those applicable to the flags argument of pam_authenticate). Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD
 	User is valid, but user's authentication token has expired. The correct response to this return-value is to require that the user satisfy the pam_chauthtok function before obtaining service. It may not be possible for an application to do this. In such a case, the user should be denied access until the account password is updated.
PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED
 	User is no longer permitted access to the system.
PAM_AUTH_ERR
 	Authentication error.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	User is not permitted to gain access at this time.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	User is not known to a module's account management component.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_authenticate
Name
pam_authenticate — authenticate the user
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_authenticate(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_authenticate serves as an interface to the authentication mechanisms of the loaded modules.
flags is an optional parameter that may be specified by the following value:
PAM_DISALLOW_NULL_AUTHTOK
 	Instruct the authentication modules to return PAM_AUTH_ERR if the user does not have a registered authorization token.
Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
The process may need to be privileged in order to successfully call this function.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_AUTH_ERR
 	User was not authenticated or process did not have sufficient privileges to perform authentication.
PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT
 	Application does not have sufficient credentials to authenticate the user.
PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL
 	Modules were not able to access the authentication information. This might be due to a network or hardware failure, etc.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	Supplied username is not known to the authentication service.
PAM_MAXTRIES
 	One or more authentication modules has reached its limit of tries authenticating the user. Do not try again.
PAM_ABORT
 	One or more authentication modules failed to load.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_chauthtok
Name
pam_chauthtok — change the authentication token for a given user
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_chauthtok(pam_handle_t *pamh, const int flags);
Description
pam_chauthtok is used to change the authentication token for a given user as indicated by the state associated with the handle pamh.
flags is an optional parameter that may be specified by the following value:
PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK
 	User's authentication token should only be changed if it has expired.
Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
RETURN VALUE
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR
 	A module was unable to obtain the new authentication token.
PAM_AUTHTOK_RECOVER_ERR
 	A module was unable to obtain the old authentication token.
PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY
 	One or more modules were unable to change the authentication token since it is currently locked.
PAM_AUTHTOK_DISABLE_AGING
 	Authentication token aging has been disabled for at least one of the modules.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	Permission denied.
PAM_TRY_AGAIN
 	Not all modules were in a position to update the authentication token(s). In such a case, none of the user's authentication tokens are updated.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	User is not known to the authentication token changing service.
ERRORS
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_close_session
Name
pam_close_session — indicate that an authenticated session has ended
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_close_session(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_close_session is used to indicate that an authenticated session has ended. It is used to inform the module that the user is exiting a session. It should be possible for the PAM library to open a session and close the same session from different applications.
flags may have the value PAM_SILENT to indicate that no output should be generated as a result of this function call.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_SESSION_ERR
 	One of the required loaded modules was unable to close a session for the user.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_end
Name
pam_end — terminate the use of the PAM library
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_end(pam_handle_t *pamh, int pam_status);
Description
pam_end terminates use of the PAM library. On success, the contents of *pamh are no longer valid, and all memory associated with it is invalid.
Normally, pam_status is passed the value PAM_SUCCESS, but in the event of an unsuccessful service application, the appropriate PAM error return value should be used.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_fail_delay
Name
pam_fail_delay — specify delay time to use on authentication error
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_fail_delay(pam_handle_t *pamh, unsigned int micro_sec);
Description
pam_fail_delay specifies the minimum delay for the PAM library to use when an authentication error occurs. The actual delay can vary by as much at 25%. If this function is called multiple times, the longest time specified by any of the call will be used.
The delay is invoked if an authentication error occurs during the pam_authenticate or pam_chauthtok function calls.
Independent of the success of pam_authenticate or pam_chauthtok, the delay time is reset to its default value of 0 when the PAM library returns control to the application from these two functions.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_get_item
Name
pam_get_item — obtain the value of the indicated item.
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_get_item(const pam_handle_t *pamh, int item_type, const void **item);
Description
pam_get_item obtains the value of the indicated item_type. The possible values of item_type are the same as listed for pam_set_item.
On success, item contains a pointer to the value of the corresponding item. Note that this is a pointer to the actual data and should not be free'd or over-written.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	Application passed a NULL pointer for item.
PAM_BAD_ITEM
 	Application attempted to get an undefined item.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_getenvlist
Name
pam_getenvlist — returns a pointer to the complete PAM environment.
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern char * const *pam_getenvlist(pam_handle_t *pamh);
Description
pam_getenvlist returns a pointer to the complete PAM environment. This pointer points to an array of pointers to NUL-terminated strings and must be terminated by a NULL pointer. Each string has the form "name=value".
The PAM library module allocates memory for the returned value and the associated strings. The calling application is responsible for freeing this memory.
Return Value
pam_getenvlist returns an array of string pointers containing the PAM environment. On error, NULL is returned.
pam_open_session
Name
pam_open_session — used to indicate that an authenticated session has been initiated
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_open_session(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_handle_t is used to indicate that an authenticated session has begun. It is used to inform the module that the user is currently in a session. It should be possible for the PAM library to open a session and close the same session from different applications.
flags may have the value PAM_SILENT to indicate that no output be generated as a rsult of this function call.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_SESSION_ERR
 	One of the loaded modules was unable to open a session for the user.
ERRORS
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_set_item
Name
pam_set_item — (re)set the value of an item.
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_set_item(pam_handle_t *pamh, int item_type, const void *item);
Description
pam_set_item (re)sets the value of one of the following item_types:
PAM_SERVICE
 	service name
PAM_USER
 	user name
PAM_TTY
 	terminal name
The value for a device file should include the /dev/ prefix. The value for graphical, X-based, applications should be the $DISPLAY variable.
PAM_RHOST
 	remote host name
PAM_CONV
 	conversation structure
PAM_RUSER
 	remote user name
PAM_USER_PROMPT
 	string to be used when prompting for a user's name
The default value for this string is Please enter username: .
For all item_types other than PAM_CONV, item is a pointer to a NULL-terminated character string. In the case of PAM_CONV, item points to an initialized pam_conv structure.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	An attempt was made to replace the conversation structure with a NULL value.
PAM_BUF_ERR
 	Function ran out of memory making a copy of the item.
PAM_BAD_ITEM
 	Application attempted to set an undefined item.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_setcred
Name
pam_setcred — set the module-specific credentials of the user
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_setcred(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_setcred sets the module-specific credentials of the user. It is usually called after the user has been authenticated, after the account management function has been called and after a session has been opened for the user.
flags maybe specified from among the following values:
PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED
 	set credentials for the authentication service
PAM_DELETE_CRED
 	delete credentials associated with the authentication service
PAM_REINITIALIZE_CRED
 	reinitialize the user credentials
PAM_REFRESH_CRED
 	extend lifetime of the user credentials
Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL
 	Module cannot retrieve the user's credentials.
PAM_CRED_EXPIRED
 	User's credentials have expired.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	User is not known to an authentication module.
PAM_CRED_ERR
 	Module was unable to set the credentials of the user.
Errors
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_start
Name
pam_start — initialize the PAM library
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_start(const char *service_name, const char *user, const (struct pam_conv *pam_conversation), pam_handle_t **pamh);
Description
pam_start is used to initialize the PAM library. It must be called prior to any other usage of the PAM library. On success, *pamh becomes a handle that provides continuity for successive calls to the PAM library. pam_start expects arguments as follows: the service_name of the program, the username of the individual to be authenticated, a pointer to an application-supplied pam_conv structure, and a pointer to a pam_handle_t pointer.
An application must provide the conversation function used for direct communication between a loaded module and the application. The application also typically provides a means for the module to prompt the user for a password, etc.
The structure, pam_conv, is defined to be, 
  struct pam_conv {
               int (*conv) (int num_msg,
                            const struct pam_message * *msg,
                            struct pam_response * *resp,
                            void *appdata_ptr);
               void *appdata_ptr;
  };
It is initialized by the application before it is passed to the library. The contents of this structure are attached to the *pamh handle. The point of this argument is to provide a mechanism for any loaded module to interact directly with the application program; this is why it is called a conversation structure.
When a module calls the referenced conv function, appdata_ptr is set to the second element of this structure.
The other arguments of a call to conv concern the information exchanged by module and application. num_msg holds the length of the array of pointers passed via msg. On success, the pointer resp points to an array of num_msg pam_response structures, holding the application-supplied text. Note that resp is a struct pam_response array and not an array of pointers.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_BUF_ERR
 	Memory allocation error.
PAM_ABORT
 	Internal failure.
ERRORS
May be translated to text with pam_strerror.
pam_strerror
Name
pam_strerror — returns a string describing the PAM error
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern const char * pam_strerror(pam_handle_t *pamh, int errnum);
Description
pam_strerror returns a string describing the PAM error associated with errnum.
Return Value
On success, this function returns a description of the indicated error. The application should not free or modify this string. This returned string will not be translated.
Notes
1. 	The LSB generally does not include interfaces unlikely to be used by software applications.
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
1. 	For example, if off_t is 64 bits.
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
1. 	SIOCGIFCONF is similar to the if_nameindex family found in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3 or the getifaddrs family found in BSD.
2. 	Historical UNIX systems disagree on the meaning of the return value.
1. 	This was a deliberate Linus decision after an unpopular experiment in including the calling process in the 2.5.1 kernel. See "What does it mean to signal everybody?", Linux Weekly News, 20 December 2001, http://lwn.net/2001/1220/kernel.php3
1. 	As of spring 2004, we don't know of any Linux kernel patches to switch to ENXIO, but we believe that such a kernel patch would be accepted if submitted.
1. 	Note the optional use of the buffer, unlike the strerror_r found in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 3, in which the message is always copied into the supplied buffer. The return types also differ.
1. 	A token is a nonempty string of characters not occurring in the string delim, followed by \0 or by a character occurring in delim.
1. 	The Linux kernel has deliberately chosen EISDIR for this case and does not expect to change (Al Viro, personal communication).
1. 	These macros take the stat buffer (an int) as an argument -- not a pointer to the buffer!
1. 	Traditionally, /lib and /usr/lib. This case would also cover cases in which the system used the mechanism of /etc/ld.so.conf and /etc/ld.so.cache to provide access.
Example: An application which is not linked against libm may choose to dlopen libm.
15. 	Future versions of this specification might define additional service names.

II. Utility Libraries

Chapter 2. Libraries
An LSB-conforming implementation may also support some utility libraries which are built on top of the interfaces provided by the base libraries. These libraries implement common functionality, and hide additional system dependent information such as file formats and device names.
2.1. Interfaces for libz
Table 2-1 defines the library name and shared object name for the libz library
Table 2-1. libz Definition
Library:	libz	
SONAME:	libz.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
zlib 1.2 Manual	

2.1.1. Compression Library
2.1.1.1. Interfaces for Compression Library
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Compression Library specified in Table 2-2, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 2-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces
adler32 [1]	deflateInit_ [1]	gzerror [1]	gzread [1]	inflateInit2_ [1]	
compress [1]	deflateParams [1]	gzflush [1]	gzrewind [1]	inflateInit_ [1]	
compress2 [1]	deflateReset [1]	gzgetc [1]	gzseek [1]	inflateReset [1]	
crc32 [1]	deflateSetDictionary [1]	gzgets [1]	gzsetparams [1]	inflateSetDictionary [1]	
deflate [1]	get_crc_table [1]	gzopen [1]	gztell [1]	inflateSync [1]	
deflateCopy [1]	gzclose [1]	gzprintf [1]	gzwrite [1]	inflateSyncPoint [1]	
deflateEnd [1]	gzdopen [1]	gzputc [1]	inflate [1]	uncompress [1]	
deflateInit2_ [1]	gzeof [1]	gzputs [1]	inflateEnd [1]	zError [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. zlib 1.2 Manual
2.2. Data Definitions for libz
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libz. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
2.2.1. zlib.h

#define Z_NULL  0
#define MAX_WBITS       15
#define MAX_MEM_LEVEL   9
#define deflateInit2(strm,level,method,windowBits,memLevel,strategy)    deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),(strategy),ZLIB_VERSION,sizeof(z_stream))
#define deflateInit(strm,level) deflateInit_((strm), (level),       ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#define inflateInit2(strm,windowBits)   inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#define inflateInit(strm)       inflateInit_((strm),                ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))

typedef int intf;

typedef void *voidpf;
typedef unsigned int uInt;
typedef unsigned long uLong;
typedef uLong uLongf;
typedef void *voidp;
typedef unsigned char Byte;
typedef off_t z_off_t;
typedef void *const voidpc;

typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) (voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size);
typedef void (*free_func) (voidpf opaque, voidpf address);
struct internal_state
{
  int dummy;
}
 ;
typedef Byte Bytef;
typedef uInt uIntf;

typedef struct z_stream_s
{
  Bytef *next_in;
  uInt avail_in;
  uLong total_in;
  Bytef *next_out;
  uInt avail_out;
  uLong total_out;
  char *msg;
  struct internal_state *state;
  alloc_func zalloc;
  free_func zfree;
  voidpf opaque;
  int data_type;
  uLong adler;
  uLong reserved;
}
z_stream;

typedef z_stream *z_streamp;
typedef voidp gzFile;
#define Z_NO_FLUSH      0
#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1
#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH    2
#define Z_FULL_FLUSH    3
#define Z_FINISH        4

#define Z_ERRNO (-1)
#define Z_STREAM_ERROR  (-2)
#define Z_DATA_ERROR    (-3)
#define Z_MEM_ERROR     (-4)
#define Z_BUF_ERROR     (-5)
#define Z_OK    0
#define Z_STREAM_END    1
#define Z_NEED_DICT     2

#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION   (-1)
#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION        0
#define Z_BEST_SPEED    1
#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION      9

#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY      0
#define Z_FILTERED      1
#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY  2

#define Z_BINARY        0
#define Z_ASCII 1
#define Z_UNKNOWN       2

#define Z_DEFLATED      8
2.3. Interfaces for libncurses
Table 2-3 defines the library name and shared object name for the libncurses library
Table 2-3. libncurses Definition
Library:	libncurses	
SONAME:	libncurses.so.5	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	

2.3.1. Curses
2.3.1.1. Interfaces for Curses
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Curses specified in Table 2-4, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 2-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces
addch [1]	has_ic [1]	mvwaddchnstr [1]	scr_init [1]	vwscanw [1]	
addchnstr [1]	has_il [1]	mvwaddchstr [1]	scr_restore [1]	waddch [1]	
addchstr [1]	hline [1]	mvwaddnstr [1]	scr_set [1]	waddchnstr [1]	
addnstr [1]	idcok [1]	mvwaddstr [1]	scrl [1]	waddchstr [1]	
addstr [1]	idlok [1]	mvwchgat [1]	scroll [1]	waddnstr [1]	
attr_get [1]	immedok [1]	mvwdelch [1]	scrollok [1]	waddstr [1]	
attr_off [1]	inch [1]	mvwgetch [1]	set_curterm [1]	wattr_get [1]	
attr_on [1]	inchnstr [1]	mvwgetnstr [1]	set_term [1]	wattr_off [1]	
attr_set [1]	inchstr [1]	mvwgetstr [1]	setscrreg [1]	wattr_on [1]	
attroff [1]	init_color [1]	mvwhline [1]	setupterm [1]	wattr_set [1]	
attron [1]	init_pair [1]	mvwin [1]	slk_attr_set [1]	wattroff [1]	
attrset [1]	initscr [1]	mvwinch [1]	slk_attroff [1]	wattron [1]	
baudrate [1]	innstr [1]	mvwinchnstr [1]	slk_attron [1]	wattrset [1]	
beep [1]	insch [1]	mvwinchstr [1]	slk_attrset [1]	wbkgd [1]	
bkgd [1]	insdelln [1]	mvwinnstr [1]	slk_clear [1]	wbkgdset [1]	
bkgdset [1]	insertln [1]	mvwinsch [1]	slk_color [1]	wborder [1]	
border [1]	insnstr [1]	mvwinsnstr [1]	slk_init [1]	wchgat [1]	
box [1]	insstr [1]	mvwinsstr [1]	slk_label [1]	wclear [1]	
can_change_color [1]	instr [1]	mvwinstr [1]	slk_noutrefresh [1]	wclrtobot [1]	
cbreak [1]	intrflush [1]	mvwprintw [1]	slk_refresh [1]	wclrtoeol [1]	
chgat [1]	is_linetouched [1]	mvwscanw [1]	slk_restore [1]	wcolor_set [1]	
clear [1]	is_wintouched [1]	mvwvline [1]	slk_set [1]	wcursyncup [1]	
clearok [1]	isendwin [1]	napms [1]	slk_touch [1]	wdelch [1]	
clrtobot [1]	keyname [1]	newpad [1]	standend [1]	wdeleteln [1]	
clrtoeol [1]	keypad [1]	newterm [1]	standout [1]	wechochar [1]	
color_content [1]	killchar [1]	newwin [1]	start_color [1]	werase [1]	
color_set [1]	leaveok [1]	nl [1]	subpad [1]	wgetch [1]	
copywin [1]	longname [1]	nocbreak [1]	subwin [1]	wgetnstr [1]	
curs_set [1]	meta [1]	nodelay [1]	syncok [1]	wgetstr [1]	
def_prog_mode [1]	move [1]	noecho [1]	termattrs [1]	whline [1]	
def_shell_mode [1]	mvaddch [1]	nonl [1]	termname [1]	winch [1]	
del_curterm [1]	mvaddchnstr [1]	noqiflush [1]	tgetent [1]	winchnstr [1]	
delay_output [1]	mvaddchstr [1]	noraw [1]	tgetflag [1]	winchstr [1]	
delch [1]	mvaddnstr [1]	notimeout [1]	tgetnum [1]	winnstr [1]	
deleteln [1]	mvaddstr [1]	overlay [1]	tgetstr [1]	winsch [1]	
delscreen [1]	mvchgat [1]	overwrite [1]	tgoto [1]	winsdelln [1]	
delwin [1]	mvcur [1]	pair_content [1]	tigetflag [1]	winsertln [1]	
derwin [1]	mvdelch [1]	pechochar [1]	tigetnum [1]	winsnstr [1]	
doupdate [1]	mvderwin [1]	pnoutrefresh [1]	tigetstr [1]	winsstr [1]	
dupwin [1]	mvgetch [1]	prefresh [1]	timeout [1]	winstr [1]	
echo [1]	mvgetnstr [1]	printw [1]	touchline [1]	wmove [1]	
echochar [1]	mvgetstr [1]	putp [1]	touchwin [1]	wnoutrefresh [1]	
endwin [1]	mvhline [1]	putwin [1]	tparm [1]	wprintw [1]	
erase [1]	mvinch [1]	qiflush [1]	tputs [1]	wredrawln [1]	
erasechar [1]	mvinchnstr [1]	raw [1]	typeahead [1]	wrefresh [1]	
filter [1]	mvinchstr [1]	redrawwin [1]	unctrl [1]	wscanw [1]	
flash [1]	mvinnstr [1]	refresh [1]	ungetch [1]	wscrl [1]	
flushinp [1]	mvinsch [1]	reset_prog_mode [1]	untouchwin [1]	wsetscrreg [1]	
getbkgd [1]	mvinsnstr [1]	reset_shell_mode [1]	use_env [1]	wstandend [1]	
getch [1]	mvinsstr [1]	resetty [1]	vidattr [1]	wstandout [1]	
getnstr [1]	mvinstr [1]	restartterm [1]	vidputs [1]	wsyncdown [1]	
getstr [1]	mvprintw [1]	ripoffline [1]	vline [1]	wsyncup [1]	
getwin [1]	mvscanw [1]	savetty [1]	vw_printw [1]	wtimeout [1]	
halfdelay [1]	mvvline [1]	scanw [1]	vw_scanw [1]	wtouchln [1]	
has_colors [1]	mvwaddch [1]	scr_dump [1]	vwprintw [1]	wvline [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Curses specified in Table 2-5, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 2-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces
COLORS [1]	COLS [1]	acs_map [1]	curscr [1]	
	
COLOR_PAIRS [1]	LINES [1]	cur_term [1]	stdscr [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018
2.4. Data Definitions for libncurses
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libncurses. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content.
These definitions are intended to supplement those provided in the referenced underlying specifications.
This specification uses ISO/IEC 9899 C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
2.4.1. curses.h

#define ERR     (-1)
#define OK      (0)
#define ACS_RARROW      (acs_map['+'])
#define ACS_LARROW      (acs_map[','])
#define ACS_UARROW      (acs_map['-'])
#define ACS_DARROW      (acs_map['.'])
#define ACS_BLOCK       (acs_map['0'])
#define ACS_CKBOARD     (acs_map['a'])
#define ACS_DEGREE      (acs_map['f'])
#define ACS_PLMINUS     (acs_map['g'])
#define ACS_BOARD       (acs_map['h'])
#define ACS_LANTERN     (acs_map['i'])
#define ACS_LRCORNER    (acs_map['j'])
#define ACS_URCORNER    (acs_map['k'])
#define ACS_ULCORNER    (acs_map['l'])
#define ACS_LLCORNER    (acs_map['m'])
#define ACS_PLUS        (acs_map['n'])
#define ACS_S1  (acs_map['o'])
#define ACS_HLINE       (acs_map['q'])
#define ACS_S9  (acs_map['s'])
#define ACS_LTEE        (acs_map['t'])
#define ACS_RTEE        (acs_map['u'])
#define ACS_BTEE        (acs_map['v'])
#define ACS_TTEE        (acs_map['w'])
#define ACS_VLINE       (acs_map['x'])
#define ACS_DIAMOND     (acs_map['`'])
#define ACS_BULLET      (acs_map['~'])
#define getmaxyx(win,y,x)       (y=(win)?((win)->_maxy+1):ERR,x=(win)?((win)->_maxx+1):ERR)
#define getbegyx(win,y,x)       (y=(win)?(win)->_begy:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_begx:ERR)
#define getyx(win,y,x)  (y=(win)?(win)->_cury:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_curx:ERR)
#define getparyx(win,y,x)       (y=(win)?(win)->_pary:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_parx:ERR)

#define WA_ALTCHARSET   A_ALTCHARSET
#define WA_ATTRIBUTES   A_ATTRIBUTES
#define WA_BLINK        A_BLINK
#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD
#define WA_DIM  A_DIM
#define WA_HORIZONTAL   A_HORIZONTAL
#define WA_INVIS        A_INVIS
#define WA_LEFT A_LEFT
#define WA_LOW  A_LOW
#define WA_NORMAL       A_NORMAL
#define WA_PROTECT      A_PROTECT
#define WA_REVERSE      A_REVERSE
#define WA_RIGHT        A_RIGHT
#define WA_STANDOUT     A_STANDOUT
#define WA_TOP  A_TOP
#define WA_UNDERLINE    A_UNDERLINE
#define WA_VERTICAL     A_VERTICAL
#define A_REVERSE       NCURSES_BITS(1UL,10)

#define COLOR_BLACK     0
#define COLOR_RED       1
#define COLOR_GREEN     2
#define COLOR_YELLOW    3
#define COLOR_BLUE      4
#define COLOR_MAGENTA   5
#define COLOR_CYAN      6
#define COLOR_WHITE     7

#define _SUBWIN 0x01
#define _ENDLINE        0x02
#define _FULLWIN        0x04
#define _ISPAD  0x10
#define _HASMOVED       0x20

typedef unsigned char bool;

typedef unsigned long chtype;
typedef struct screen SCREEN;
typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;
typedef chtype attr_t;
typedef struct
{
  attr_t attr;
  wchar_t chars[5];
}
cchar_t;
struct pdat
{
  short _pad_y;
  short _pad_x;
  short _pad_top;
  short _pad_left;
  short _pad_bottom;
  short _pad_right;
}
 ;

struct _win_st
{
  short _cury;
  short _curx;
  short _maxy;
  short _maxx;
  short _begy;
  short _begx;
  short _flags;
  attr_t _attrs;
  chtype _bkgd;
  bool _notimeout;
  bool _clear;
  bool _leaveok;
  bool _scroll;
  bool _idlok;
  bool _idcok;
  bool _immed;
  bool _sync;
  bool _use_keypad;
  int _delay;
  struct ldat *_line;
  short _regtop;
  short _regbottom;
  int _parx;
  int _pary;
  WINDOW *_parent;
  struct pdat _pad;
  short _yoffset;
  cchar_t _bkgrnd;
}
 ;
#define KEY_CODE_YES    0400
#define KEY_BREAK       0401
#define KEY_MIN 0401
#define KEY_DOWN        0402
#define KEY_UP  0403
#define KEY_LEFT        0404
#define KEY_RIGHT       0405
#define KEY_HOME        0406
#define KEY_BACKSPACE   0407
#define KEY_F0  0410
#define KEY_DL  0510
#define KEY_IL  0511
#define KEY_DC  0512
#define KEY_IC  0513
#define KEY_EIC 0514
#define KEY_CLEAR       0515
#define KEY_EOS 0516
#define KEY_EOL 0517
#define KEY_SF  0520
#define KEY_SR  0521
#define KEY_NPAGE       0522
#define KEY_PPAGE       0523
#define KEY_STAB        0524
#define KEY_CTAB        0525
#define KEY_CATAB       0526
#define KEY_ENTER       0527
#define KEY_SRESET      0530
#define KEY_RESET       0531
#define KEY_PRINT       0532
#define KEY_LL  0533
#define KEY_A1  0534
#define KEY_A3  0535
#define KEY_B2  0536
#define KEY_C1  0537
#define KEY_C3  0540
#define KEY_BTAB        0541
#define KEY_BEG 0542
#define KEY_CANCEL      0543
#define KEY_CLOSE       0544
#define KEY_COMMAND     0545
#define KEY_COPY        0546
#define KEY_CREATE      0547
#define KEY_END 0550
#define KEY_EXIT        0551
#define KEY_FIND        0552
#define KEY_HELP        0553
#define KEY_MARK        0554
#define KEY_MESSAGE     0555
#define KEY_MOVE        0556
#define KEY_NEXT        0557
#define KEY_OPEN        0560
#define KEY_OPTIONS     0561
#define KEY_PREVIOUS    0562
#define KEY_REDO        0563
#define KEY_REFERENCE   0564
#define KEY_REFRESH     0565
#define KEY_REPLACE     0566
#define KEY_RESTART     0567
#define KEY_RESUME      0570
#define KEY_SAVE        0571
#define KEY_SBEG        0572
#define KEY_SCANCEL     0573
#define KEY_SCOMMAND    0574
#define KEY_SCOPY       0575
#define KEY_SCREATE     0576
#define KEY_SDC 0577
#define KEY_SDL 0600
#define KEY_SELECT      0601
#define KEY_SEND        0602
#define KEY_SEOL        0603
#define KEY_SEXIT       0604
#define KEY_SFIND       0605
#define KEY_SHELP       0606
#define KEY_SHOME       0607
#define KEY_SIC 0610
#define KEY_SLEFT       0611
#define KEY_SMESSAGE    0612
#define KEY_SMOVE       0613
#define KEY_SNEXT       0614
#define KEY_SOPTIONS    0615
#define KEY_SPREVIOUS   0616
#define KEY_SPRINT      0617
#define KEY_SREDO       0620
#define KEY_SREPLACE    0621
#define KEY_SRIGHT      0622
#define KEY_SRSUME      0623
#define KEY_SSAVE       0624
#define KEY_SSUSPEND    0625
#define KEY_SUNDO       0626
#define KEY_SUSPEND     0627
#define KEY_UNDO        0630
#define KEY_MOUSE       0631
#define KEY_RESIZE      0632
#define KEY_MAX 0777

#define PAIR_NUMBER(a)  (((a)& A_COLOR)>>8)
#define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift)        ((mask)<<((shift)+8))
#define A_CHARTEXT      (NCURSES_BITS(1UL,0)-1UL)
#define A_NORMAL        0L
#define NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT      8
#define A_COLOR NCURSES_BITS(((1UL)<<8)-1UL,0)
#define A_BLINK NCURSES_BITS(1UL,11)
#define A_DIM   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,12)
#define A_BOLD  NCURSES_BITS(1UL,13)
#define A_ALTCHARSET    NCURSES_BITS(1UL,14)
#define A_INVIS NCURSES_BITS(1UL,15)
#define A_PROTECT       NCURSES_BITS(1UL,16)
#define A_HORIZONTAL    NCURSES_BITS(1UL,17)
#define A_LEFT  NCURSES_BITS(1UL,18)
#define A_LOW   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,19)
#define A_RIGHT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,20)
#define A_TOP   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,21)
#define A_VERTICAL      NCURSES_BITS(1UL,22)
#define A_STANDOUT      NCURSES_BITS(1UL,8)
#define A_UNDERLINE     NCURSES_BITS(1UL,9)
#define COLOR_PAIR(n)   NCURSES_BITS(n,0)
#define A_ATTRIBUTES    NCURSES_BITS(~(1UL-1UL),0)
2.5. Interfaces for libutil
Table 2-6 defines the library name and shared object name for the libutil library
Table 2-6. libutil Definition
Library:	libutil	
SONAME:	libutil.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
Linux Standard Base	

2.5.1. Utility Functions
2.5.1.1. Interfaces for Utility Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Utility Functions specified in Table 2-7, with the full functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 2-7. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces
forkpty [1]	login_tty [1]	logwtmp [1]	

login [1]	logout [1]	openpty [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. Linux Standard Base
2.6. Interface Definitions for libutil
The following interfaces are included in libutil and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed above for libutil shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
forkpty
Name
forkpty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int forkpty(int *amaster, 
        char *name,
        struct termios *termp,
        struct winsize *winp);
Description
The forkpty() function joins openpty(), fork(), and login_tty() to create a new process operating on a pseudo-tty. The file descriptor of the master side of the pseudo-tty is returned in amaster, and null or the filename of the slave in name. If non-null, the termp and winp parameters will determine the terminal attributes and window size of the slave side of the pseudo-tty.
Return Value
On success of the child process, zero is returned. When the parent process receives the PID of its child process, pid is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
login
Name
login — login utility function
Synopsis
void login(struct utmp *ut);
Description
The login() function updates the /var/run/utmp and /var/log/wtmp files with user information contained in ut.
login_tty
Name
login_tty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int login_tty(int fdr);
Description
login_tty() sets up for a login on the tty referenced by the file descriptor fdr. This function creates a new session, makes the tty for the current process the controlling terminal, sets the standard input, output, and error streams of the current process, and closes fdr.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
logout
Name
logout — logout utility function
Synopsis
int logout(const char *line);
Description
Given the device line, the logout() function removes the entry from the corresponding /var/run/utmp system file.
Return Value
Zero is returned if there was no entry to remove. A non-zero return value indicates success.
logwtmp
Name
logwtmp — append an entry to the wtmp file
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

void logwtmp(const char *line, const char *name, const char *host);
Description
logwtmp() constructs an utmp structure using line, name, host, current time and current process id. Then it calls updwtmp() to append the structure to the utmp file.
Availability
Both functions are available under glibc2, but not under libc5. However, logwtmp occurs in the old libbsd.
Files
/var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
openpty
Name
openpty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int openpty(int *amaster, 
        int *aslave, 
        char *name,
        struct termios *termp,
        struct winsize *winp);
Description
The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the amaster and aslave. The filename of the slave is returned in name, otherwise a null. The terminal parameters of the slave will be set to the values in termp, otherwise a null. The window size of the slave will be set to the values in winp, otherwise a null.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOENT
 	There are no available ttys.

III. Commands and Utilities

Chapter 3. Commands and Utilities
3.1. Commands and Utilities
If any operand (except one which follows --) starts with a hyphen the behavior is unspecified. 1
The following table lists the Commands and Utilities. Unless otherwise specified the command or utility is described in the Single UNIX Specification (SUS). When an interface is not defined in the Single UNIX Specification, then the next prevailing standard is referenced (ie., POSIX, SVID).
The behavior of the interfaces described in this section are specified by the following standards.
Linux Standard Base 2	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3 3	

Table 3-1. Commands and Utilities
[ 3	ar 2	at 2	awk 2	basename 3	
batch 2	bc 2	cat 3	chfn 2	chgrp 2	
chmod 3	chown 2	chsh 2	cksum 3	cmp 3	
col 2	comm 3	cp 3	cpio 2	crontab 2	
csplit 3	cut 2	date 3	dd 3	df 2	
diff 3	dirname 3	dmesg 2	du 2	echo 2	
egrep 2	env 3	expand 3	expr 3	false 3	
fgrep 2	file 2	find 2	fold 3	fuser 2	
gencat 3	getconf 3	gettext 2	grep 2	groupadd 2	
groupdel 2	groupmod 2	groups 2	gunzip 2	gzip 2	
head 3	hostname 2	iconv 3	id 3	install 2	
install_initd 2	ipcrm 2	ipcs 2	join 3	kill 3	
killall 2	ln 3	locale 3	localedef 3	logname 3	
lpr 2	ls 2	lsb_release 2	m4 2	make 3	
man 3	md5sum 2	mkdir 3	mkfifo 3	mknod 2	
mktemp 2	more 2	mount 2	msgfmt 2	mv 3	
newgrp 2	nice 3	nl 3	nohup 3	od 2	
passwd 2	paste 3	patch 2	pathchk 3	pidof 2	
pr 3	printf 3	ps 3	pwd 3	remove_initd 2	
renice 2	rm 3	rmdir 3	sed 2	sendmail 2	
sh 3	shutdown 2	sleep 3	sort 3	split 3	
strip 3	stty 3	su 2	sync 2	tail 3	
tar 2	tee 3	test 3	time 3	touch 3	
tr 3	true 3	tsort 3	tty 3	umount 2	
uname 3	unexpand 3	uniq 3	useradd 2	userdel 2	
usermod 2	wc 3	xargs 2	

3.2. Command Behavior
This section contains descriptions for commands and utilities whose specified behavior in the LSB contradicts or extends the standards referenced. It also contains commands and utilities only required by the LSB and not specified by other standards.
ar
Name
ar — create and maintain library archives (LSB DEPRECATED)
Description
ar is deprecated from the LSB and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB. 1
ar is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-T
-C
 	need not be accepted.
-l
 	has unspecified behavior.
-q
 	has unspecified behavior; using -r is suggested.
Notes
1. 	The LSB generally does not include software development utilities nor does it specify .o and .a file formats.
at
Name
at — examine or delete jobs for later execution
Description
at is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-d
 	is functionally equivalent to the -r option specified in the Single UNIX Specification.
-r
 	need not be supported, but the '-d' option is equivalent.
-t time
 	need not be supported.
Files
The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
awk
Name
awk — pattern scanning and processing language
Description
awk is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized regular expressions are optional; see Internationalization and Regular Expressions>.
batch
Name
batch — execute commands when the system load permits
Description
The specification for batch is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with the following differences as listed below.
Files
The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
bc
Name
bc — An arbitrary precision calculator language
Description
bc is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-s, --standard
 	processes exactly the POSIX bc language.
-w, --warn
 	gives warnings for extensions to POSIX bc.
chfn
Name
chfn — change user name and information
Synopsis
chfn [-f full_name] [-h home-phone] [user]
Description
chfn changes user fullname and other information for a user's account. This information is typically printed by finger and similar programs. A normal user may only change the fields for their own account, the super user may change the fields for any account.
The only restrictions placed on the contents of the fields is that no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or equal sign.
If none of the options are selected, chfn operates in an interactive fashion. The prompts and expected input in interactive mode are unspecified and should not be relied upon.
As it is possible for the system to be configured to restrict which fields a non-privileged user is permitted to change, applications should be written to gracefully handle these situations.
Standard Options
-f full_name
 	sets the user's full name.
-h home-phone
 	sets the user's home phone number.
1
Notes
1. 	The following two options are expected to be added in a future version of the LSB:
-o office
 	sets the user's office room number.
-p office-phone
 	sets the user's office phone number.
Note that some implementations contain a "-o other" option which specifies an additional field called "other". Traditionally, this field is not subject to the constraints about legitimate characters in fields. Also, one traditionally shall have appropriate privileges to change the other field. At this point there is no consensus about whether it is desirable to specify the other field; applications may wish to avoid using it.
The "-w work_phone" field found in some implementations should be replaced by the "-p office_phone" field. The "-r room_number" field found in some implementations is the equivalent of the "-o office" option mentioned above; which one of these two options to specify will depend on implementation experience and the decision regarding the other field.
The intention is for chfn to match the behavior of finger; some historical implementations have been broken in the sense that finger and chfn do not agree on what the fields are.
chgrp
Name
chgrp — change file group
Description
chgrp is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The -L, -H, and -P options need not be supported.
chown
Name
chown — change file owner and group
Description
chown is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The -L, -H, and -P options need not be supported.
chsh
Name
chsh — change login shell
Synopsis
chsh [-s login_shell] [user]
Description
chsh changes the user login shell. This determines the name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only change the login shell for their own account, the super user may change the login shell for any account.
The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the command name shall be listed in /etc/shells, unless the invoker is the super-user, and then any value may be added. Accounts which are restricted (in an implementation-defined manner) may not change their login shell.
If the -s option is not selected, chsh operates in an interactive mode. The prompts and expected input in this mode are implementation-defined.
Standard Options
-s login_shell
 	sets the login shell.
col
Name
col — filter reverse line feeds from input
Description
col is as specified in the The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) Version 2, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604) with the difference that the -p option has unspecified behavior.
Although col is shown as legacy in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, it is not (yet) deprecated in the LSB.
cpio
Name
cpio — copy file archives in and out
Description
cpio is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized filename globbing are optional; see Internationalization and Filename Globbing>.
crontab
Name
crontab — maintain crontab files for individual users
Synopsis
crontab [ -u user ] file
crontab [ -u user ] { -l | -r | -e }
Description
crontab is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Files
The files cron.allow and cron.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
cut
Name
cut — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
cut is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-n
 	has unspecified behavior.
df
Name
df — report filesystem disk space usage
Description
df is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with the following differences.
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k.
If an argument is the absolute file name of a disk device node containing a mounted filesystem, df shows the space available on that filesystem rather than on the filesystem containing the device node (which is always the root filesystem).
dmesg
Name
dmesg — print or control the kernel ring buffer
Synopsis
dmesg [ -c ] [ -n level ] [ -s bufsize ]
Description
dmesg examines or controls the kernel ring buffer.
Standard Options
-c 
 	clears the ring buffer contents after printing.
-n level
 	sets the level at which logging of messages is done to the console.
-s bufsize
 	uses a buffer of bufsize to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 8196 by default (this matches the default kernel syslog buffer size in 2.0.33 and 2.1.103). If you have set the kernel buffer to larger than the default then this option can be used to view the entire buffer.
du
Name
du — estimate file space usage
Description
du is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k.
echo
Name
echo — display a line of text
Synopsis
echo [STRING]... 
Description
The echo command is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with the following differences.
Unlike the behavior specified in the Single UNIX Specification, whether echo supports options is implementation defined. The behavior of echo if any arguments contain backslashes is also implementation defined. Applications shall not run echo with a first argument starting with a hyphen, or with any arguments containing backslashes; they shall use printf in those cases. 1
Notes
1. 	The behavior specified here is similar to that specified by the Single UNIX Specification version 3 without the XSI option. However, the LSB forbids all options and the latter forbids only -n.
egrep
Name
egrep — search a file with an ERE pattern
Description
egrep is equivalent to grep -E. For further details, see the specification for grep.
fgrep
Name
fgrep — search a file with a fixed pattern
Description
fgrep is equivalent to grep -F. For further details, see the specification for grep.
file
Name
file — determine file type
Description
file is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The -M, -h, -d, and -i options need not be supported.
find
Name
find — search for files in a directory hierarchy
Description
find is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with additional options as specified below.
Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized filename globbing are optional; see Internationalization and Filename Globbing>.
fuser
Name
fuser — identify processes using files or sockets
Description
fuser is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-c
 	has unspecified behavior.
-f
 	has unspecified behavior.
gettext
Name
gettext — retrieve text string from message database
Synopsis
gettext [ options ] [ textdomain ] msgid

gettext -s [ options ] msgid ...
Description
The gettext utility retrieves a translated text string corresponding to string msgid from a message object generated with msgfmt utility.
The message object name is derived from the optional argument textdomain if present, otherwise from the TEXTDOMAIN environment. If no domain is specified, or if a corresponding string cannot be found, gettext prints msgid.
Ordinarily gettext looks for its message object in dirname/lang/LC_MESSAGES where dirname is the implementation-defined default directory and lang is the locale name. If present, the TEXTDOMAINDIR environment variable replaces the dirname.
This utility interprets C escape sequences such as \t for tab. Use \\ to print a backslash. To produce a message on a line of its own, either put a \n at the end of msgid, or use this command in conjunction with printf utility.
When used with the -s option the utility behaves like the echo utility. But it does not simply copy its arguments to standard output. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated.
Options
-d domainname
--domain=domainname
 	Retrieve translated messages from domainname.
-e
 	Enable expansion of some escape sequences.
-n
 	Suppress trailing newline.
Operands
The following operands are supported:
textdomain
 	A domain name used to retrieve the messages.
msgid
 	A key to retrieve the localized message.
Environment Variables
LANGUAGE
 	Specifies one or more locale names. See gettext message handling functions for more information.
LANG
 	Specifies locale name.
LC_MESSAGES
 	Specifies messaging locale, and if present overrides LANG for messages.
TEXTDOMAIN
 	Specifies the text domain name, which is identical to the message object filename without .mo suffix.
TEXTDOMAINDIR
 	Specifies the pathname to the message database, and if present replaces the implementation-defined default directory.
Exit Status
The following exit values are returned:
0
 	Successful completion.
>0
 	An error occurred.
grep
Name
grep — print lines matching a pattern
Description
grep is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
LSB Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized regular expressions are optional; see Internationalization and Regular Expressions>.
groupadd
Name
groupadd — create a new group
Synopsis
groupadd [-g gid [-o]] group
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the group's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative.
groupdel
Name
groupdel — delete a group
Synopsis
groupdel group
Description
groupdel modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to group. The named group shall exist.
groupmod
Name
groupmod — modify a group
Synopsis
groupmod [-g gid [-o]] [-n group_name ] group
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the group's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative. Any files which the old group ID is the file group ID shall have the file group ID changed manually.
-n groupname
 	changes the name of the group from group to group_name.
groups
Name
groups — display a group
Synopsis
groups [user]
Description
groups displays the current group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in the group database, the value will be displayed as the numerical group value. The optional user parameter will display the groups for the named user.
gunzip
Name
gunzip — uncompress files
Description
gunzip is equivalent to gzip -d. See the specification for gzip for further details.
gzip
Name
gzip — compress or expand files
Synopsis
gzip [ -acdfhlLnNrtvV19 ] [-S suffix] [ name ...  ]
Description
gzip tries to reduce the size of the named files. Whenever possible, each file is replaced by one with the extension .gz, while keeping the same ownership modes, access and modification times. If no files are specified, or if a file name is "-", the standard input is compressed to the standard output. gzip will only attempt to compress regular files. In particular, it will ignore symbolic links.
When compressing, gzip uses the deflate algorithm specified in RFC1951 and stores the result in a file using the gzip file format specified in RFC1952.
Options
-a, --ascii
 	does nothing on Linux systems.
-c, --stdout, --to-stdout
 	writes output on standard output; keeps original files unchanged. If there are several input files, the output consists of a sequence of independently compressed members. To obtain better compression, concatenate all input files before compressing them.
-d, --decompress, --uncompress
 	decompresses.
-f, --force
 	forces compression or decompression even if the file has multiple links or the corresponding file already exists, or if the compressed data is read from or written to a terminal. If the input data is not in a format recognized by gzip, and if the option --stdout is also given, copy the input data without change to the standard ouput: let gzip behave as cat. If -f is not given, and when not running in the background, gzip prompts to verify whether an existing file should be overwritten.
-l, --list
 	lists the compressed size, uncompressed size, ration and uncompressed name for each compressed file. Gives the uncompressed size as -1 for files not in gzip format. Additionally displays method, crc and timestamp for the uncompress file when used in combination with --verbose.
The compression methods currently supported are deflate, compress, lzh (SCO compress -H) and pack. The crc is given as ffffffff for a file not in gzip format.
With --name, the uncompressed name, date and time are those stored within the compress file, if present.
With --verbose, the size totals and compression ratio for all files is also displayed, unless some sizes are unknown. With --quiet, the title and totals lines are not displayed.
-L, --license
 	displays the gzip license and quit.
-n, --no-name
 	does not save the original file name and time stamp by default when compressing. (The original name is always saved if the name had to be truncated.) When decompressing, do not restore the original file name if present (remove only the gzip suffix from the compressed file name) and do not restore the original time stamp if present (copy it from the compressed file). This option is the default when decompressing.
-N, --name
 	always saves the original file name and time stamp when compressing; this is the default. When decompressing, restore the original file name and time stamp if present. This option is useful on systems which have a limit on file name length or when the time stamp has been lost after a file transfer.
-q, --quiet
 	suppresses all warnings.
-r, --recursive
 	travels the directory structure recursively. If any of the file names specified on the command line are directories, gzip will descend into the directory and compress all the files it finds there (or decompress them in the case of gunzip).
-S .suf, --sufix .suf
 	uses suffix .suf instead of .gz.
-t, --test
 	checks the compressed file integrity.
-v, --verbose
 	displays the name and percentage reduction for each file compressed or decompressed.
-#, --fast, --best
 	regulates the speed of compression using the specified digit #, where -1 or --fast indicates the fastest compression method (less compression) and -9 or --best indicates the slowest compression method (best compression). The default compression level is -6 (that is, biased towards high compression at expense of speed).
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V, --version
 	displays the version number and compilation options, then quits.
hostname
Name
hostname — show the system's host name
Synopsis
hostname [-v] [-a] [--alias] [-d] [--domain] [-f] [--fqdn]
[-i] [--ip-address] [--long] [-s]  [--short]  [-y]  [--yp]
[--nis]

hostname [-v] [-F filename] [--file filename] [hostname]

hostname [-v] [-h] [--help] [-V] [--version]
Description
hostname is used to either set or display the current host or domain name of the system. This name is used by many of the networking programs to identify the machine. The domain name is also used by NIS/YP.
When called without any arguments, the program displays the name of the system as returned by the gethostname(2) function.
When called with one argument or with the --file option, the commands set the host name or the NIS/YP domain name. Note, that only the super-user can change the names.
Options
-a, --alias
 	displays the alias name of the host (if used).
-d, --domain
 	displays the name of the DNS domain.
-F, --file filename
 	reads the host name from the specified file. Comments (lines starting with a #) are ignored.
-f, --fqdn, --long
 	displays the FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name).
-i, --ip-address
 	displays the IP address(es) of the host.
-s, --short
 	displays the short host name. This is the host name cut at the first dot.
-v, --verbose
 	tells what's going on.
-y, --yp, --nis
 	displays the NIS domain name. If a parameter is given (or --file name) then root can also set a new NIS domain.
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V, --version
 	prints version information on standard output and exits successfully.
install
Name
install — copy files and set attributes
Synopsis
install [OPTION]... SOURCE DEST           (1st format)
install [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY   (2nd format)
install -d [OPTION]... DIRECTORY...       (3rd format)
Description
In the first two formats, copy SOURCE to DEST or multiple SOURCE(s) to the existing DIRECTORY, while setting permission modes and owner/group. In the third format, create all components of the given DIRECTORY(ies).
Standard Options
--backup[=CONTROL]
 	makes a backup of each existing destination file.
-b
 	is like --backup, but does not accept an argument.
-d, --directory
 	treats all arguments as directory names; creates all components of the specified directories.
-D
 	creates all leading components of DEST except the last, then copies SOURCE to DEST; useful in the 1st format.
-g, --group=GROUP
 	sets group ownership, instead of process' current group.
-m, --mode=MODE
 	sets permission mode (as in chmod), instead of rwxr-xr-x.
-o, --owner=OWNER
 	sets ownership (super-user only).
-p, --preserve-timestamps
 	applies access/modification times of SOURCE files to corresponding destination files.
-s, --strip
 	strips symbol tables, only for 1st and 2nd formats.
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	overrides the usual backup suffix.
--verbose
 	prints the name of each directory as it is created.
install_initd
Name
install_initd — install an init.d file
Synopsis
/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd initd_file
Description
install_initd installs an init.d file that has been copied to the /etc/init.d location or symlink. In the postinstall script of a package, the program /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd configures a distribution's boot script system to call the init.d file of the package at an appropriate time. See also Section 8.4.
ipcrm
Name
ipcrm — provide information on ipc facilities
Synopsis
ipcrm [ shm | msg | sem ] id...
Description
ipcrm removes the resource(s) specified by id.
ipcs
Name
ipcs — provide information on ipc facilities
Synopsis
ipcs [ -smq ] [ -tcp ]
Description
ipcs provides information on the ipc facilities for which the calling process has read access.
Resource display options
-m
 	shared memory segments.
-q
 	message queues.
-s
 	semaphore arrays.
Output format options
-t
 	time.
-p
 	pid.
-c
 	creator.
Application Usage
In some implementations of ipcs the -a option will print all information available. In other implementations the -a option will print all resource types. Therefore, applications shall not use the -a option.
Some implements of ipcs implement more output formats than are specified here. These options are not consistent between differing implementations of ipcs. Therefore, only the -t -c and -p option flags may be used. At least one of the -t -c and -p options shall be specified.
killall
Name
killall — kill processes by name
Synopsis
killall [-egiqvw] [-signal] name ...
killall -l
killall -V
Description
killall sends a signal to all processes running any of the specified commands. If no signal name is specified, SIGTERM is sent.
Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1). Signal 0 (check if a process exists) can only be specified by number.
If the command name contains a slash (/), processes executing that particular file will be selected for killing, independent of their name.
killall returns a non-zero return code if no process has been killed for any of the listed commands. If at least one process has been killed for each command, killall returns zero.
A killall process never kills itself (but may kill other killall processes).
Standard Options
-e
 	requires an exact match for very long names. If a command name is longer than 15 characters, the full name may be unavailable (i.e. it is swapped out). In this case, killall will kill everything that matches within the first 15 characters. With -e, such entries are skipped. killall prints a message for each skipped entry if -v is specified in addition to -e.
-g
 	kills the process group to which the process belongs. The kill signal is only sent once per group, even if multiple processes belonging to the same process group were found.
-i
 	asks interactively for confirmation before killing.
-l
 	lists all known signal names.
-q
 	does not complain if no processes were killed.
-v
 	reports if the signal was successfully sent.
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V
 	displays version information.
lpr
Name
lpr — off line print
Synopsis
lpr [-l] [-p] [-Pprinter] [-h] [-s] [-#copies] [-J name]
    [-T title] [name ...]
Description
lpr uses a spooling daemon to print the named files when facilities become available. If no names appear, the standard input is assumed.
Standard Options
-l
 	identifies binary data that is not to be filtered but sent as raw input to printer.
-p
 	formats with "pr" before sending to printer.
-Pprinter
 	sends output to the printer named printer instead of the default printer.
-h
 	suppresses header page.
-s
 	uses symbolic links.
-#copies
 	specifies copies as the number of copies to print.
-J name
 	specifies name as the job name for the header page.
-T title
 	specifies title as the title used for "pr".
ls
Name
ls — list directory contents
Description
ls is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, but with differences listed below.
Differences
-p
 	in addition to the Single UNIX Specification behavior of printing a slash for a directory, ls -p may display other characters for other file types.
Certain aspects of internationalized filename globbing are optional; see Internationalization and Filename Globbing>.
lsb_release
Name
lsb_release — print distribution specific information
Synopsis
lsb_release [OPTION]...
Description
The lsb_release command prints certain LSB (Linux Standard Base) and Distribution information.
With no option, same as -v.
Options
-v, --version
 	displays version of LSB against which distribution is compliant. The version is expressed as a colon seperated list of LSB module descriptions. LSB module descriptions are dash seperated tuples containing the module name, version, and architecture name. The output is a single line of text of the following format:
LSB Version:\t<ListAsDescribedAbove>
-i, --id
 	displays string id of distributor. The output is a single line of text of the following format:
Distributor ID:\t<DistributorID>
-d, --description
 	displays single line text description of distribution. The output is of the following format:
Description:\t<Description>
-r, --release
 	displays release number of distribution. The output is a single line of text of the following format:
Release:\t<Release>
-c, --codename
 	displays codename according to distribution release. The output is a single line of text of the following format.
Codename:\t<Codename>
-a, --all
 	displays all of the above information.
-s, --short
 	displays all of the above information in short output format.
-h, --help
 	displays a human-readable help message.
Examples
The following command will list the LSB Profiles which are currently supported on this platform.
example% lsb_release -v
LSB Version: core-2.0-ia32:graphics-2.0-ia32
m4
Name
m4 — macro processor
Description
m4 is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with extensions as listed below.
Extensions
-P
 	forces a m4_ prefix to all builtins.
-I directory
 	Add directory to the end of the search path for includes.
md5sum
Name
md5sum — generates or checks MD5 message digests
Synopsis
md5sum [-b] [-c [file]] | [file...]
Description
For each file, write to standard output a line containing the MD5 checksum of that file, followed by one or more blank characters, followed by the name of the file. The MD5 checksum shall be calculated according to RFC1321 and output as 32 hexadecimal digits (as RFC1321 does).
If no file names are specified as operands, read from standard input and use "-" as the file name in the output.
Options
-b
 	uses binary mode.
-c [file]
 	checks md5sum of all files listed in file against the checksum listed in the same file. The actual format of that file is the same as output of md5sum. That is, each line in the file describes a file.
mknod
Name
mknod — make block or character special files
Synopsis
mknod [OPTION]... NAME TYPE [MAJOR MINOR]
Description
Create the special file NAME of the given TYPE.
MAJOR MINOR are forbidden for TYPE p, mandatory otherwise. TYPE may be:
b
 	creates a block (buffered) special file.
c, u
 	creates a character (unbuffered) special file.
p
 	creates a FIFO.
Standard Options
-m, --mode=MODE
 	sets permission mode (as in chmod), not a=rw - umask.
--version
 	outputs version information and exits.
mktemp
Name
mktemp — make temporary file name (unique)
Synopsis
mktemp [-q] [-u] template
Description
mktemp takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application.
Options
-q
 	fails silently if an error occurs. This is useful if a script does not want error output to go to standard error.
-u
 	operates in `unsafe' mode. The temp file will be unlinked before mktemp exits. This is slightly better than mktemp(3) but still introduces a race condition. Use of this option is not encouraged.
more
Name
more — file perusal filter for crt viewing
Description
more is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The more command need not respect the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.
The more command need not support the following interactive commands: 
g	
G	
u	
control u	
control f	
newline	
j	
k	
r	
R	
m	
' (return to mark)	
/!	
?	
N	
:e	
:t	
control g	
ZZ	

-num
 	specifies an integer which is the screen size (in lines).
-e
 	has unspecified behavior.
-i
 	has unspecified behavior.
-n
 	has unspecified behavior.
-p
 	Either (1) clear the whole screen and then display the text (instead of the usual scrolling behavior), or (2) provide the behavior specified by the Single UNIX Specification. In the latter case, the syntax is "-p command".
-t
 	has unspecified behavior.
+num
 	starts at line number num.
+/string
 	specifies a string that will be searched for before each file is displayed.
Rationale
The +num and +/string options are deprecated in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2; however we shall continue to specify them because util-linux-2.11f does not support the replacement (-p command). The +command option as found in the Single UNIX Specification is more general than what we specify, but util-linux-2.11f appears to only support the more specific +num and +/string forms.
mount
Name
mount — mount a file system 
Synopsis
mount [-hV]
mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t vfstype]
mount [-fnrsvw] [-o options [,...]] device | dir
mount [-fnrsvw] [-t vfstype] [-o options] device dir
Description
Files are named in a big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at /. These files can be spread out over several devices. mount serves to attach the file system found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, umount(8) will detach it again.
Standard Options
-v
 	invokes verbose mode.
-a
 	mounts all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in fstab.
-F
 	combines with -a. to fork off a new incarnation of mount for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel.
-f
 	causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this `fakes' mounting the file system.
-n
 	mounts without writing in /etc/mtab. This is necessary for example when /etc is on a read-only file system.
-s
 	tolerates sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option.
-r
 	mounts the file system read-only. A synonym is -o ro.
-w
 	mounts the file system read/write. (default) A synonym is -o rw.
-L label
 	mounts the partition that has the specified label.
-U uuid
 	mounts the partition that has the specified uuid. These two options require the file /proc/partitions to exist.
-t vfstype
 	indicates a file system type of vfstype.
More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-o
 	options are specified with a -o flag followed by a comma-separated string of options. Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the /etc/fstab file. The following options apply to any file system that is being mounted:
async
 	does all I/O to the file system asynchronously.
atime
 	updates inode access time for each access. (default)
auto
 	is mountable with -a.
defaults
 	uses default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async.
dev
 	interprets character or block special devices on the file system.
exec
 	permits execution of binaries.
noatime
 	does not update inode access times on this file system.
noauto
 	is only explicitly mountable.
nodev
 	does not interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
noexec
 	does not allow execution of any binaries on the mounted file system.
nosuid
 	does not allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
nouser
 	forbids an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. (default)
remount
 	attempts to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a read-only file system writable.
ro
 	mounts the file system read-only.
rw
 	mounts the file system read-write.
suid
 	allows set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
sync
 	does all I/O to the file system synchronously.
user
 	allows an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options noexec, nosuid, and nodev (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line user,exec,dev,suid).
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V
 	outputs version.
msgfmt
Name
msgfmt — create a message object from a message file 
Synopsis
msgfmt [ options ] filename.po ...
Description
msgfmt creates message object files from portable object files (filename.po), without changing the portable object files.
The .po file contains messages displayed to users by system utilities or by application programs. .po files can be edited, and the messages in them can be rewritten in any language supported by the system.
If input file is -, standard input is read.
The xgettext utility can be used to create .po files from script or programs.
msgfmt interprets data as characters according to the current setting of the LC_CTYPE locale category.
Options
-D directory
--directory=directory
 	Add directory to list for input files search.
-f
--use-fuzzy
 	Use fuzzy entries in output. If this option is not specified, fuzzy entries are not included into the output.
-o output-file
--output-file=output-file
 	Specify output file name as output-file. If multiple domains or duplicate msgids in the .po file are present, the behavior is unspecified. If output-file is -, output is written to standard output.
--strict
 	Direct the utility to work strictly following the UniForum/Sun implementation. Currently this only affects the naming of the output file. If this option is not given the name of the output file is the same as the domain name. If the strict UniForum mode is enabled the suffix .mo is added to the file name if it is not already present.
-v
--verbose
 	Detect and diagnose input file anomalies which might represent translation errors. The msgid and msgstr strings are studied and compared. It is considered abnormal that one string starts or ends with a newline while the other does not.
Also, if the string represents a format string used in a printf-like function both strings should have the same number of % format specifiers, with matching types. If the flag c-format or possible-c-format appears in the special comment #, for this entry a check is performed. For example, the check will diagnose using %.*s against %s, or %d against %s, or %d against %x. It can even handle positional parameters.
Operands
The filename.po operands are treated as portable object files. The format of portable object files is defined in EXTENDED DESCRIPTION.
Standard Input
The standard input is not used unless a filename.po operand is specified as "-".
Environment Variables
LANGUAGE
 	Specifies one or more locale names. See gettext message handling functions for more information.
LANG
 	Specifies locale name.
LC_ALL
 	Specifies locale name for all categories. If defined, overrides LANG, LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES.
LC_CTYPE
 	Specifies locale name for character handling.
LC_MESSAGES
 	Specifies messaging locale, and if present overrides LANG for messages.
Standard Output
The standard output is not used unless the option-argument of the -o option is specified as -.
Extended Description
The format of portable object files (.po files) is defined as follows. Each .po file contains one or more lines, with each line containing either a comment or a statement. Comments start the line with a hash mark (#) and end with the newline character. All comments and empty lines are ignored. The format of a statement is:
directive value
Each directive starts at the beginning of the line and is separated from value by white space (such as one or more space or tab characters). value consists of one or more quoted strings separated by white space. If two or more strings are specified as value, they are normalized into single string using the string normalization syntax the same as the ISO C language. Use any of the following types of directives:
domain domainname
msgid message_identifier
msgid_plural untranslated_string_plural
msgstr message_string
msgstr[n] message_string
The behavior of the domain directive is affected by the options used. See OPTIONS for the behavior when the -o option is specified. If the -o option is not specified, the behavior of the domain directive is as follows: (1) All msgids from the beginning of each .po file to the first domain directive are put into a default message object file, messages (or messages.mo if --strict option is specified). (2) When msgfmt encounters a domain domainname directive in the .po file, all following msgids until the next domain directive are put into the message object file domainname (or domainname.mo if --strict option is specified). (3) Duplicate msgids are defined in the scope of each domain. That is, a msgid is considered a duplicate only if the identical msgid exists in the same domain. (4) All duplicate msgids are ignored.
The msgid directive specifies the value of a message identifier associated with the directive that follows it. The msgid_plural directive specifies the plural form message specified to the plural message handling functions ngettext(), dngettext() or dcngettext(). The message_identifier string identifies a target string to be used at retrieval time. Each statement containing a msgid directive shall be followed by a statement containing a msgstr directive or msgstr[n] directives.
The msgstr directive specifies the target string associated with the message_identifier string declared in the immediately preceding msgid directive.
The msgstr[n] (where n = 0, 1, 2, ...) directive specifies the target string to be used with plural form handling functions ngettext(), dngettext() and dcngettext().
Message strings can contain the escape sequences \n for newline, \t for tab, \v for vertical tab, \b for backspace, \r for carriage return, \f for formfeed, \\ for backslash, \" for double quote, \ddd for octal bit pattern, and \xHH for hexadecimal bit pattern.
Comments should be in one of the following formats:
# translator-comments
#. automatic-comments
#: reference...
#, flag
The comments that starts with #. and #: are automatically generated by xgettext utility. The #: comments indicate the location of the msgid string in the source files in filename:line format. The #. comments are generated when -c option of the xgettext utility is specified. These comments are informative only and silently ignored by the msgfmt utility.
The #, comments requires one or more flags separated by comma (,) character. The following flags can be specified:
fuzzy
 	This flag can be generated by the msgmerge utility or can be inserted by the translator. It shows that the msgstr string might not be a correct translation (anymore). Only the translator can judge if the translation requires further modification, or is acceptable as is. Once satisfied with the translation, the translator then removes this fuzzy flag. The msgmerge programs inserts this when it combined the msgid and msgstr entries after fuzzy search only.
If this flag is specified, the msgfmt utility will not generate the entry for the immediately following msgid in the output message catalog.
c-format
no-c-format
 	The flags are automatically added by the xgettext utility and they should not be added manually. The c-format flag indicates that the msgid string is used as format string by printf-like functions. In case the c-format flag is given for a string the msgfmt utility does some more tests to check to validity of the translation.
The msgid entry with empty string ("") is called the header entry and treated specially. If the message string for the header entry contains nplurals=value, the value indicates the number of plural forms. For example, if nplurals=4, there are 4 plural forms. If nplurals is defined, there should be plural=expression in the same line, separated by a semicolon (;) character. The expression is a C language expression to determine which version of msgstr[n] to be used based on the value of n, the last argument of ngettext(), dngettext() or dcngettext(). For example:
nplurals=2; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : 1
indicates that there are 2 plural forms in the language; msgstr[0] is used if n == 1, otherwise msgstr[1] is used. Another example:
nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : 2
indicates that there are 3 plural forms in the language; msgstr[0] is used if n == 1, msgstr[1] is used if n == 2, otherwise msgstr[2] is used.
If the header entry contains charset=codeset string, the codeset is used to indicate the codeset to be used to encode the message strings. If the output string's codeset is different from the message string's codeset, codeset conversion from the message strings's codeset to the output string's codeset will be performed upon the call of gettext(), dgettext(), dcgettext(), ngettext(), dngettext(), and dcngettext(). The output string's codeset is determined by the current locale's codeset (the return value of nl_langinfo(CODESET)) by default, and can be changed by the call of bind_textdomain_codeset().
Exit Status
The following exit values are returned:
0
 	Successful completion.
>0
 	An error occurred.
Application Usage
Neither msgfmt nor any gettext() routine imposes a limit on the total length of a message. Installing message catalogs under the C locale is pointless, since they are ignored for the sake of efficiency.
Examples
Example 1: Examples of creating message objects from message files.
In this example module1.po and module2.po are portable message objects files.
example% cat module1.po

# default domain "messages"

msgid "msg 1"

msgstr "msg 1 translation"

#

domain "help_domain"

msgid "help 2"

msgstr "help 2 translation"

#

domain "error_domain"

msgid "error 3"

msgstr "error 3 translation"

example% cat module2.po

# default domain "messages"

msgid "mesg 4"

msgstr "mesg 4 translation"

#

domain "error_domain"

msgid "error 5"

msgstr "error 5 translation"

#

domain "window_domain"

msgid "window 6"

msgstr "window 6 translation"
The following command will produce the output files, messages, help_domain, and error_domain.
example% msgfmt module1.po
The following command will produce the output files, messages, help_domain, error_domain, and window_domain.
example% msgfmt module1.po module2.po
The following example will produce the output file hello.mo.
example% msgfmt -o hello.mo module1.po module2.po
newgrp
Name
newgrp — change group ID
Synopsis
newgrp [-] [group]
Description
newgrp changes the current group ID during a login session. If the optional - flag is given, the user's environment will be reinitialized as though the user had logged in, otherwise the current environment, including current working directory, remains unchanged.
od
Name
od — dump files in octal and other formats 
Description
od is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with extensions as listed below.
Extensions
-w, --width[=BYTES]
 	outputs BYTES bytes per output line.
--traditional
 	accepts arguments in pre-POSIX form.
Pre-POSIX Specifications
The LSB supports option intermixtures with the following pre-POSIX specifications:
-a
 	is equivalent to -t a, selects named characters.
-f
 	is equivalent to -t fF, selects floats.
-h
 	is equivalent to -t x2, selects hexadecimal shorts.
-i
 	is equivalent to -t d2, selects decimal shorts.
-l
 	is equivalent to -t d4, selects decimal longs.
passwd
Name
passwd — change user password
Synopsis
passwd [-x max] [-n min] [-w warn] [-i inact] name
passwd {-l|-u} name
Description
passwd changes passwords for user and group accounts. A normal user may only change the password for their own account, the super user may change the password for any account. passwd also changes password expiry dates and intervals. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are unspecified.
Options
-x max
 	sets the maximum number of days a password remains valid.
-n min
 	sets the minimum number of days before a password may be changed.
-w warn
 	sets the number of days warning the user will receive before their password will expire.
-i inactive
 	disables an account after the password has been expired for the given number of days.
-l
 	disables an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value.
-u
 	re-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value.
patch
Name
patch — apply a diff file to an original
Description
patch is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with extensions as listed below.
Extensions
--binary
 	reads and write all files in binary mode, except for standard output and /dev/tty. This option has no effect on POSIX-compliant systems.
-u, --unified
 	interprets the patch file as a unified context diff.
pidof
Name
pidof — find the process ID of a running program
Synopsis
pidof [-s] [-x] [-o omitpid..] program [program..]
Description
Return the process ID of a process which is running the program named on the command line.1
Options
-s
 	instructs the program to only return one pid.
-x
 	causes the program to also return process id's of shells running the named scripts.
-o
 	omits processes with specified process id.
Notes
1. 	Need further investigation on the behavior of various implementations concerning whether program is a full pathname, the basename only, the program as named by argv[0], or what.
remove_initd
Name
remove_initd — clean up boot script system modifications introduced by install_initd
Synopsis
/usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd initd_file
Description
remove_initd processes the removal of the modifications made to a distribution's boot script system by the install_initd program. This cleanup is performed in the preuninstall script of a package; however, the package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file. See also Section 8.4.
renice
Name
renice — alter priority of running processes
Description
renice is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-n increment
 	has unspecified behavior.
sed
Name
sed — stream editor
Description
sed is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
LSB Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized regular expressions are optional; see Internationalization and Regular Expressions>.
sendmail
Name
sendmail — an electronic mail transport agent
Synopsis
sendmail [flags] [address ...]
Description
To deliver electronic mail (email), applications shall support the interface provided by /usr/sbin/sendmail (described here). This interface shall be the default delivery method for applications.
This program sends an email message to one or more recipients, routing the message as necessary. This program is not intended as a user interface routine.
With no flags, sendmail reads its standard input up to an end-of-file or a line consisting only of a single dot and sends a copy of the message found there to all of the addresses listed. It determines the network(s) to use based on the syntax and contents of the addresses.
It is recommended that applications use as few flags as necessary, none if possible.
Some agents allow aliasing on the local system to be prevented by preceding the address with a backslash.
The format of messages shall be as defined in RFC 2822.
Options
-bm
 	reads mail from standard input and delivers to the recipient addresses. This is the default mode of operation.
-bp
 	lists information about messages currently in the input mail queue.
-bs
 	uses the SMTP protocol as described in RFC 2821; reads SMTP commands on standard input and writes SMTP responses on standard output.
Note that RFC 2821 specifies \r\n (CR-LF) be used at the end of each line, but pipes almost always use \n (LF) instead. To deal with this, agents will accept both \r\n and \n at the end of each line. When accepting \r\n, the \r before the \n is silently discarded.
-F fullname
 	explicitly sets the full name of the sender for incoming mail unless the message already contains a From: message header.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender may be indicated in the message, depending on the behavior of the agent.
-f name
 	explicitly sets the envelope sender address for incoming mail. If there is no From: header, the address specified in the From: header will also be set.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender will be indicated in the message.
-i
 	ignores dots alone on lines by themselves in incoming messages. If -bs is also used, the behavior is unspecified.
-odb
 	delivers any mail in background, if supported; otherwise ignored.
-odf
 	delivers any mail in foreground, if supported; otherwise ignored.
-oem or -em
 	mails errors back to the sender. (default)
-oep or -ep
 	writes errors to the standard error output.
-oeq or -eq
 	does not send notification of errors to the sender. This only works for mail delivered locally.
-oi
 	is equivalent to -i.
-om
 	indicates that the sender of a message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias expansion. Ignored if aliases are not supported.
-t
 	reads the message to obtain recipients from the To:, Cc:, and Bcc: headers in the message instead of from the command arguments. If a Bcc: header is present, it is removed from the message unless there is no To: or Cc: header, in which case a Bcc: header with no data is created, in accordance with RFC 2822.
If there are any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message is not to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from the recipients list obtained from the headers. Note: some agents implement this behavior in reverse, adding addresses instead of removing them. Others may disallow addresses in argument list. Therefore, applications should not put addresses in the argument list if -t is used.
This option is sometimes ignored when not in -bm mode (the default).
Exit status
0
 	successful completion on all addresses. This does not indicate successful delivery.
>0
 	there was an error.
Notes/Rationale
This page is believed to reflect functionality provided by smail, exim and other implementations, not just the sendmail implementation.
shutdown
Name
shutdown — bring the system down
Synopsis
/sbin/shutdown [-t sec] [-arkhcfF] time [warning-message]
Description
shutdown brings the system down in a secure way. All logged-in users are notified that the system is going down, and login(1) is blocked. It is possible to shut the system down immediately or after a specified delay. All processes are first notified that the system is going down by the signal SIGTERM. If neither the -h or the -r argument is used, then the default behavior is to take the system to runlevel one where administrative tasks can be run.
Standard Options
-a 
 	uses /etc/shutdown.allow.
-t sec
 	tells init(8) to wait sec seconds between sending processes the warning and the kill signal, before changing to another runlevel.
-k 
 	doesn't really shutdown; only sends the warning messages to everybody.
-r
 	reboots after shutdown.
-h
 	halts after shutdown. Powering off after halting is unspecified.
-f
 	skips fsck on reboot.
-F
 	forces fsck on reboot.
-c
 	cancels an already running shutdown. With this option, it is of course not possible to give the time argument, but you can enter a explanatory message on the command line that will be sent to all users.
time
 	specifies when to shut down.
The time argument can have different formats. First, it can be an absolute time in the format hh:mm, in which hh is the hour (1 or 2 digits) and mm is the minute of the hour (in two digits). Second, it can be in the format +m, in which m is the number of minutes to wait. The word now is an alias for +0.
If shutdown is called with a delay, it creates the advisory file /etc/nologin which causes programs such as login(1) to not allow new user logins. shutdown only removes this file if it is stopped before it can signal init (i.e. it is cancelled or something goes wrong). Otherwise it is the responsibility of the system shutdown or startup scripts to remove this file so that users can login.
warning-message
 	specifies message to send all users.
su
Name
su — change user ID or become super-user
Synopsis
su [OPTS] [-] [username [ARGS]]
Description
su is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked without a username, su defaults to becoming the super user. The optional argument - may be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the user logged in directly.
The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system. Applications may not assume the format of prompts and anticipated input for user interaction, because they are unspecified.
An optional command can be executed. This is done by the shell specified in /etc/passwd for the target user unless the -s or -m options are used. Any arguments supplied after the username will be passed to the invoked shell (shell shall support the -c command line option in order for a command to be passed to it).
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of $PATH is reset to /bin:/usr/bin for normal users, or /sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin for the super user. This may be changed with the ENV_PATH and ENV_SUPATH definitions in /etc/login.defs. When using the -m or -p options, the user's environment is not changed.
A subsystem login is indicated by the presense of a "*" as the first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which the user is actually logged into.
Standard Options
-
 	makes this a login shell.
-c, --comand=command
 	passes command to the invoked shell. It is passed directly to the invoked shell (using the shell's -c option), so its syntax is whatever that shell can accept.
-m, -p, --preserve-environment
 	does not reset environment variables, and keeps the same shell if it is present in /etc/shells.
-s, --shell=shell
 	uses shell instead of the default in /etc/passwd. The shell specified shall be present in /etc/shells.
sync
Name
sync — flush filesystem buffers
Synopsis
sync
Description
Force changed blocks to disk, update the super block.
tar
Name
tar — file archiver
Description
tar is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized filename globbing are optional; see Internationalization and Filename Globbing>.
-h
 	doesn't dump symlinks; dumps the files they point to.
-z
 	filters the archive through gzip.
umount
Name
umount — unmount file systems
Synopsis
umount [-hV]
umount -a [-nrv] [-t vfstype]
umount [-nrv] device | dir [...]
Description
umount detaches the file system(s) mentioned from the file hierarchy. A file system is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted.
Standard Options
-v
 	invokes verbose mode.
-n
 	unmounts without writing in /etc/mtab.
-r
 	tries to remount read-only if unmounting fails.
-a
 	unmounts all of the file systems described in /etc/mtab except for the proc filesystem.
-t vfstype
 	indicates that the actions should only be taken on file systems of the specified type. More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-f
 	forces unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system).
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V
 	print version and exits.
useradd
Name
useradd — create a new user or update default new user information
Synopsis
useradd [-c comment] [-d home_dir]
        [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
        [-m [-k skeleton_dir]] [-p passwd] [-r]
        [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login

useradd -D [-g default_group] [-b default_home]
           [-s default_shell]
Description
When invoked without the -D option, useradd creates a new user account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. The new user account will be entered into the system files as needed, the home directory will be created, and initial files copied, depending on the command line options.
When invoked with the -D option, useradd will either display the current default values, or update the default values from the command line. If no options are specified, useradd displays the current default values.
Standard Options
-c comment
 	specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
-d home_dir
 	creates the new user using home_dir as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the login name to default_home and use that as the login directory name.
-g initial_group
 	specifies the group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name shall exist. A group number shall refer to an already existing group. If -g is not specified, the implementation will follow the normal user default for that system. This may create a new group or choose a default group that normal users are placed in. Applications which require control of the groups into which a user is placed should specify -g.
-G group,[...]
 	specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. The default is for the user to belong only to the initial group.
-m [-k skeleton_dir]
 	specifies the user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in skeleton_dir will be copied to the home directory if the -k option is used, otherwise the files contained in /etc/skel will be used instead. Any directories contained in skeleton_dir or /etc/skel will be created in the user's home directory as well. The -k option is only valid in conjunction with the -m option. The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files.
-p passwd
 	is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3). The default is to disable the account.
-r
 	creates a system account, that is, a user with a UID in the range reserved for system account users. If there is not a UID free in the reserved range the command will fail.
-s shell
 	specifies the name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative. The default is the smallest ID value greater than 499 which is not yet used.
Change Default Options
-b default_home
 	specifies the initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of default_home to create the new directory name if the -d option is not used when creating a new account.
-g default_group
 	specifies the group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group shall exist, and a numerical group ID shall have an existing entry.
-s default_shell
 	specifies the name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for all future new user accounts.
-c comment
 	specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
Application Usage
The -D option will typically be used by system administration packages. Most applications should not change defaults which will affect other applications and users.
userdel
Name
userdel — delete a user account and related files
Synopsis
userdel [-r] login
Description
Delete the user account named login. If there is also a group named login, this command may delete the group as well, or may leave it alone.
Options
-r
 	removes files in the user's home directory along with the home directory itself. Files located in other file system will have to be searched for and deleted manually.
usermod
Name
usermod — modify a user account
Synopsis
usermod [-c comment] [-d home_dir [ -m]]
        [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
        [-l login_name] [-p passwd]
        [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login
Options
-c comment
 	specifies the new value of the user's password file comment field.
-d home_dir
 	specifies the user's new login directory. If the -m option is given the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does not already exist.
-g initial_group
 	specifies the group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group name shall exist. A group number shall refer to an already existing group.
-G group,[...]
 	specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group.
-l login_name
 	changes the name of the user from login to login_name. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name.
-p passwd
 	is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3).
-s shell
 	specifies the name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative. Any files which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. Files outside of the user's home directory shall be altered manually.
xargs
Name
xargs — build and execute command lines from standard input
Description
xargs is as specified in the Single UNIX Specification but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-E
 	has unspecified behavior.
-I
 	has unspecified behavior.
-L
 	has unspecified behavior.
Notes
1. 	Thus, applications should place options before operands, or use --, as needed. This text is needed because GNU option parsing differs from POSIX. For example, ls . -a in GNU ls means to list the current directory, showing all files (that is, "." is an operand and -a is an option). In POSIX, "." and -a are both operands, and the command means to list the current directory, and also the file named -a. Suggesting that applications rely on the setting of the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable, or try to set it, seems worse than just asking the applictions to invoke commands in ways which work with either the POSIX or GNU behaviors.
2. 	Linux Standard Base
3. 	ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3
1. 	The LSB generally does not include software development utilities nor does it specify .o and .a file formats.
1. 	The following two options are expected to be added in a future version of the LSB:
-o office
 	sets the user's office room number.
-p office-phone
 	sets the user's office phone number.
Note that some implementations contain a "-o other" option which specifies an additional field called "other". Traditionally, this field is not subject to the constraints about legitimate characters in fields. Also, one traditionally shall have appropriate privileges to change the other field. At this point there is no consensus about whether it is desirable to specify the other field; applications may wish to avoid using it.
The "-w work_phone" field found in some implementations should be replaced by the "-p office_phone" field. The "-r room_number" field found in some implementations is the equivalent of the "-o office" option mentioned above; which one of these two options to specify will depend on implementation experience and the decision regarding the other field.
The intention is for chfn to match the behavior of finger; some historical implementations have been broken in the sense that finger and chfn do not agree on what the fields are.
1. 	The behavior specified here is similar to that specified by the Single UNIX Specification version 3 without the XSI option. However, the LSB forbids all options and the latter forbids only -n.
1. 	Need further investigation on the behavior of various implementations concerning whether program is a full pathname, the basename only, the program as named by argv[0], or what.

IV. Execution Environment

Chapter 4. File System Hierarchy
An LSB conforming implementation shall adhere to the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) 2.3
An LSB conforming application shall follow the FHS.
The FHS allows many components or subsystems to be optional. An application shall check for the existence of an optional component before using it, and should behave in a reasonable manner if the optional component is not present.
The FHS requirement to locate the operating system kernel in either / or /boot does not apply if the operating system kernel does not exist as a file in the filesystem.
The FHS specifies certain behaviors for a variety of commands if they are present (for example, ping or python). However, LSB applications shall not rely on any commands beyond those specified by the LSB. The mere existence of a command may not be used as an indication that the command behaves in any particular way.
The following directories or links need not be present: /etc/X11 /usr/bin/X11 /usr/lib/X11 /proc
4.1. /dev
The following shall exist under /dev. Other devices may also exist in /dev. Device names may exist as symbolic links to other device nodes located in /dev or subdirectories of /dev. There is no requirement concerning major/minor number values.
/dev/null
 	An infinite data source and data sink. Data written to this device shall be discarded. Reads from this device shall always return end-of-file (EOF).
/dev/zero
 	This device is a source of zeroed out data. All data written to this device shall be discarded. A read from this device shall always return the requested number of bytes, each initialized to the value '\0'.
/dev/tty
 	In each process, a synonym for the controlling terminal associated with the process group of that process, if any. All reads and writes to this device shall behave as if the actual controlling terminal device had been opened.

Chapter 5. Additional Recommendations
5.1. Minimal granted Directory and File permissions
In this Chapter "System" means an "LSB conforming implementation" and "application" means an "LSB conforming (third party vendor) application".
The system shall grant to the application read and execute permissions needed to use all system interfaces (ABIs) mentioned in the LSB document and included standards.
5.2. Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions
5.2.1. Directory Write Permissions
The application should not depend on having directory write permission outside /tmp, /var/tmp, invoking user's home directory and /var/opt/package, (where package is the name of the application package).
The application should not depend on owning these directories.
For these directories the application should be able to work with directory write permissions restricted by the "sticky bit". (Which prevents the application from removing files owned by another user. This is classically done with /tmp, to prevent accidental deletion of "foreign" files.)
5.2.2. File Write Permissions
The application should not depend on file write permission on files not owned by the user it runs under with the exception of its personal inbox /var/mail/username
5.2.3. File Read and execute Permissions
The application should not depend on having read permission to every file and directory.
5.2.4. Suid and Sgid Permissions
The application should not depend on the suid/sgid permissions of a file not packaged with the application. Instead, the distribution is responsible for assuming that all system commands have the required permissions and work correctly.
Rationale: Let us make security officers happy. Let's give them the freedom to take sgid/suid perms away, as long as they do not break the system's functionality.
5.2.5. Privileged users
"Normal" applications should not depend on running as a privileged user.
Special applications that have a reason to run under a privileged user, should outline these reasons clearly in their documentation, if they are not obvious as in the case of a backup/restore program. Users of the application should be informed, that "this application demands security privileges, which could interfere with system security".
The application should not contain binary-only software that requires being run as root, as this makes security auditing harder or even impossible.
5.2.6. Changing permissions
The application should not change permissions of files and directories that do not belong to its own package. To do so without a warning notice in the documentation is regarded as unfriendly act.
5.2.7. Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy, etc.)
Applications that expect to be runnable from removable media should not depend on logging in as a privileged user, and should be prepared to deal with a restrictive environment. Examples of such restrictions could be default mount options that disable set-user/group-ID attributes, disabling block or character-special files on the medium, or remapping the user/group IDs of files away from 0. 1
5.2.8. Installable applications
If the installation of an application requires the execution of programs with superuser privileges, such programs should also be supplied in a human-readable form.
Without this, the local system administrator would have to blindly trust a piece of software, particularly with respect to its security.
Notes
1. 	Rationale: System vendors and local system administrators want to run applications from removable media, but want the possibility to control what the application can do.

Chapter 6. Additional Behaviors
6.1. Mandatory Optional Behaviors
This section specifies behaviors in which there is optional behavior in one of the standards on which the LSB relies, and where the LSB requires a specific behavior. 1
LSB conforming implementations shall support the following options defined within the ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3: 
_POSIX_FSYNC	
_POSIX_MAPPED_FILES	
_POSIX_MEMLOCK	
_POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE	
_POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION	
_POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING	
_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS	
_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR	
_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE	
_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED	
_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS	
_POSIX_THREADS	
_XOPEN_UNIX	

The opendir() function shall consume a file descriptor in the same fashion as open, and therefore may fail with EMFILE or ENFILE.
The START and STOP termios characters shall be changeable, as described as optional behavior in the "General Terminal Interface" section of the ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3.
The access() function function shall fail with errno set to EINVAL if the amode argument contains bits other than those set by the bitwise inclusive OR of R_OK, W_OK, X_OK and F_OK.
The link() function shall require access to the existing file in order to succeed, as described as optional behavior in the ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3.
Calling unlink() on a directory shall fail. Calling link() specifying a directory as the first argument shall fail. See also unlink. 2
6.1.1. Special Requirements
LSB conforming systems shall enforce certain special additional restrictions above and beyond those required by ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3. 3
The fcntl() function shall treat the "cmd" value -1 as invalid.
The "whence" value -1 shall be an invalid value for the lseek(), fseek() and fcntl() functions.
The value "-5" shall be an invalid signal number.
If the sigaddset() or sigdelset() functions are passed an invalid signal number, they shall return with EINVAL. Implementations are only required to enforce this requirement for signal numbers which are specified to be invalid by this specification (such as the -5 mentioned above).
The mode value "-1" to the access() function shall be treated as invalid.
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_PC_..." value for pathconf().
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_SC..." value for sysconf().
The nl_item value "-1" shall be invalid for nl_langinfo.
The value -1 shall be an invalid "_CS_..." value for confstr().
The value "z" shall be an invalid mode argument to popen().
Notes
1. 	The LSB does not require the kernel to be Linux; the set of mandated options reflects current existing practice, but may be modified in future releases.
2. 	Linux allows rename() on a directory without having write access, but the LSB does not require this.
3. 	These additional restrictions are required in order to support the testing and certification programs associated with the LSB. In each case, these are values that defined macros must not have; conforming applications that use these values shall trigger a failure in the interface that is otherwise described as a "may fail".

Chapter 7. Localization
Applications may either install a message catalog in the MO format as specified by the info page in version 0.10.40 of the gettext source package, or the application may execute the msgfmt command during it's installation to compile the message catalog. In either case, the resulting output shall be located in the package's private area under /opt, and the application may use bindtextdomain() to specify this location.
Implementations shall support the POSIX and C locales as specified in the Single UNIX Specification.
7.1. Regular Expressions
Utilities that process regular expressions shall support Basic Regular Expressions and Extended Regular Expressions as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, with the following exceptions:
Range expression (such as [a-z]) can be based on code point order instead of collating element order.
Equivalence class expression (such as [=a=]) and multi-character collating element expression (such as [.ch.]) are optional.
Handling of a multi-character collating element is optional.
This affects at least the following utilities: grep (grep>) (including egrep), sed (sed>), and awk (awk>).
7.2. Filename Globbing
Utilities that perform filename globbing (also known as Pattern Matching Notation) shall do it as specified in the Single UNIX Specification, with the following exceptions:
Range expression (such as [a-z]) can be based on code point order instead of collating element order.
Equivalence class expression (such as [=a=]) and multi-character collating element expression (such as [.ch.]) are optional.
Handling of a multi-character collating element is optional.
This affects at least the following utilities: cpio (cpio>), find (find>), ls (ls>) and tar (tar>).

V. System Initialization

Chapter 8. System Initialization
8.1. Cron Jobs
Packages may not touch the configuration file /etc/crontab, nor may they modify the files in /var/spool/cron/crontabs.
If a package wants to install a job that has to be executed via cron, it shall place a file in one of the following directories:
/etc/cron.daily
/etc/cron.weekly
/etc/cron.monthly
As these directory names say, the files within them are executed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, respectively. See below for the rules concerning the names of these files.
If a certain job has to be executed more frequently than daily, the package shall install a file /etc/cron.d/cron-name tagged as configuration file. This file uses the same syntax as /etc/crontab and is processed by cron automatically.
It is recommended that files installed in any of these directories be scripts (shell scripts, Perl scripts, etc.) so that they may be modified by the local system administrator. In addition, they shall be registered as configuration file.
The scripts in these directories have to check, if all necessary programs are installed before they try to execute them. Otherwise, problems will arise when a package was removed (but not purged), since the configuration files are kept on the system in this situation.
To avoid namespace conflicts in the /etc/cron.* directories, the filenames used by LSB-compliant packages in /etc/cron.daily, /etc/cron.weekly, /etc/cron.monthly, or /etc/cron.d shall come from a managed namespace. These filenames may be assigned using one of the following methods:
•	Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. In order to avoid conflicts these cron script names shall be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org (http://www.lanana.org).
Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged reserve names from LANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
•	Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.'. I.e., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com", etc. The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA shall only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
•	Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged.
8.2. Init Script Actions
Init files provided by LSB applications shall accept one argument, saying what to do:
start	start the service	
stop	stop the service	
restart	stop and restart the service if the service is already running, otherwise start the service	
try-restart	restart the service if the service is already running	
reload	cause the configuration of the service to be reloaded without actually stopping and restarting the service	
force-reload	cause the configuration to be reloaded if the service supports this, otherwise restart the service if it is running	
status	print the current status of the service	

The start, stop, restart, force-reload, and status commands shall be supported by all init files; the reload and the try-restart options are optional. Other init script actions may be defined by the init script.
Init files shall ensure that they will behave sensibly if invoked with start when the service is already running, or with stop when it isn't, and that they don't kill unfortunately-named user processes. The best way to achieve this is to use the init-script functions provided by /lib/lsb/init-functions.
If a service reloads its configuration automatically (as in the case of cron, for example), the reload option of the init file shall behave as if the configuration has been reloaded successfully. The restart, try-restart, reload and force-reload action may be atomic; i.e. if a service is known not be operational after a restart or reload, the script may return an error without any further action.
These executable files shall not fail obscurely when the configuration files remain but the package has been removed, as the default in [the packaging system] is to leave configuration files on the system after the package has been removed. Only when it is executed with the [purge] option will [the packaging system] remove configuration files. Therefore, you should include a test statement at the top of the file, like this: 
test -f program-executed-later-in-file || exit 5
or take the equivalent action if the init file is not a shell script.
If the status command is given, the init script will return the following exit status codes. 
0	program is running or service is OK	
1	program is dead and /var/run pid file exists	
2	program is dead and /var/lock lock file exists	
3	program is not running	
4	program or service status is unknown	
5-99	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

In the case of init script commands other than "status" (i.e., "start", "stop", "restart", "try-restart", "reload", and "force-reload"), the init script shall return an exit status of zero if the action described by the argument has been successful. Otherwise, the exit status shall be non-zero, as defined below. In addition to straightforward success, the following situations are also to be considered successful: 
•	restarting a service (instead of reloading it) with the "force-reload" argument
•	running "start" on a service already running
•	running "stop" on a service already stopped or not running
•	running "restart" on a service already stopped or not running
•	running "try-restart" on a service already stopped or not running
In case of an error, while processing any init script action except for "status", the init script shall print an error message and return one of the following non-zero exit status codes. 
1	generic or unspecified error (current practice)	
2	invalid or excess argument(s)	
3	unimplemented feature (for example, "reload")	
4	user had insufficient privilege	
5	program is not installed	
6	program is not configured	
7	program is not running	
8-99	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

Error and status messages should be printed with the logging functions such as log_failure_msg and so on. Scripts may write to standard error or standard output, but implementations need not present text written to standard error/output to the user or do anything else with it.
Since init files may be run manually by a system administrator with non-standard environment variable values for PATH, USER, LOGNAME, etc. init files shall not depend on the values of these environment variables. They should set them to some known/default values if they are needed.
8.3. Comment Conventions for Init Scripts
LSB applications which need to execute script(s) at bootup and/or shutdown may provide one or more init.d files. These files are installed by the install_initd program described below, which copies it into a standard directory and makes whatever other adjustments (creation of symlinks, creation of entries in a database, etc.) are necessary so that the script can be run at boot-time. 1
In the init.d file, information about the shell script shall be delimited by the lines "### BEGIN INIT INFO" and "### END INIT INFO". These delimiter lines may containg trailing whitespace, which shall be ignored. Inside this block there shall be lines of the form "# {keyword}: [arg1] [arg2] ...". (All lines inside this block start with a hash ('#') character in the first column, so that shell treats them as comments.) There shall be exactly one space character between "#" and the keyword.2 The following keywords, with their arguments are defined in this specification:
      # Provides: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Required-Start: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Required-Stop: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Should-Start: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Should-Stop: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Default-Start: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...]
        # Default-Stop: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...]
        # Short-Description: short_description
        # Description: multiline_description
Additional keywords may be defined in future LSB specifications. Distributions may define local extensions by using the prefix "X-[distribution name]" --- for example, "X-RedHat-foobardecl", or "X-Debian-xyzzydecl".
An init.d shell script may declare using the "Required-Start: " header that it shall not be run until certain boot facilities are provided. This information is used by the installation tool or the boot-time boot-script execution facility to assure that init scripts are run in the correct order. When an init script is run with a "start" argument, the boot facility or facilities specified in the "Provides" header shall be considered present, and hence init scripts which require those boot facilities would then be eligble to be run. When an init script is run with a "stop" argument, the boot facilities specified in the "Provides" header are considered no longer present. There are naming conventions for boot facilities and system facilities, as described in a following section.
Similarly, the "Required-Stop:" header defines which facilities shall still be available during the shutdown of that service. Hence, the init script system should avoid stopping shell scripts which provide those facilities until this shell script is stopped.
The "Should-Start:" header defines which facilities if present should be started before this service. This allows for weak dependencies which do not cause the service to fail if a facility is not available. But may cause reduced functionality of the service. Compliant applications should not rely on the existence of this feature.
The "Should-Stop:" header defines which facilities should be still available during the shutdown of that service.
The "Default-Start" and "Default-Stop" headers define which run levels should by default run the script with a start or stop argument, respectively, to start or stop the services controlled by the init script. 3
The "Short-Description" and "Description" header fields are used to provide text which describes the actions of the init script. The "short_description" shall be a relatively short, pithy description of the init script, where as the "multiline_description" can be a much longer piece of text that may span mulitple lines. In a multiline description, each continuation line shall begin with a '#' followed by tab character or a '#' followed by at least two space characters. The multiline description is terminated by the first line that does not match this criteria.
The comment conventions described in this session are only required for use by LSB-compliant applications; system init scripts as provided by LSB-compliant run-time environments are not required to use the scheme outlined here.
8.4. Installation and Removal of init.d Files
An init.d file is installed in /etc/init.d (which may be a symlink to another location). This can be done by the package installer. See Script Names>. During the package's postinstall script, the program "/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd" configures the distribution's boot script system to call the package's init.d file at the appropriate time. 4
The install_initd program takes a single argument, the pathname to the /etc/init.d file. For example:
   /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed
The install_initd program shall return an exit status of zero if the init.d file has been successfully installed or if the the init.d file was already installed. If the required boot facilities cannot be fulfilled an exit status of one shall be returned and the init.d file shall not be installed.
When a software package is removed, the package's preuninstall script shall call /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd and pass the pathname to the /etc/init.d file. The package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file; the remove_initd program is provided in case the distribution needs to clean up any other modifications in the distribution's boot script system that might have been made by the install_initd program. For example:
  /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed
The remove_initd program shall return an exit status of zero if the init.d file has been successfully removed or if the the init.d file is not installed. If another init.d file which depends on a boot facility provided by this init.d file is installed, an exit status of one shall be returned and the init.d file shall remained installed.
There should be a tool available to the user (e.g., RedHat's chkconfig) which can be used by the system administrator to easily manipulate at which init levels a particular init.d script is started or stopped. This specification currently does not specify such an interface, however.
8.5. Run Levels
The following run levels are specified for use by the "Default-Start:" and "Default-Stop:" specifiers as defined by the section Comment Conventions for Init Scripts>. Many LSB run-time environments commonly use these run level definitions, and in the absence of other considerations, providers of run-time environments are strongly encouraged to follow this convention to provide consistency for system administrators who need to work with multiple distributions. However, it is not required that LSB-compliant run-time environments use these run levels; the distribution-provided install_initd script may map the run levels specified below to whatever distribution-specified run levels are most appropriate.
0	halt	
1	single user mode	
2	multiuser with no network services exported	
3	normal/full multiuser	
4	reserved for local use, default is normal/full multiuser	
5	multiuser with xdm or equivalent	
6	reboot	

8.6. Facility Names
Boot facilities are used to indicate dependencies in init scripts, as defined in a previous section. Facility names that begin with a dollar sign ('$') are system facility names, defined by the LSB, and SHALL be provided by distributions. 5 LSB applications shall not provide facilities that begin with a dollar sign. This document defines the following facility names:
$local_fs	all local filesystems are mounted	
$network	low level networking (ethernet card; may imply PCMCIA running)	
$named	daemons which may provide hostname resolution (if present) are running6	
$portmap	daemons providing SunRPC/ONCRPC portmapping service7 (if present) are running	
$remote_fs	all remote filesystems are mounted8.	
$syslog	system logger is operational	
$time	the system time has been set 9	

Other (non-system) facilities may be defined by other LSB applications. These facilities shall be named using the same conventions defined for naming init.d script names. Commonly, the facility provided by an LSB application init.d script will have the same name as the name assigned to the init.d script.
8.7. Script Names
Since the init.d scripts shall live in a single directory, they shall come from a single namespace. Three means of assigning names from this namespace are available:
•	Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. This space is desirable for scripts which system administrators may often wish to run manually: e.g., "/etc/init.d/named restart" In order to avoid conflicts these init.d names shall be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org (http://www.lanana.org).
Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged to reserve names from LANANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
•	Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.' (e.g., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com"). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA shall only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
•	Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged.
In general, if a package or some system function is likely to be used on multiple systems, the package developers or the distribution SHOULD get a registered name through LANANA, and distributions should strive to use the same name whenever possible. For applications which may not be "core" or may not be commonly installed, the hierarchical namespace may be more appropriate. An advantage to the hierarchical namespace is that there is no need to consult with the LANANA before obtaining an assigned name.
Short names are highly desirable, since many system administrators like to use them to manually start and stop services. Given this, they should be standardized on a per-package basis. This is the rationale behind having a LANANA organization to assign these names. The LANANA may be called upon to handle other namespace issues, such as package/prerequisites naming (which is essential to making prerequisites to work correctly).
8.8. Init Script Functions
Each LSB-compliant init.d script shall source the file /lib/lsb/init-functions. This file shall cause the following shell script commands to be defined. This can be done either by adding a directory to the PATH variable which defines these commands, or by defining sh aliases. While the distribution-provided aliases may choose to use shell extensions (at the distribution's option), the LSB init.d files themselves should only depend in shell features as defined by the LSB.
The start_daemon, killproc and pidofproc functions shall use this algorithm for determining the status and the pid(s) of the specified program. They shall read the pidfile specified or otherwise /var/run/basename.pid and use the pid(s) herein when determining whether a program is running. The method used to determine the status is implementation defined, but should allow for non-binary programs. 10 Compliant implementations may use other mechanisms besides those based on pidfiles, unless the -p pidfile option has been used. Compliant applications should not rely on such mechanisms and should always use a pidfile. When a program is stopped, it should delete its pidfile. Multiple pid(s) shall be separated by a single space in the pidfile and in the output of pidofproc.
start_daemon [-f] [-n nicelevel] [-p pidfile] pathname [args]	This runs the specified program as a daemon. start_daemon shall check if the program is already running using the algorithm given above. If so, it shall not start another copy of the daemon unless the -f option is given. The -n option specifies a nice level. See nice(1). start_daemon should return the LSB defined exit status codes. It shall return 0 if the program has been successfully started or is running and not 0 otherwise.	
killproc [-p pidfile] pathname [signal]	This stops the specified program. The program is found using the algorithm given above. If a signal is specified, using the -signal_name or -signal_number syntaxes as specified by the kill command, the program is sent that signal. Otherwise, a SIGTERM followed by a SIGKILL after some number of seconds shall be sent. If a program has been terminated, the pidfile should be removed if the terminated process has not already done so. Compliant applications may use the basename instead of the pathname. killproc should return the LSB defined exit status codes. If called without a signal, it shall return 0 if the program has been stopped or is not running and not 0 otherwise. If a signal is given, it shall return 0 only if the program is running. 	
pidofproc [-p pidfile] pathname	This function returns one or more pid(s) for a particular daemon using the algorithm given above. Only pids of running processes should be returned. Compliant applications may use the basename instead of the pathname. pidofproc should return the LSB defined exit status codes for "status". It shall return 0 if the program is running and not 0 otherwise.	
log_success_msg "message"	This requests the distribution to print a success message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	
log_failure_msg "message"	This requests the distribution to print a failure message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	
log_warning_msg "message"	This requests the distribution to print a warning message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	

Notes
1. 	This specification does not require, but is designed to allow, the development of a system which runs boot scripts in parallel. Hence, enforced-serialization of scripts is avoided unless it is explicitly necessary.
2. 	More than one space, or a tab character, indicates the continuation line.
3. 	For example, if you want a service to run in runlevels 3, 4, and 5 (only), specify "Default-Start: 3 4 5" and "Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6".
4. 	For example, install_initd might create symbolic links in /etc/rc2.d and other such directories which point to the files in /etc/init.d (or it might update a database, or some other mechanism). The init.d files themselves should already be in /etc/init.d before running install_initd.
5. 	The dollar sign does not indicate variable expansion as in many Linux utilities. Starting a facility name with a dollar sign is merely a way of dividing the namespace between the system and applications.
6. 	For example, daemons to query DNS, NIS+, or LDAP
7. 	as defined in RFC 1833
8. 	In some LSB run-time environments, filesystems such as /usr may be remote. Many applications that require $local_fs will probably require also require $remote_fs
9. 	i.e., using a network-based time program such as ntp or rdate, or via the hardware Real Time Clock
10. 	This note is only informative. Commonly used methods check either for the existence of the /proc/pid directory or use /proc/pid/exe and /proc/pid/cmdline. Relying only on /proc/pid/exe is discouraged since this results in a not-running status for daemons that are written in a script language.

VI. Users & Groups

Chapter 9. Users & Groups
A "user name" is a string that is used to identify a user. A "login name" is a user name that is associated with a system login. A "user id" is a non negative integer, which can be contained in an object of type uid_t, that is used to identify a system user.
When the identity of a user is associated with a process, a user ID value is referred to as a real user ID, or an effective user ID. [POSIX 1003.1-1996]
A "group name" is a string that is used to identify a set of users. A "group id" is a non negative integer, which can be contained in a object of type gid_t, that is used to identify a group of system users. Each system user is a member of at least one group. When the identity of a group is associated with a process, a group ID value is referred to as a real group ID, or an effective group ID. [POSIX 1003.1-1996]
9.1. User and Group Database
The format of the User and Group databases is not specified. Programs may only read these databases using the provided API. Changes to these databases should be made using the provided commands.
9.2. User & Group Names
Below is a table of required mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. The exception is the uid and gid for "root" which are equal to 0.
Table 9-1. Required User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
root	root	Administrative user with no restrictions	
bin	bin	Legacy UID/GIDa	
daemon	daemon	Legacy UID/GIDb	
Notes:
a. 	The 'bin' UID/GID is included for compatibility with legacy applications. New applications should no longer use the 'bin' UID/GID.
b. 	The 'daemon' UID/GID was used as an unprivileged UID/GID for daemons to execute under in order to limit their access to the system. Generally daemons should now run under individual UID/GIDs in order to further partition daemons from one another.	

Below is a table of optional mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. If the username exists on a system, then they should be in the suggested corresponding group. These user and group names are for use by distributions, not by applications.
Table 9-2. Optional User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
adm	adm	Administrative special privileges	
lp	lp	Printer special privileges	
sync	sync	Login to sync the system	
shutdown	shutdown	Login to shutdown the system	
halt	halt	Login to halt the system	
mail	mail	Mail special privileges	
news	news	News special privileges	
uucp	uucp	UUCP special privileges	
operator	root	Operator special privileges	
man	man	Man special privileges	
nobody	nobody	Used by NFS	

The differences in numeric values of the uids and gids between systems on a network can be reconciled via NIS, rdist(1), rsync(1), or ugidd(8). Only a minimum working set of "user names" and their corresponding "user groups" are required. Applications cannot assume non system user or group names will be defined.
Applications cannot assume any policy for the default umask or the default directory permissions a user may have. Applications should enforce user only file permissions on private files such as mailboxes. The location of the users home directory is also not defined by policy other than the recommendations of the FHS and shall be obtained by the *pwnam(3) calls.
9.3. UID Ranges
The system UIDs from 0 to 99 should be statically allocated by the system, and not created by applications.
The system UIDs from 100 to 499 should be reserved for dynamically allocation by system administrators and post install scripts using useradd(1).
9.4. Rationale
The purpose of specifying optional users and groups is to reduce the potential for name conflicts between applications and distributions.

Appendix A. Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces
A.1. libX11
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	

Table A-1. libX11 Function Interfaces
XActivateScreenSaver[1]	XIconifyWindow[1]	XcmsCIELabQueryMinL[1]	
XAddConnectionWatch[1]	XIfEvent[1]	XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ[1]	
XAddExtension[1]	XImageByteOrder[1]	XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors[1]	
XAddHost[1]	XInitExtension[1]	XcmsCIELuvClipL[1]	
XAddHosts[1]	XInitImage[1]	XcmsCIELuvClipLuv[1]	
XAddPixel[1]	XInitThreads[1]	XcmsCIELuvClipuv[1]	
XAddToExtensionList[1]	XInsertModifiermapEntry[1]	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC[1]	
XAddToSaveSet[1]	XInstallColormap[1]	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL[1]	
XAllPlanes[1]	XInternAtom[1]	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC[1]	
XAllocClassHint[1]	XInternAtoms[1]	XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL[1]	
XAllocColor[1]	XInternalConnectionNumbers[1]	XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY[1]	
XAllocColorCells[1]	XIntersectRegion[1]	XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors[1]	
XAllocColorPlanes[1]	XKeycodeToKeysym[1]	XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab[1]	
XAllocIconSize[1]	XKeysymToKeycode[1]	XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY[1]	
XAllocNamedColor[1]	XKeysymToString[1]	XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY[1]	
XAllocSizeHints[1]	XKillClient[1]	XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi[1]	
XAllocStandardColormap[1]	XLastKnownRequestProcessed[1]	XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv[1]	
XAllocWMHints[1]	XListDepths[1]	XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ[1]	
XAllowEvents[1]	XListExtensions[1]	XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC[1]	
XAutoRepeatOff[1]	XListFonts[1]	XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ[1]	
XAutoRepeatOn[1]	XListFontsWithInfo[1]	XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC[1]	
XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet[1]	XListHosts[1]	XcmsConvertColors[1]	
XBell[1]	XListInstalledColormaps[1]	XcmsCreateCCC[1]	
XBitmapBitOrder[1]	XListPixmapFormats[1]	XcmsDefaultCCC[1]	
XBitmapPad[1]	XListProperties[1]	XcmsDisplayOfCCC[1]	
XBitmapUnit[1]	XLoadFont[1]	XcmsFormatOfPrefix[1]	
XBlackPixel[1]	XLoadQueryFont[1]	XcmsFreeCCC[1]	
XBlackPixelOfScreen[1]	XLocaleOfFontSet[1]	XcmsLookupColor[1]	
XCellsOfScreen[1]	XLocaleOfIM[1]	XcmsPrefixOfFormat[1]	
XChangeActivePointerGrab[1]	XLocaleOfOM[1]	XcmsQueryBlack[1]	
XChangeGC[1]	XLockDisplay[1]	XcmsQueryBlue[1]	
XChangeKeyboardControl[1]	XLookupColor[1]	XcmsQueryColor[1]	
XChangeKeyboardMapping[1]	XLookupKeysym[1]	XcmsQueryColors[1]	
XChangePointerControl[1]	XLookupString[1]	XcmsQueryGreen[1]	
XChangeProperty[1]	XLowerWindow[1]	XcmsQueryRed[1]	
XChangeSaveSet[1]	XMapRaised[1]	XcmsQueryWhite[1]	
XChangeWindowAttributes[1]	XMapSubwindows[1]	XcmsRGBToRGBi[1]	
XCheckIfEvent[1]	XMapWindow[1]	XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ[1]	
XCheckMaskEvent[1]	XMaskEvent[1]	XcmsRGBiToRGB[1]	
XCheckTypedEvent[1]	XMatchVisualInfo[1]	XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC[1]	
XCheckTypedWindowEvent[1]	XMaxCmapsOfScreen[1]	XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC[1]	
XCheckWindowEvent[1]	XMaxRequestSize[1]	XcmsSetCCCOfColormap[1]	
XCirculateSubwindows[1]	XMinCmapsOfScreen[1]	XcmsSetCompressionProc[1]	
XCirculateSubwindowsDown[1]	XMoveResizeWindow[1]	XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc[1]	
XCirculateSubwindowsUp[1]	XMoveWindow[1]	XcmsSetWhitePoint[1]	
XClearArea[1]	XNewModifiermap[1]	XcmsStoreColor[1]	
XClearWindow[1]	XNextEvent[1]	XcmsStoreColors[1]	
XClipBox[1]	XNextRequest[1]	XcmsTekHVCClipC[1]	
XCloseDisplay[1]	XNoOp[1]	XcmsTekHVCClipV[1]	
XCloseIM[1]	XOMOfOC[1]	XcmsTekHVCClipVC[1]	
XCloseOM[1]	XOffsetRegion[1]	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC[1]	
XConfigureWindow[1]	XOpenDisplay[1]	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV[1]	
XConnectionNumber[1]	XOpenIM[1]	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC[1]	
XContextDependentDrawing[1]	XOpenOM[1]	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples[1]	
XContextualDrawing[1]	XParseColor[1]	XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV[1]	
XConvertCase[1]	XParseGeometry[1]	XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY[1]	
XConvertSelection[1]	XPeekEvent[1]	XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors[1]	
XCopyArea[1]	XPeekIfEvent[1]	XcmsVisualOfCCC[1]	
XCopyColormapAndFree[1]	XPending[1]	XkbAllocClientMap[1]	
XCopyGC[1]	XPlanesOfScreen[1]	XkbAllocCompatMap[1]	
XCopyPlane[1]	XPointInRegion[1]	XkbAllocControls[1]	
XCreateBitmapFromData[1]	XPolygonRegion[1]	XkbAllocGeomColors[1]	
XCreateColormap[1]	XProcessInternalConnection[1]	XkbAllocGeomDoodads[1]	
XCreateFontCursor[1]	XProtocolRevision[1]	XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases[1]	
XCreateFontSet[1]	XProtocolVersion[1]	XkbAllocGeomKeys[1]	
XCreateGC[1]	XPutBackEvent[1]	XkbAllocGeomOutlines[1]	
XCreateGlyphCursor[1]	XPutImage[1]	XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys[1]	
XCreateIC[1]	XPutPixel[1]	XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows[1]	
XCreateImage[1]	XQLength[1]	XkbAllocGeomOverlays[1]	
XCreateOC[1]	XQueryBestCursor[1]	XkbAllocGeomPoints[1]	
XCreatePixmap[1]	XQueryBestSize[1]	XkbAllocGeomProps[1]	
XCreatePixmapCursor[1]	XQueryBestStipple[1]	XkbAllocGeomRows[1]	
XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData[1]	XQueryBestTile[1]	XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads[1]	
XCreateRegion[1]	XQueryColor[1]	XkbAllocGeomSections[1]	
XCreateSimpleWindow[1]	XQueryColors[1]	XkbAllocGeomShapes[1]	
XCreateWindow[1]	XQueryExtension[1]	XkbAllocGeometry[1]	
XDefaultColormap[1]	XQueryFont[1]	XkbAllocIndicatorMaps[1]	
XDefaultColormapOfScreen[1]	XQueryKeymap[1]	XkbAllocKeyboard[1]	
XDefaultDepth[1]	XQueryPointer[1]	XkbAllocNames[1]	
XDefaultDepthOfScreen[1]	XQueryTextExtents[1]	XkbAllocServerMap[1]	
XDefaultGC[1]	XQueryTextExtents16[1]	XkbApplyCompatMapToKey[1]	
XDefaultGCOfScreen[1]	XQueryTree[1]	XkbBell[1]	
XDefaultRootWindow[1]	XRaiseWindow[1]	XkbBellEvent[1]	
XDefaultScreen[1]	XReadBitmapFile[1]	XkbChangeEnabledControls[1]	
XDefaultScreenOfDisplay[1]	XReadBitmapFileData[1]	XkbChangeMap[1]	
XDefaultString[1]	XRebindKeysym[1]	XkbChangeNames[1]	
XDefaultVisual[1]	XRecolorCursor[1]	XkbChangeTypesOfKey[1]	
XDefaultVisualOfScreen[1]	XReconfigureWMWindow[1]	XkbComputeEffectiveMap[1]	
XDefineCursor[1]	XRectInRegion[1]	XkbComputeRowBounds[1]	
XDeleteContext[1]	XRefreshKeyboardMapping[1]	XkbComputeSectionBounds[1]	
XDeleteModifiermapEntry[1]	XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback[1]	XkbComputeShapeBounds[1]	
XDeleteProperty[1]	XRemoveConnectionWatch[1]	XkbComputeShapeTop[1]	
XDestroyIC[1]	XRemoveFromSaveSet[1]	XkbCopyKeyType[1]	
XDestroyImage[1]	XRemoveHost[1]	XkbCopyKeyTypes[1]	
XDestroyOC[1]	XRemoveHosts[1]	XkbFindOverlayForKey[1]	
XDestroyRegion[1]	XReparentWindow[1]	XkbForceBell[1]	
XDestroySubwindows[1]	XResetScreenSaver[1]	XkbFreeClientMap[1]	
XDestroyWindow[1]	XResizeWindow[1]	XkbFreeCompatMap[1]	
XDirectionalDependentDrawing[1]	XResourceManagerString[1]	XkbFreeComponentList[1]	
XDisableAccessControl[1]	XRestackWindows[1]	XkbFreeControls[1]	
XDisplayCells[1]	XRootWindow[1]	XkbFreeGeomColors[1]	
XDisplayHeight[1]	XRootWindowOfScreen[1]	XkbFreeGeomDoodads[1]	
XDisplayHeightMM[1]	XRotateBuffers[1]	XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases[1]	
XDisplayKeycodes[1]	XRotateWindowProperties[1]	XkbFreeGeomKeys[1]	
XDisplayMotionBufferSize[1]	XSaveContext[1]	XkbFreeGeomOutlines[1]	
XDisplayName[1]	XScreenCount[1]	XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys[1]	
XDisplayOfIM[1]	XScreenNumberOfScreen[1]	XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows[1]	
XDisplayOfOM[1]	XScreenOfDisplay[1]	XkbFreeGeomOverlays[1]	
XDisplayOfScreen[1]	XScreenResourceString[1]	XkbFreeGeomPoints[1]	
XDisplayPlanes[1]	XSelectInput[1]	XkbFreeGeomProperties[1]	
XDisplayString[1]	XSendEvent[1]	XkbFreeGeomRows[1]	
XDisplayWidth[1]	XServerVendor[1]	XkbFreeGeomSections[1]	
XDisplayWidthMM[1]	XSetAccessControl[1]	XkbFreeGeomShapes[1]	
XDoesBackingStore[1]	XSetArcMode[1]	XkbFreeGeometry[1]	
XDoesSaveUnders[1]	XSetAuthorization[1]	XkbFreeIndicatorMaps[1]	
XDrawArc[1]	XSetBackground[1]	XkbFreeKeyboard[1]	
XDrawArcs[1]	XSetClassHint[1]	XkbFreeNames[1]	
XDrawImageString[1]	XSetClipMask[1]	XkbFreeServerMap[1]	
XDrawImageString16[1]	XSetClipOrigin[1]	XkbGetAutoRepeatRate[1]	
XDrawLine[1]	XSetClipRectangles[1]	XkbGetCompatMap[1]	
XDrawLines[1]	XSetCloseDownMode[1]	XkbGetControls[1]	
XDrawPoint[1]	XSetCommand[1]	XkbGetGeometry[1]	
XDrawPoints[1]	XSetDashes[1]	XkbGetIndicatorMap[1]	
XDrawRectangle[1]	XSetErrorHandler[1]	XkbGetIndicatorState[1]	
XDrawRectangles[1]	XSetFillRule[1]	XkbGetKeyActions[1]	
XDrawSegments[1]	XSetFillStyle[1]	XkbGetKeyBehaviors[1]	
XDrawString[1]	XSetFont[1]	XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents[1]	
XDrawString16[1]	XSetFontPath[1]	XkbGetKeyModifierMap[1]	
XDrawText[1]	XSetForeground[1]	XkbGetKeySyms[1]	
XDrawText16[1]	XSetFunction[1]	XkbGetKeyTypes[1]	
XEHeadOfExtensionList[1]	XSetGraphicsExposures[1]	XkbGetKeyboard[1]	
XESetBeforeFlush[1]	XSetICFocus[1]	XkbGetKeyboardByName[1]	
XESetCloseDisplay[1]	XSetICValues[1]	XkbGetMap[1]	
XESetCopyGC[1]	XSetIMValues[1]	XkbGetMapChanges[1]	
XESetCreateFont[1]	XSetIOErrorHandler[1]	XkbGetNamedGeometry[1]	
XESetCreateGC[1]	XSetIconName[1]	XkbGetNamedIndicator[1]	
XESetError[1]	XSetIconSizes[1]	XkbGetNames[1]	
XESetErrorString[1]	XSetInputFocus[1]	XkbGetState[1]	
XESetEventToWire[1]	XSetLineAttributes[1]	XkbGetUpdatedMap[1]	
XESetFlushGC[1]	XSetLocaleModifiers[1]	XkbGetVirtualMods[1]	
XESetFreeFont[1]	XSetModifierMapping[1]	XkbGetXlibControls[1]	
XESetFreeGC[1]	XSetNormalHints[1]	XkbIgnoreExtension[1]	
XESetPrintErrorValues[1]	XSetOCValues[1]	XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes[1]	
XESetWireToError[1]	XSetOMValues[1]	XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols[1]	
XESetWireToEvent[1]	XSetPlaneMask[1]	XkbKeycodeToKeysym[1]	
XEmptyRegion[1]	XSetPointerMapping[1]	XkbKeysymToModifiers[1]	
XEnableAccessControl[1]	XSetRGBColormaps[1]	XkbLatchGroup[1]	
XEqualRegion[1]	XSetRegion[1]	XkbLatchModifiers[1]	
XEventMaskOfScreen[1]	XSetScreenSaver[1]	XkbLibraryVersion[1]	
XEventsQueued[1]	XSetSelectionOwner[1]	XkbListComponents[1]	
XExtendedMaxRequestSize[1]	XSetSizeHints[1]	XkbLockGroup[1]	
XExtentsOfFontSet[1]	XSetStandardColormap[1]	XkbLockModifiers[1]	
XFetchBuffer[1]	XSetStandardProperties[1]	XkbLookupKeyBinding[1]	
XFetchBytes[1]	XSetState[1]	XkbLookupKeySym[1]	
XFetchName[1]	XSetStipple[1]	XkbNoteControlsChanges[1]	
XFillArc[1]	XSetSubwindowMode[1]	XkbNoteMapChanges[1]	
XFillArcs[1]	XSetTSOrigin[1]	XkbNoteNameChanges[1]	
XFillPolygon[1]	XSetTextProperty[1]	XkbOpenDisplay[1]	
XFillRectangle[1]	XSetTile[1]	XkbQueryExtension[1]	
XFillRectangles[1]	XSetTransientForHint[1]	XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping[1]	
XFilterEvent[1]	XSetWMClientMachine[1]	XkbResizeKeyActions[1]	
XFindContext[1]	XSetWMColormapWindows[1]	XkbResizeKeySyms[1]	
XFindOnExtensionList[1]	XSetWMHints[1]	XkbResizeKeyType[1]	
XFlush[1]	XSetWMIconName[1]	XkbSelectEventDetails[1]	
XFlushGC[1]	XSetWMName[1]	XkbSelectEvents[1]	
XFontsOfFontSet[1]	XSetWMNormalHints[1]	XkbSetAtomFuncs[1]	
XForceScreenSaver[1]	XSetWMProperties[1]	XkbSetAutoRepeatRate[1]	
XFree[1]	XSetWMProtocols[1]	XkbSetAutoResetControls[1]	
XFreeColormap[1]	XSetWMSizeHints[1]	XkbSetCompatMap[1]	
XFreeColors[1]	XSetWindowBackground[1]	XkbSetControls[1]	
XFreeCursor[1]	XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap[1]	XkbSetDebuggingFlags[1]	
XFreeExtensionList[1]	XSetWindowBorder[1]	XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat[1]	
XFreeFont[1]	XSetWindowBorderPixmap[1]	XkbSetGeometry[1]	
XFreeFontInfo[1]	XSetWindowBorderWidth[1]	XkbSetIgnoreLockMods[1]	
XFreeFontNames[1]	XSetWindowColormap[1]	XkbSetIndicatorMap[1]	
XFreeFontPath[1]	XSetZoomHints[1]	XkbSetMap[1]	
XFreeFontSet[1]	XShrinkRegion[1]	XkbSetNamedIndicator[1]	
XFreeGC[1]	XStoreBuffer[1]	XkbSetNames[1]	
XFreeModifiermap[1]	XStoreBytes[1]	XkbSetServerInternalMods[1]	
XFreePixmap[1]	XStoreColor[1]	XkbSetXlibControls[1]	
XFreeStringList[1]	XStoreColors[1]	XkbToControl[1]	
XGContextFromGC[1]	XStoreName[1]	XkbTranslateKeyCode[1]	
XGeometry[1]	XStoreNamedColor[1]	XkbTranslateKeySym[1]	
XGetAtomName[1]	XStringListToTextProperty[1]	XkbUpdateMapFromCore[1]	
XGetAtomNames[1]	XStringToKeysym[1]	XkbUseExtension[1]	
XGetClassHint[1]	XSubImage[1]	XkbVirtualModsToReal[1]	
XGetCommand[1]	XSubtractRegion[1]	XmbDrawImageString[1]	
XGetDefault[1]	XSupportsLocale[1]	XmbDrawString[1]	
XGetErrorDatabaseText[1]	XSync[1]	XmbDrawText[1]	
XGetErrorText[1]	XTextExtents[1]	XmbLookupString[1]	
XGetFontPath[1]	XTextExtents16[1]	XmbResetIC[1]	
XGetFontProperty[1]	XTextPropertyToStringList[1]	XmbSetWMProperties[1]	
XGetGCValues[1]	XTextWidth[1]	XmbTextEscapement[1]	
XGetGeometry[1]	XTextWidth16[1]	XmbTextExtents[1]	
XGetICValues[1]	XTranslateCoordinates[1]	XmbTextListToTextProperty[1]	
XGetIMValues[1]	XUndefineCursor[1]	XmbTextPerCharExtents[1]	
XGetIconName[1]	XUngrabButton[1]	XmbTextPropertyToTextList[1]	
XGetIconSizes[1]	XUngrabKey[1]	XrmCombineDatabase[1]	
XGetImage[1]	XUngrabKeyboard[1]	XrmCombineFileDatabase[1]	
XGetInputFocus[1]	XUngrabPointer[1]	XrmDestroyDatabase[1]	
XGetKeyboardControl[1]	XUngrabServer[1]	XrmEnumerateDatabase[1]	
XGetKeyboardMapping[1]	XUninstallColormap[1]	XrmGetDatabase[1]	
XGetModifierMapping[1]	XUnionRectWithRegion[1]	XrmGetFileDatabase[1]	
XGetMotionEvents[1]	XUnionRegion[1]	XrmGetResource[1]	
XGetNormalHints[1]	XUnloadFont[1]	XrmGetStringDatabase[1]	
XGetOCValues[1]	XUnlockDisplay[1]	XrmInitialize[1]	
XGetOMValues[1]	XUnmapSubwindows[1]	XrmLocaleOfDatabase[1]	
XGetPixel[1]	XUnmapWindow[1]	XrmMergeDatabases[1]	
XGetPointerControl[1]	XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback[1]	XrmParseCommand[1]	
XGetPointerMapping[1]	XUnsetICFocus[1]	XrmPermStringToQuark[1]	
XGetRGBColormaps[1]	XVaCreateNestedList[1]	XrmPutFileDatabase[1]	
XGetScreenSaver[1]	XVendorRelease[1]	XrmPutLineResource[1]	
XGetSelectionOwner[1]	XVisualIDFromVisual[1]	XrmPutResource[1]	
XGetSizeHints[1]	XWMGeometry[1]	XrmPutStringResource[1]	
XGetStandardColormap[1]	XWarpPointer[1]	XrmQGetResource[1]	
XGetSubImage[1]	XWhitePixel[1]	XrmQGetSearchList[1]	
XGetTextProperty[1]	XWhitePixelOfScreen[1]	XrmQGetSearchResource[1]	
XGetTransientForHint[1]	XWidthMMOfScreen[1]	XrmQPutResource[1]	
XGetVisualInfo[1]	XWidthOfScreen[1]	XrmQPutStringResource[1]	
XGetWMClientMachine[1]	XWindowEvent[1]	XrmQuarkToString[1]	
XGetWMColormapWindows[1]	XWithdrawWindow[1]	XrmSetDatabase[1]	
XGetWMHints[1]	XWriteBitmapFile[1]	XrmStringToBindingQuarkList[1]	
XGetWMIconName[1]	XXorRegion[1]	XrmStringToQuark[1]	
XGetWMName[1]	XauDisposeAuth[1]	XrmStringToQuarkList[1]	
XGetWMNormalHints[1]	XauFileName[1]	XrmUniqueQuark[1]	
XGetWMProtocols[1]	XauGetBestAuthByAddr[1]	Xutf8TextListToTextProperty[1]	
XGetWMSizeHints[1]	XauReadAuth[1]	Xutf8TextPropertyToTextList[1]	
XGetWindowAttributes[1]	XcmsAddColorSpace[1]	XwcDrawImageString[1]	
XGetWindowProperty[1]	XcmsAddFunctionSet[1]	XwcDrawString[1]	
XGetZoomHints[1]	XcmsAllocColor[1]	XwcDrawText[1]	
XGrabButton[1]	XcmsAllocNamedColor[1]	XwcFreeStringList[1]	
XGrabKey[1]	XcmsCCCOfColormap[1]	XwcLookupString[1]	
XGrabKeyboard[1]	XcmsCIELabClipL[1]	XwcResetIC[1]	
XGrabPointer[1]	XcmsCIELabClipLab[1]	XwcTextEscapement[1]	
XGrabServer[1]	XcmsCIELabClipab[1]	XwcTextExtents[1]	
XHeightMMOfScreen[1]	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC[1]	XwcTextListToTextProperty[1]	
XHeightOfScreen[1]	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL[1]	XwcTextPerCharExtents[1]	
XIMOfIC[1]	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC[1]	XwcTextPropertyToTextList[1]	

Table A-2. libX11 Data Interfaces
XSetAfterFunction	XSynchronize	

A.2. libXt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	

Table A-3. libXt Function Interfaces
XtAddActions[1]	XtCvtStringToInitialState[1]	XtOwnSelectionIncremental[1]	
XtAddCallback[1]	XtCvtStringToInt[1]	XtParent[1]	
XtAddCallbacks[1]	XtCvtStringToPixel[1]	XtParseAcceleratorTable[1]	
XtAddConverter[1]	XtCvtStringToRestartStyle[1]	XtParseTranslationTable[1]	
XtAddEventHandler[1]	XtCvtStringToShort[1]	XtPeekEvent[1]	
XtAddExposureToRegion[1]	XtCvtStringToTranslationTable[1]	XtPending[1]	
XtAddGrab[1]	XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar[1]	XtPopdown[1]	
XtAddInput[1]	XtCvtStringToVisual[1]	XtPopup[1]	
XtAddRawEventHandler[1]	XtDatabase[1]	XtPopupSpringLoaded[1]	
XtAddSignal[1]	XtDestroyApplicationContext[1]	XtProcessEvent[1]	
XtAddTimeOut[1]	XtDestroyGC[1]	XtProcessLock[1]	
XtAddWorkProc[1]	XtDestroyWidget[1]	XtProcessUnlock[1]	
XtAllocateGC[1]	XtDirectConvert[1]	XtQueryGeometry[1]	
XtAppAddActionHook[1]	XtDisownSelection[1]	XtRealizeWidget[1]	
XtAppAddActions[1]	XtDispatchEvent[1]	XtRealloc[1]	
XtAppAddBlockHook[1]	XtDispatchEventToWidget[1]	XtRegisterCaseConverter[1]	
XtAppAddConverter[1]	XtDisplay[1]	XtRegisterDrawable[1]	
XtAppAddInput[1]	XtDisplayInitialize[1]	XtRegisterExtensionSelector[1]	
XtAppAddSignal[1]	XtDisplayOfObject[1]	XtRegisterGrabAction[1]	
XtAppAddTimeOut[1]	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning[1]	XtReleaseGC[1]	
XtAppAddWorkProc[1]	XtDisplayToApplicationContext[1]	XtReleasePropertyAtom[1]	
XtAppCreateShell[1]	XtError[1]	XtRemoveActionHook[1]	
XtAppError[1]	XtErrorMsg[1]	XtRemoveAllCallbacks[1]	
XtAppErrorMsg[1]	XtFindFile[1]	XtRemoveBlockHook[1]	
XtAppGetErrorDatabase[1]	XtFree[1]	XtRemoveCallback[1]	
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText[1]	XtGetActionKeysym[1]	XtRemoveCallbacks[1]	
XtAppGetExitFlag[1]	XtGetActionList[1]	XtRemoveEventHandler[1]	
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout[1]	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass[1]	XtRemoveEventTypeHandler[1]	
XtAppInitialize[1]	XtGetApplicationResources[1]	XtRemoveGrab[1]	
XtAppLock[1]	XtGetClassExtension[1]	XtRemoveInput[1]	
XtAppMainLoop[1]	XtGetConstraintResourceList[1]	XtRemoveRawEventHandler[1]	
XtAppNextEvent[1]	XtGetDisplays[1]	XtRemoveSignal[1]	
XtAppPeekEvent[1]	XtGetErrorDatabase[1]	XtRemoveTimeOut[1]	
XtAppPending[1]	XtGetErrorDatabaseText[1]	XtRemoveWorkProc[1]	
XtAppProcessEvent[1]	XtGetGC[1]	XtReservePropertyAtom[1]	
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs[1]	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget[1]	XtResizeWidget[1]	
XtAppSetErrorHandler[1]	XtGetKeysymTable[1]	XtResizeWindow[1]	
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler[1]	XtGetMultiClickTime[1]	XtResolvePathname[1]	
XtAppSetExitFlag[1]	XtGetResourceList[1]	XtScreen[1]	
XtAppSetFallbackResources[1]	XtGetSelectionParameters[1]	XtScreenDatabase[1]	
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout[1]	XtGetSelectionRequest[1]	XtScreenOfObject[1]	
XtAppSetTypeConverter[1]	XtGetSelectionTimeout[1]	XtSendSelectionRequest[1]	
XtAppSetWarningHandler[1]	XtGetSelectionValue[1]	XtSessionGetToken[1]	
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler[1]	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental[1]	XtSessionReturnToken[1]	
XtAppUnlock[1]	XtGetSelectionValues[1]	XtSetErrorHandler[1]	
XtAppWarning[1]	XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental[1]	XtSetErrorMsgHandler[1]	
XtAppWarningMsg[1]	XtGetSubresources[1]	XtSetEventDispatcher[1]	
XtAugmentTranslations[1]	XtGetSubvalues[1]	XtSetKeyTranslator[1]	
XtBuildEventMask[1]	XtGetValues[1]	XtSetKeyboardFocus[1]	
XtCallAcceptFocus[1]	XtGrabButton[1]	XtSetLanguageProc[1]	
XtCallActionProc[1]	XtGrabKey[1]	XtSetMappedWhenManaged[1]	
XtCallCallbackList[1]	XtGrabKeyboard[1]	XtSetMultiClickTime[1]	
XtCallCallbacks[1]	XtGrabPointer[1]	XtSetSelectionParameters[1]	
XtCallConverter[1]	XtHasCallbacks[1]	XtSetSelectionTimeout[1]	
XtCallbackExclusive[1]	XtHooksOfDisplay[1]	XtSetSensitive[1]	
XtCallbackNone[1]	XtInitialize[1]	XtSetSubvalues[1]	
XtCallbackNonexclusive[1]	XtInitializeWidgetClass[1]	XtSetTypeConverter[1]	
XtCallbackPopdown[1]	XtInsertEventHandler[1]	XtSetValues[1]	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef[1]	XtInsertEventTypeHandler[1]	XtSetWMColormapWindows[1]	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList[1]	XtInsertRawEventHandler[1]	XtSetWarningHandler[1]	
XtCalloc[1]	XtInstallAccelerators[1]	XtSetWarningMsgHandler[1]	
XtCancelSelectionRequest[1]	XtInstallAllAccelerators[1]	XtStringConversionWarning[1]	
XtChangeManagedSet[1]	XtIsApplicationShell[1]	XtSuperclass[1]	
XtClass[1]	XtIsComposite[1]	XtToolkitInitialize[1]	
XtCloseDisplay[1]	XtIsConstraint[1]	XtToolkitThreadInitialize[1]	
XtConfigureWidget[1]	XtIsManaged[1]	XtTranslateCoords[1]	
XtConvert[1]	XtIsObject[1]	XtTranslateKey[1]	
XtConvertAndStore[1]	XtIsOverrideShell[1]	XtTranslateKeycode[1]	
XtConvertCase[1]	XtIsRealized[1]	XtUngrabButton[1]	
XtCreateApplicationContext[1]	XtIsRectObj[1]	XtUngrabKey[1]	
XtCreateApplicationShell[1]	XtIsSensitive[1]	XtUngrabKeyboard[1]	
XtCreateManagedWidget[1]	XtIsSessionShell[1]	XtUngrabPointer[1]	
XtCreatePopupShell[1]	XtIsShell[1]	XtUninstallTranslations[1]	
XtCreateSelectionRequest[1]	XtIsSubclass[1]	XtUnmanageChild[1]	
XtCreateWidget[1]	XtIsTopLevelShell[1]	XtUnmanageChildren[1]	
XtCreateWindow[1]	XtIsTransientShell[1]	XtUnmapWidget[1]	
XtCvtColorToPixel[1]	XtIsVendorShell[1]	XtUnrealizeWidget[1]	
XtCvtIntToBool[1]	XtIsWMShell[1]	XtUnregisterDrawable[1]	
XtCvtIntToBoolean[1]	XtIsWidget[1]	XtVaAppCreateShell[1]	
XtCvtIntToColor[1]	XtKeysymToKeycodeList[1]	XtVaAppInitialize[1]	
XtCvtIntToFloat[1]	XtLastEventProcessed[1]	XtVaCreateArgsList[1]	
XtCvtIntToFont[1]	XtLastTimestampProcessed[1]	XtVaCreateManagedWidget[1]	
XtCvtIntToPixel[1]	XtMainLoop[1]	XtVaCreatePopupShell[1]	
XtCvtIntToPixmap[1]	XtMakeGeometryRequest[1]	XtVaCreateWidget[1]	
XtCvtIntToShort[1]	XtMakeResizeRequest[1]	XtVaGetApplicationResources[1]	
XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar[1]	XtMalloc[1]	XtVaGetSubresources[1]	
XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable[1]	XtManageChild[1]	XtVaGetSubvalues[1]	
XtCvtStringToAtom[1]	XtManageChildren[1]	XtVaGetValues[1]	
XtCvtStringToBool[1]	XtMapWidget[1]	XtVaOpenApplication[1]	
XtCvtStringToBoolean[1]	XtMenuPopupAction[1]	XtVaSetSubvalues[1]	
XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray[1]	XtMergeArgLists[1]	XtVaSetValues[1]	
XtCvtStringToCursor[1]	XtMoveWidget[1]	XtWarning[1]	
XtCvtStringToDimension[1]	XtName[1]	XtWarningMsg[1]	
XtCvtStringToDirectoryString[1]	XtNameToWidget[1]	XtWidgetToApplicationContext[1]	
XtCvtStringToDisplay[1]	XtNewString[1]	XtWindow[1]	
XtCvtStringToFile[1]	XtNextEvent[1]	XtWindowOfObject[1]	
XtCvtStringToFloat[1]	XtNoticeSignal[1]	XtWindowToWidget[1]	
XtCvtStringToFont[1]	XtOpenApplication[1]	_XtCheckSubclassFlag[1]	
XtCvtStringToFontSet[1]	XtOpenDisplay[1]	_XtCopyFromArg[1]	
XtCvtStringToFontStruct[1]	XtOverrideTranslations[1]	_XtInherit[1]	
XtCvtStringToGravity[1]	XtOwnSelection[1]	_XtIsSubclassOf[1]	

Table A-4. libXt Data Interfaces
XtCXtToolkitError	objectClass	topLevelShellClassRec	
XtShellStrings	objectClassRec	topLevelShellWidgetClass	
XtStrings	overrideShellClassRec	transientShellClassRec	
_XtInheritTranslations	overrideShellWidgetClass	transientShellWidgetClass	
applicationShellWidgetClass	rectObjClass	widgetClass	
compositeClassRec	rectObjClassRec	widgetClassRec	
compositeWidgetClass	sessionShellClassRec	wmShellClassRec	
constraintClassRec	sessionShellWidgetClass	wmShellWidgetClass	
constraintWidgetClass	shellClassRec	
	
coreWidgetClass	shellWidgetClass	

A.3. libm
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

Table A-5. libm Function Interfaces
acos(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	csinhl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	log(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
acosf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	csinl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	log10(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
acosh(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	csqrt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	log10f[1]	
acoshf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	csqrtf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	log10l[1]	
acoshl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	csqrtl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	log1p(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
acosl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ctan(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	logb(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
asin(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ctanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	logf[1]	
asinf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ctanh(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	logl[1]	
asinh(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ctanhf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lrint(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
asinhf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ctanhl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lrintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
asinhl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ctanl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lrintl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
asinl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	dremf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lround(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atan(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	dreml(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lroundf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atan2(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	erf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lroundl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atan2f(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	erfc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	matherr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atan2l(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	erfcf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	modf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	erfcl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	modff(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atanh(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	erff(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	modfl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atanhf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	erfl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nan(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atanhl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	exp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atanl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	expf[1]	nanl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cabs(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	expl[1]	nearbyint(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cabsf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	expm1(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nearbyintf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cabsl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fabs(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nearbyintl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cacos(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fabsf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nextafter(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cacosf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fabsl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nextafterf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cacosh(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fdim(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nextafterl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cacoshf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fdimf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nexttoward(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cacoshl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fdiml(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nexttowardf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cacosl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	feclearexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	nexttowardl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
carg(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fegetenv(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pow(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cargf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fegetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pow10(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cargl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fegetround(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pow10f(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
casin(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	feholdexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pow10l(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
casinf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	feraiseexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	powf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
casinh(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fesetenv(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	powl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
casinhf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fesetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	remainder(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
casinhl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fesetround(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	remainderf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
casinl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fetestexcept(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	remainderl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
catan(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	feupdateenv(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	remquo(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
catanf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	finite(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	remquof(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
catanh(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	finitef(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	remquol(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
catanhf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	finitel(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	rint(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
catanhl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	floor(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	rintf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
catanl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	floorf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	rintl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cbrt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	floorl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	round(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cbrtf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	fma(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	roundf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cbrtl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	fmaf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	roundl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ccos(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fmal(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	scalb(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ccosf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fmax(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	scalbf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ccosh(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fmaxf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	scalbl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ccoshf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fmaxl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	scalbln(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ccoshl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fmin(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	scalblnf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ccosl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fminf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	scalblnl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ceil(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	fminl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	scalbn(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ceilf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	fmod(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	scalbnf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ceill(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	fmodf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	scalbnl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cexp(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	fmodl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	significand(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cexpf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	frexp(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	significandf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cexpl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	frexpf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	significandl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cimag(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	frexpl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sin(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cimagf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	gamma(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sincos(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cimagl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	gammaf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sincosf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
clog(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	gammal(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sincosl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
clog10(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	hypot(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sinf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
clog10f(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	hypotf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sinh(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
clog10l(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	hypotl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sinhf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
clogf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	ilogb(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sinhl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
clogl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	ilogbf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sinl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
conj(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	ilogbl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sqrt(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
conjf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	j0(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sqrtf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
conjl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	j0f(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sqrtl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
copysign(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	j0l(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tan(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
copysignf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	j1(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
copysignl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	j1f(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tanh(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cos(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	j1l(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tanhf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cosf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	jn(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tanhl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cosh(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	jnf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tanl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
coshf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	jnl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tgamma(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
coshl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ldexp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tgammaf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cosl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ldexpf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tgammal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cpow(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	ldexpl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	trunc(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cpowf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	lgamma(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	truncf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cpowl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	lgamma_r(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	truncl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cproj(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	lgammaf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	y0(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cprojf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	lgammaf_r(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	y0f(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
cprojl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	lgammal(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	y0l(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
creal(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	lgammal_r(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	y1(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
crealf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	llrint(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	y1f(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
creall(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	llrintf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	y1l(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
csin(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	llrintl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	yn(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
csinf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	llround(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	ynf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
csinh(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	llroundf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	ynl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
csinhf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	llroundl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	

Table A-6. libm Data Interfaces
signgam	

A.4. libGL
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.

Table A-7. libGL Function Interfaces
glAccum[1]	glGetString[1]	glRasterPos4iv[1]	
glActiveTextureARB[1]	glGetTexEnvfv[1]	glRasterPos4s[1]	
glAlphaFunc[1]	glGetTexEnviv[1]	glRasterPos4sv[1]	
glAreTexturesResident[1]	glGetTexGendv[1]	glReadBuffer[1]	
glArrayElement[1]	glGetTexGenfv[1]	glReadPixels[1]	
glBegin[1]	glGetTexGeniv[1]	glRectd[1]	
glBindTexture[1]	glGetTexImage[1]	glRectdv[1]	
glBitmap[1]	glGetTexLevelParameterfv[1]	glRectf[1]	
glBlendColor[1]	glGetTexLevelParameteriv[1]	glRectfv[1]	
glBlendEquation[1]	glGetTexParameterfv[1]	glRecti[1]	
glBlendFunc[1]	glGetTexParameteriv[1]	glRectiv[1]	
glCallList[1]	glHint[1]	glRects[1]	
glCallLists[1]	glHistogram[1]	glRectsv[1]	
glClear[1]	glIndexMask[1]	glRenderMode[1]	
glClearAccum[1]	glIndexPointer[1]	glResetHistogram[1]	
glClearColor[1]	glIndexd[1]	glResetMinmax[1]	
glClearDepth[1]	glIndexdv[1]	glRotated[1]	
glClearIndex[1]	glIndexf[1]	glRotatef[1]	
glClearStencil[1]	glIndexfv[1]	glScaled[1]	
glClientActiveTextureARB[1]	glIndexi[1]	glScalef[1]	
glClipPlane[1]	glIndexiv[1]	glScissor[1]	
glColor3b[1]	glIndexs[1]	glSelectBuffer[1]	
glColor3bv[1]	glIndexsv[1]	glSeparableFilter2D[1]	
glColor3d[1]	glIndexub[1]	glShadeModel[1]	
glColor3dv[1]	glIndexubv[1]	glStencilFunc[1]	
glColor3f[1]	glInitNames[1]	glStencilMask[1]	
glColor3fv[1]	glInterleavedArrays[1]	glStencilOp[1]	
glColor3i[1]	glIsEnabled[1]	glTexCoord1d[1]	
glColor3iv[1]	glIsList[1]	glTexCoord1dv[1]	
glColor3s[1]	glIsTexture[1]	glTexCoord1f[1]	
glColor3sv[1]	glLightModelf[1]	glTexCoord1fv[1]	
glColor3ub[1]	glLightModelfv[1]	glTexCoord1i[1]	
glColor3ubv[1]	glLightModeli[1]	glTexCoord1iv[1]	
glColor3ui[1]	glLightModeliv[1]	glTexCoord1s[1]	
glColor3uiv[1]	glLightf[1]	glTexCoord1sv[1]	
glColor3us[1]	glLightfv[1]	glTexCoord2d[1]	
glColor3usv[1]	glLighti[1]	glTexCoord2dv[1]	
glColor4b[1]	glLightiv[1]	glTexCoord2f[1]	
glColor4bv[1]	glLineStipple[1]	glTexCoord2fv[1]	
glColor4d[1]	glLineWidth[1]	glTexCoord2i[1]	
glColor4dv[1]	glListBase[1]	glTexCoord2iv[1]	
glColor4f[1]	glLoadIdentity[1]	glTexCoord2s[1]	
glColor4fv[1]	glLoadMatrixd[1]	glTexCoord2sv[1]	
glColor4i[1]	glLoadMatrixf[1]	glTexCoord3d[1]	
glColor4iv[1]	glLoadName[1]	glTexCoord3dv[1]	
glColor4s[1]	glLogicOp[1]	glTexCoord3f[1]	
glColor4sv[1]	glMap1d[1]	glTexCoord3fv[1]	
glColor4ub[1]	glMap1f[1]	glTexCoord3i[1]	
glColor4ubv[1]	glMap2d[1]	glTexCoord3iv[1]	
glColor4ui[1]	glMap2f[1]	glTexCoord3s[1]	
glColor4uiv[1]	glMapGrid1d[1]	glTexCoord3sv[1]	
glColor4us[1]	glMapGrid1f[1]	glTexCoord4d[1]	
glColor4usv[1]	glMapGrid2d[1]	glTexCoord4dv[1]	
glColorMask[1]	glMapGrid2f[1]	glTexCoord4f[1]	
glColorMaterial[1]	glMaterialf[1]	glTexCoord4fv[1]	
glColorPointer[1]	glMaterialfv[1]	glTexCoord4i[1]	
glColorSubTable[1]	glMateriali[1]	glTexCoord4iv[1]	
glColorTable[1]	glMaterialiv[1]	glTexCoord4s[1]	
glColorTableParameterfv[1]	glMatrixMode[1]	glTexCoord4sv[1]	
glColorTableParameteriv[1]	glMinmax[1]	glTexCoordPointer[1]	
glConvolutionFilter1D[1]	glMultMatrixd[1]	glTexEnvf[1]	
glConvolutionFilter2D[1]	glMultMatrixf[1]	glTexEnvfv[1]	
glConvolutionParameterf[1]	glMultiTexCoord1dARB[1]	glTexEnvi[1]	
glConvolutionParameterfv[1]	glMultiTexCoord1dvARB[1]	glTexEnviv[1]	
glConvolutionParameteri[1]	glMultiTexCoord1fARB[1]	glTexGend[1]	
glConvolutionParameteriv[1]	glMultiTexCoord1fvARB[1]	glTexGendv[1]	
glCopyColorSubTable[1]	glMultiTexCoord1iARB[1]	glTexGenf[1]	
glCopyColorTable[1]	glMultiTexCoord1ivARB[1]	glTexGenfv[1]	
glCopyConvolutionFilter1D[1]	glMultiTexCoord1sARB[1]	glTexGeni[1]	
glCopyConvolutionFilter2D[1]	glMultiTexCoord1svARB[1]	glTexGeniv[1]	
glCopyPixels[1]	glMultiTexCoord2dARB[1]	glTexImage1D[1]	
glCopyTexImage1D[1]	glMultiTexCoord2dvARB[1]	glTexImage2D[1]	
glCopyTexImage2D[1]	glMultiTexCoord2fARB[1]	glTexImage3D[1]	
glCopyTexSubImage1D[1]	glMultiTexCoord2fvARB[1]	glTexParameterf[1]	
glCopyTexSubImage2D[1]	glMultiTexCoord2iARB[1]	glTexParameterfv[1]	
glCopyTexSubImage3D[1]	glMultiTexCoord2ivARB[1]	glTexParameteri[1]	
glCullFace[1]	glMultiTexCoord2sARB[1]	glTexParameteriv[1]	
glDeleteLists[1]	glMultiTexCoord2svARB[1]	glTexSubImage1D[1]	
glDeleteTextures[1]	glMultiTexCoord3dARB[1]	glTexSubImage2D[1]	
glDepthFunc[1]	glMultiTexCoord3dvARB[1]	glTexSubImage3D[1]	
glDepthMask[1]	glMultiTexCoord3fARB[1]	glTranslated[1]	
glDepthRange[1]	glMultiTexCoord3fvARB[1]	glTranslatef[1]	
glDisable[1]	glMultiTexCoord3iARB[1]	glVertex2d[1]	
glDisableClientState[1]	glMultiTexCoord3ivARB[1]	glVertex2dv[1]	
glDrawArrays[1]	glMultiTexCoord3sARB[1]	glVertex2f[1]	
glDrawBuffer[1]	glMultiTexCoord3svARB[1]	glVertex2fv[1]	
glDrawElements[1]	glMultiTexCoord4dARB[1]	glVertex2i[1]	
glDrawPixels[1]	glMultiTexCoord4dvARB[1]	glVertex2iv[1]	
glDrawRangeElements[1]	glMultiTexCoord4fARB[1]	glVertex2s[1]	
glEdgeFlag[1]	glMultiTexCoord4fvARB[1]	glVertex2sv[1]	
glEdgeFlagPointer[1]	glMultiTexCoord4iARB[1]	glVertex3d[1]	
glEdgeFlagv[1]	glMultiTexCoord4ivARB[1]	glVertex3dv[1]	
glEnable[1]	glMultiTexCoord4sARB[1]	glVertex3f[1]	
glEnableClientState[1]	glMultiTexCoord4svARB[1]	glVertex3fv[1]	
glEnd[1]	glNewList[1]	glVertex3i[1]	
glEndList[1]	glNormal3b[1]	glVertex3iv[1]	
glEvalCoord1d[1]	glNormal3bv[1]	glVertex3s[1]	
glEvalCoord1dv[1]	glNormal3d[1]	glVertex3sv[1]	
glEvalCoord1f[1]	glNormal3dv[1]	glVertex4d[1]	
glEvalCoord1fv[1]	glNormal3f[1]	glVertex4dv[1]	
glEvalCoord2d[1]	glNormal3fv[1]	glVertex4f[1]	
glEvalCoord2dv[1]	glNormal3i[1]	glVertex4fv[1]	
glEvalCoord2f[1]	glNormal3iv[1]	glVertex4i[1]	
glEvalCoord2fv[1]	glNormal3s[1]	glVertex4iv[1]	
glEvalMesh1[1]	glNormal3sv[1]	glVertex4s[1]	
glEvalMesh2[1]	glNormalPointer[1]	glVertex4sv[1]	
glEvalPoint1[1]	glOrtho[1]	glVertexPointer[1]	
glEvalPoint2[1]	glPassThrough[1]	glViewport[1]	
glFeedbackBuffer[1]	glPixelMapfv[1]	glXChooseFBConfig[1]	
glFinish[1]	glPixelMapuiv[1]	glXChooseVisual[1]	
glFlush[1]	glPixelMapusv[1]	glXCopyContext[1]	
glFogf[1]	glPixelStoref[1]	glXCreateContext[1]	
glFogfv[1]	glPixelStorei[1]	glXCreateGLXPixmap[1]	
glFogi[1]	glPixelTransferf[1]	glXCreateNewContext[1]	
glFogiv[1]	glPixelTransferi[1]	glXCreatePbuffer[1]	
glFrontFace[1]	glPixelZoom[1]	glXCreatePixmap[1]	
glFrustum[1]	glPointSize[1]	glXCreateWindow[1]	
glGenLists[1]	glPolygonMode[1]	glXDestroyContext[1]	
glGenTextures[1]	glPolygonOffset[1]	glXDestroyGLXPixmap[1]	
glGetBooleanv[1]	glPolygonStipple[1]	glXDestroyPbuffer[1]	
glGetClipPlane[1]	glPopAttrib[1]	glXDestroyPixmap[1]	
glGetColorTable[1]	glPopClientAttrib[1]	glXDestroyWindow[1]	
glGetColorTableParameterfv[1]	glPopMatrix[1]	glXFreeContextEXT[1]	
glGetColorTableParameteriv[1]	glPopName[1]	glXGetClientString[1]	
glGetConvolutionFilter[1]	glPrioritizeTextures[1]	glXGetConfig[1]	
glGetConvolutionParameterfv[1]	glPushAttrib[1]	glXGetContextIDEXT[1]	
glGetConvolutionParameteriv[1]	glPushClientAttrib[1]	glXGetCurrentContext[1]	
glGetDoublev[1]	glPushMatrix[1]	glXGetCurrentDisplay[1]	
glGetError[1]	glPushName[1]	glXGetCurrentDrawable[1]	
glGetFloatv[1]	glRasterPos2d[1]	glXGetCurrentReadDrawable[1]	
glGetHistogram[1]	glRasterPos2dv[1]	glXGetFBConfigAttrib[1]	
glGetHistogramParameterfv[1]	glRasterPos2f[1]	glXGetProcAddressARB[1]	
glGetHistogramParameteriv[1]	glRasterPos2fv[1]	glXGetSelectedEvent[1]	
glGetIntegerv[1]	glRasterPos2i[1]	glXGetVisualFromFBConfig[1]	
glGetLightfv[1]	glRasterPos2iv[1]	glXImportContextEXT[1]	
glGetLightiv[1]	glRasterPos2s[1]	glXIsDirect[1]	
glGetMapdv[1]	glRasterPos2sv[1]	glXMakeContextCurrent[1]	
glGetMapfv[1]	glRasterPos3d[1]	glXMakeCurrent[1]	
glGetMapiv[1]	glRasterPos3dv[1]	glXQueryContext[1]	
glGetMaterialfv[1]	glRasterPos3f[1]	glXQueryContextInfoEXT[1]	
glGetMaterialiv[1]	glRasterPos3fv[1]	glXQueryDrawable[1]	
glGetMinmax[1]	glRasterPos3i[1]	glXQueryExtension[1]	
glGetMinmaxParameterfv[1]	glRasterPos3iv[1]	glXQueryExtensionsString[1]	
glGetMinmaxParameteriv[1]	glRasterPos3s[1]	glXQueryServerString[1]	
glGetPixelMapfv[1]	glRasterPos3sv[1]	glXQueryVersion[1]	
glGetPixelMapuiv[1]	glRasterPos4d[1]	glXSelectEvent[1]	
glGetPixelMapusv[1]	glRasterPos4dv[1]	glXSwapBuffers[1]	
glGetPointerv[1]	glRasterPos4f[1]	glXUseXFont[1]	
glGetPolygonStipple[1]	glRasterPos4fv[1]	glXWaitGL[1]	
glGetSeparableFilter[1]	glRasterPos4i[1]	glXWaitX[1]	

A.5. libXext
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.

	

	

Table A-8. libXext Function Interfaces
DPMSCapable[1]	XShmCreateImage[1]	XSyncQueryExtension[1]	
DPMSDisable[1]	XShmCreatePixmap[1]	XSyncSetCounter[1]	
DPMSEnable[1]	XShmDetach[1]	XSyncSetPriority[1]	
DPMSForceLevel[1]	XShmGetEventBase[1]	XSyncValueAdd[1]	
DPMSGetTimeouts[1]	XShmGetImage[1]	XSyncValueEqual[1]	
DPMSGetVersion[1]	XShmPixmapFormat[1]	XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual[1]	
DPMSInfo[1]	XShmPutImage[1]	XSyncValueGreaterThan[1]	
DPMSQueryExtension[1]	XShmQueryExtension[1]	XSyncValueHigh32[1]	
DPMSSetTimeouts[1]	XShmQueryVersion[1]	XSyncValueIsNegative[1]	
XSecurityAllocXauth[1]	XSyncAwait[1]	XSyncValueIsPositive[1]	
XSecurityFreeXauth[1]	XSyncChangeAlarm[1]	XSyncValueIsZero[1]	
XSecurityGenerateAuthorization[1]	XSyncChangeCounter[1]	XSyncValueLessOrEqual[1]	
XSecurityQueryExtension[1]	XSyncCreateAlarm[1]	XSyncValueLessThan[1]	
XSecurityRevokeAuthorization[1]	XSyncCreateCounter[1]	XSyncValueLow32[1]	
XShapeCombineMask[1]	XSyncDestroyAlarm[1]	XSyncValueSubtract[1]	
XShapeCombineRectangles[1]	XSyncDestroyCounter[1]	XdbeAllocateBackBufferName[1]	
XShapeCombineRegion[1]	XSyncFreeSystemCounterList[1]	XdbeBeginIdiom[1]	
XShapeCombineShape[1]	XSyncGetPriority[1]	XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName[1]	
XShapeGetRectangles[1]	XSyncInitialize[1]	XdbeEndIdiom[1]	
XShapeInputSelected[1]	XSyncIntToValue[1]	XdbeFreeVisualInfo[1]	
XShapeOffsetShape[1]	XSyncIntsToValue[1]	XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes[1]	
XShapeQueryExtension[1]	XSyncListSystemCounters[1]	XdbeGetVisualInfo[1]	
XShapeQueryExtents[1]	XSyncMaxValue[1]	XdbeQueryExtension[1]	
XShapeQueryVersion[1]	XSyncMinValue[1]	XdbeSwapBuffers[1]	
XShapeSelectInput[1]	XSyncQueryAlarm[1]	
	
XShmAttach[1]	XSyncQueryCounter[1]	

A.6. libICE
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.

Table A-9. libICE Function Interfaces
IceAcceptConnection[1]	IceGetConnectionContext[1]	IceProtocolVersion[1]	
IceAddConnectionWatch[1]	IceGetInBufSize[1]	IceReadAuthFileEntry[1]	
IceAllocScratch[1]	IceGetListenConnectionNumber[1]	IceRegisterForProtocolReply[1]	
IceAppLockConn[1]	IceGetListenConnectionString[1]	IceRegisterForProtocolSetup[1]	
IceAppUnlockConn[1]	IceGetOutBufSize[1]	IceRelease[1]	
IceAuthFileName[1]	IceInitThreads[1]	IceRemoveConnectionWatch[1]	
IceCheckShutdownNegotiation[1]	IceLastReceivedSequenceNumber[1]	IceSetErrorHandler[1]	
IceCloseConnection[1]	IceLastSentSequenceNumber[1]	IceSetHostBasedAuthProc[1]	
IceComposeNetworkIdList[1]	IceListenForConnections[1]	IceSetIOErrorHandler[1]	
IceConnectionNumber[1]	IceListenForWellKnownConnections[1]	IceSetPaAuthData[1]	
IceConnectionStatus[1]	IceLockAuthFile[1]	IceSetShutdownNegotiation[1]	
IceConnectionString[1]	IceOpenConnection[1]	IceSwapping[1]	
IceFlush[1]	IcePing[1]	IceUnlockAuthFile[1]	
IceFreeAuthFileEntry[1]	IceProcessMessages[1]	IceVendor[1]	
IceFreeListenObjs[1]	IceProtocolRevision[1]	IceWriteAuthFileEntry[1]	
IceGenerateMagicCookie[1]	IceProtocolSetup[1]	
	
IceGetAuthFileEntry[1]	IceProtocolShutdown[1]	

A.7. libSM
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.

Table A-10. libSM Function Interfaces
SmFreeProperty[1]	SmcRelease[1]	SmsInitialize[1]	
SmFreeReasons[1]	SmcRequestSaveYourself[1]	SmsInteract[1]	
SmcClientID[1]	SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase2[1]	SmsProtocolRevision[1]	
SmcCloseConnection[1]	SmcSaveYourselfDone[1]	SmsProtocolVersion[1]	
SmcDeleteProperties[1]	SmcSetErrorHandler[1]	SmsRegisterClientReply[1]	
SmcGetIceConnection[1]	SmcSetProperties[1]	SmsReturnProperties[1]	
SmcGetProperties[1]	SmcVendor[1]	SmsSaveComplete[1]	
SmcInteractDone[1]	SmsCleanUp[1]	SmsSaveYourself[1]	
SmcInteractRequest[1]	SmsClientHostName[1]	SmsSaveYourselfPhase2[1]	
SmcModifyCallbacks[1]	SmsClientID[1]	SmsSetErrorHandler[1]	
SmcOpenConnection[1]	SmsDie[1]	SmsShutdownCancelled[1]	
SmcProtocolRevision[1]	SmsGenerateClientID[1]	
	
SmcProtocolVersion[1]	SmsGetIceConnection[1]	

A.8. libdl
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

Table A-11. libdl Function Interfaces
dladdr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	dlerror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	dlsym(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
dlclose(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	dlopen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	

A.9. libcrypt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

Table A-12. libcrypt Function Interfaces
crypt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	encrypt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setkey(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	

A.10. libz
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
zlib 1.2 Manual	

Table A-13. libz Function Interfaces
adler32[1]	gzdopen[1]	gztell[1]	
compress[1]	gzeof[1]	gzwrite[1]	
compress2[1]	gzerror[1]	inflate[1]	
crc32[1]	gzflush[1]	inflateEnd[1]	
deflate[1]	gzgetc[1]	inflateInit2_[1]	
deflateCopy[1]	gzgets[1]	inflateInit_[1]	
deflateEnd[1]	gzopen[1]	inflateReset[1]	
deflateInit2_[1]	gzprintf[1]	inflateSetDictionary[1]	
deflateInit_[1]	gzputc[1]	inflateSync[1]	
deflateParams[1]	gzputs[1]	inflateSyncPoint[1]	
deflateReset[1]	gzread[1]	uncompress[1]	
deflateSetDictionary[1]	gzrewind[1]	zError[1]	
get_crc_table[1]	gzseek[1]	
	
gzclose[1]	gzsetparams[1]	

A.11. libncurses
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	

Table A-14. libncurses Function Interfaces
addch[1]	mvdelch[1]	slk_refresh[1]	
addchnstr[1]	mvderwin[1]	slk_restore[1]	
addchstr[1]	mvgetch[1]	slk_set[1]	
addnstr[1]	mvgetnstr[1]	slk_touch[1]	
addstr[1]	mvgetstr[1]	standend[1]	
attr_get[1]	mvhline[1]	standout[1]	
attr_off[1]	mvinch[1]	start_color[1]	
attr_on[1]	mvinchnstr[1]	subpad[1]	
attr_set[1]	mvinchstr[1]	subwin[1]	
attroff[1]	mvinnstr[1]	syncok[1]	
attron[1]	mvinsch[1]	termattrs[1]	
attrset[1]	mvinsnstr[1]	termname[1]	
baudrate[1]	mvinsstr[1]	tgetent[1]	
beep[1]	mvinstr[1]	tgetflag[1]	
bkgd[1]	mvprintw[1]	tgetnum[1]	
bkgdset[1]	mvscanw[1]	tgetstr[1]	
border[1]	mvvline[1]	tgoto[1]	
box[1]	mvwaddch[1]	tigetflag[1]	
can_change_color[1]	mvwaddchnstr[1]	tigetnum[1]	
cbreak[1]	mvwaddchstr[1]	tigetstr[1]	
chgat[1]	mvwaddnstr[1]	timeout[1]	
clear[1]	mvwaddstr[1]	touchline[1]	
clearok[1]	mvwchgat[1]	touchwin[1]	
clrtobot[1]	mvwdelch[1]	tparm[1]	
clrtoeol[1]	mvwgetch[1]	tputs[1]	
color_content[1]	mvwgetnstr[1]	typeahead[1]	
color_set[1]	mvwgetstr[1]	unctrl[1]	
copywin[1]	mvwhline[1]	ungetch[1]	
curs_set[1]	mvwin[1]	untouchwin[1]	
def_prog_mode[1]	mvwinch[1]	use_env[1]	
def_shell_mode[1]	mvwinchnstr[1]	vidattr[1]	
del_curterm[1]	mvwinchstr[1]	vidputs[1]	
delay_output[1]	mvwinnstr[1]	vline[1]	
delch[1]	mvwinsch[1]	vw_printw[1]	
deleteln[1]	mvwinsnstr[1]	vw_scanw[1]	
delscreen[1]	mvwinsstr[1]	vwprintw[1]	
delwin[1]	mvwinstr[1]	vwscanw[1]	
derwin[1]	mvwprintw[1]	waddch[1]	
doupdate[1]	mvwscanw[1]	waddchnstr[1]	
dupwin[1]	mvwvline[1]	waddchstr[1]	
echo[1]	napms[1]	waddnstr[1]	
echochar[1]	newpad[1]	waddstr[1]	
endwin[1]	newterm[1]	wattr_get[1]	
erase[1]	newwin[1]	wattr_off[1]	
erasechar[1]	nl[1]	wattr_on[1]	
filter[1]	nocbreak[1]	wattr_set[1]	
flash[1]	nodelay[1]	wattroff[1]	
flushinp[1]	noecho[1]	wattron[1]	
getbkgd[1]	nonl[1]	wattrset[1]	
getch[1]	noqiflush[1]	wbkgd[1]	
getnstr[1]	noraw[1]	wbkgdset[1]	
getstr[1]	notimeout[1]	wborder[1]	
getwin[1]	overlay[1]	wchgat[1]	
halfdelay[1]	overwrite[1]	wclear[1]	
has_colors[1]	pair_content[1]	wclrtobot[1]	
has_ic[1]	pechochar[1]	wclrtoeol[1]	
has_il[1]	pnoutrefresh[1]	wcolor_set[1]	
hline[1]	prefresh[1]	wcursyncup[1]	
idcok[1]	printw[1]	wdelch[1]	
idlok[1]	putp[1]	wdeleteln[1]	
immedok[1]	putwin[1]	wechochar[1]	
inch[1]	qiflush[1]	werase[1]	
inchnstr[1]	raw[1]	wgetch[1]	
inchstr[1]	redrawwin[1]	wgetnstr[1]	
init_color[1]	refresh[1]	wgetstr[1]	
init_pair[1]	reset_prog_mode[1]	whline[1]	
initscr[1]	reset_shell_mode[1]	winch[1]	
innstr[1]	resetty[1]	winchnstr[1]	
insch[1]	restartterm[1]	winchstr[1]	
insdelln[1]	ripoffline[1]	winnstr[1]	
insertln[1]	savetty[1]	winsch[1]	
insnstr[1]	scanw[1]	winsdelln[1]	
insstr[1]	scr_dump[1]	winsertln[1]	
instr[1]	scr_init[1]	winsnstr[1]	
intrflush[1]	scr_restore[1]	winsstr[1]	
is_linetouched[1]	scr_set[1]	winstr[1]	
is_wintouched[1]	scrl[1]	wmove[1]	
isendwin[1]	scroll[1]	wnoutrefresh[1]	
keyname[1]	scrollok[1]	wprintw[1]	
keypad[1]	set_curterm[1]	wredrawln[1]	
killchar[1]	set_term[1]	wrefresh[1]	
leaveok[1]	setscrreg[1]	wscanw[1]	
longname[1]	setupterm[1]	wscrl[1]	
meta[1]	slk_attr_set[1]	wsetscrreg[1]	
move[1]	slk_attroff[1]	wstandend[1]	
mvaddch[1]	slk_attron[1]	wstandout[1]	
mvaddchnstr[1]	slk_attrset[1]	wsyncdown[1]	
mvaddchstr[1]	slk_clear[1]	wsyncup[1]	
mvaddnstr[1]	slk_color[1]	wtimeout[1]	
mvaddstr[1]	slk_init[1]	wtouchln[1]	
mvchgat[1]	slk_label[1]	wvline[1]	
mvcur[1]	slk_noutrefresh[1]	

Table A-15. libncurses Data Interfaces
COLORS	LINES	curscr	
COLOR_PAIRS	acs_map	stdscr	
COLS	cur_term	

A.12. libutil
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	

Table A-16. libutil Function Interfaces
forkpty(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	login_tty(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	logwtmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
login(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	logout(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	openpty(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	

A.13. libc
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
	
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C	
Large File Support	
Linux Standard Base	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	
System V Interface Definition, Issue 3 (ISBN 0201566524)	
System V Interface Definition,Fourth Edition	

Table A-17. libc Function Interfaces
_Exit(GLIBC_2.1.1)[1]	getrusage(GLIBC_2.1.1)[1]	sigaddset(GLIBC_2.1.1)[1]	
_IO_feof(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getservbyname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigaltstack(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_IO_getc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getservbyport(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigandset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_IO_putc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getservent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigblock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_IO_puts(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getsid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigdelset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__assert_fail(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getsockname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigemptyset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__ctype_b_loc[1]	getsockopt()[1]	sigfillset()[1]	
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getsubopt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	siggetmask(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__ctype_tolower_loc[1]	gettext()[1]	sighold()[1]	
__ctype_toupper_loc[1]	gettimeofday()[1]	sigignore()[1]	
__cxa_atexit(GLIBC_2.1.3)[1]	getuid(GLIBC_2.1.3)[1]	siginterrupt(GLIBC_2.1.3)[1]	
__errno_location(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getutent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigisemptyset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__fpending(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	getutent_r(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	sigismember(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
__fxstat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getutxent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	siglongjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__fxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	getutxid(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	signal(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
__getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getutxline(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigorset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	getw(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigpause(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__h_errno_location[1]	getwc()[1]	sigpending()[1]	
__isinf[1]	getwchar()[1]	sigprocmask()[1]	
__isinff[1]	getwd()[1]	sigqueue()[1]	
__isinfl[1]	glob()[1]	sigrelse()[1]	
__isnan[1]	glob64()[1]	sigreturn()[1]	
__isnanf[1]	globfree()[1]	sigset()[1]	
__isnanl[1]	globfree64()[1]	sigstack()[1]	
__libc_current_sigrtmax(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	gmtime(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sigsuspend(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
__libc_current_sigrtmin(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	gmtime_r(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sigtimedwait(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
__libc_start_main(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	grantpt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigwait(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__lxstat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	hcreate(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sigwaitinfo(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__lxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	hdestroy(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	sleep(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
__mempcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	hsearch(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	snprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__rawmemchr(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	htonl(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	socket(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
__register_atfork[1]	htons()[1]	socketpair()[1]	
__sigsetjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iconv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iconv_close(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	srand(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strdup(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iconv_open(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	srand48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strtod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	imaxabs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	srandom(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strtof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	imaxdiv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	index(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	statvfs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strtol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	inet_addr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	statvfs64[1]	
__strtold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	inet_ntoa(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	stime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strtoll_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	inet_ntop[1]	stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strtoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	inet_pton[1]	stpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__strtoull_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	initgroups(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strcasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__sysconf(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	initstate(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	strcasestr(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
__sysv_signal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	insque(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strcat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__wcstod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ioctl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strchr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__wcstof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isalnum(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strcmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__wcstol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isalpha(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strcoll(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__wcstold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isascii(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__wcstoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isatty(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strcspn(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__xmknod(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isblank(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strdup(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__xstat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iscntrl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strerror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
__xstat64(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	isdigit(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	strerror_r(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
_exit(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isgraph(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strfmon(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isinf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strfry(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_obstack_begin(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isinff[1]	strftime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_obstack_newchunk(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isinfl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strlen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_setjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	islower(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_tolower(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isnan(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strncat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
_toupper(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isnanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strncmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
a64l(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isnanl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strncpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
abort(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isprint(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strndup(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
abs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ispunct(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strnlen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
accept(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isspace(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strpbrk(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
access(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isupper(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strptime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
acct(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswalnum(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strrchr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
adjtime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswalpha(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strsep(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
alarm(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswblank(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strsignal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
asctime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswcntrl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strspn(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
asctime_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswctype(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strstr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
asprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswdigit(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtod(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atof(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswgraph(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtof(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atoi(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswlower(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtoimax(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atol(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswprint(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtok(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
atoll[1]	iswpunct()[1]	strtok_r()[1]	
authnone_create(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswspace(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtol(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
basename(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswupper(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtold(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bcmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	iswxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtoll(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bcopy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	isxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtoq(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bind(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	jrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtoul(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bind_textdomain_codeset[1]	key_decryptsession()[1]	strtoull()[1]	
bindresvport(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	kill(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtoumax(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bindtextdomain(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	killpg(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strtouq(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
brk(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	l64a(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strverscmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bsd_signal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	labs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	strxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bsearch(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lchown(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svc_getreqset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
btowc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lcong48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svc_register(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
bzero(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ldiv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svc_run(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
calloc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lfind(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svc_sendreply(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
catclose(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	link(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcerr_auth(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
catgets(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	listen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcerr_decode(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
catopen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	llabs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcerr_noproc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cfgetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lldiv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcerr_noprog(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cfgetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	localeconv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcerr_progvers(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cfmakeraw(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	localtime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcerr_systemerr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cfsetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	localtime_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcerr_weakauth(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cfsetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lockf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svctcp_create(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cfsetspeed(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lockf64(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	svcudp_create(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
chdir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	swab(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
chmod(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	swapcontext(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
chown(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	lsearch(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	swprintf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
chroot(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lseek(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	swscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clearerr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	lseek64(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	symlink(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clnt_create(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	makecontext(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sync(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clnt_pcreateerror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	malloc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sysconf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clnt_perrno(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mblen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	syslog(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clnt_perror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mbrlen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	system(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clnt_spcreateerror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mbrtowc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcdrain(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clnt_sperrno(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mbsinit(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcflow(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clnt_sperror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mbsnrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcflush(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
clock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mbsrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcgetattr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
close(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mbstowcs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcgetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
closedir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mbtowc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcgetsid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
closelog(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	memccpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcsendbreak(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
confstr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	memchr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcsetattr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
connect(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	memcmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tcsetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
creat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	memcpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tdelete[1]	
creat64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	memmem(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	telldir(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ctermid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	memmove(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tempnam(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ctime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	memrchr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	textdomain(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ctime_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	memset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tfind(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
cuserid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mkdir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	time(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
daemon(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mkfifo(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	times(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mkstemp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tmpfile(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
dcngettext[1]	mkstemp64()[1]	tmpfile64()[1]	
dgettext[1]	mktemp()[1]	tmpnam()[1]	
difftime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mktime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	toascii(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
dirname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mlock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tolower(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
div(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mlockall(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	toupper(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
dngettext[1]	mmap()[1]	towctrans()[1]	
drand48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mmap64(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	towlower(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
dup(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mprotect(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	towupper(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
dup2(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	mrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	truncate(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ecvt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	msgctl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	truncate64(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
endgrent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	msgget(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tsearch(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
endnetent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	msgrcv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ttyname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
endprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	msgsnd(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ttyname_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
endpwent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	msync(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	twalk(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
endservent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	munlock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	tzset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
endutent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	munlockall(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ualarm(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
endutxent(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	munmap(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	ulimit(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
erand48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nanosleep(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	umask(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
err(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nftw(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	uname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
error(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nftw64(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ungetc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
errx(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ngettext[1]	ungetwc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
execl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nice(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	unlink(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
execle(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nl_langinfo(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	unlockpt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
execlp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	nrand48(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	unsetenv[1]	
execv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ntohl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	usleep(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
execve(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ntohs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	utime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
execvp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	obstack_free(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	utimes(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
exit(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	open(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vasprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fchdir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	open64(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vdprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fchmod(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	opendir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	verrx(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fchown(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	openlog(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vfork(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fclose(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pathconf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	vfprintf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fcntl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pause(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vfscanf[1]	
fcvt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pclose(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vfwprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fdatasync(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	perror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vfwscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fdopen(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pipe(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	vprintf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
feof(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pmap_getport(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vscanf[1]	
ferror(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pmap_set(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vsnprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fflush(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pmap_unset(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vsprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fflush_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	poll(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vsscanf[1]	
ffs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	popen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vswprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fgetc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	posix_memalign(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vswscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fgetpos(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	printf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vsyslog[1]	
fgetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	psignal(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	vwprintf(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fgets(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	ptsname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	vwscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fgetwc(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	putc(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wait(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
fgetwc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	putc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wait3(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
fgetws(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	putchar(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wait4(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
fileno(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	putchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	waitpid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
flock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	putenv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	warn(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
flockfile(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	puts(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	warnx(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fmtmsg(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pututxline(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcpcpy(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fnmatch(GLIBC_2.2.3)[1]	putw(GLIBC_2.2.3)[1]	wcpncpy(GLIBC_2.2.3)[1]	
fopen(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	putwc(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcrtomb(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fopen64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	putwchar(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcscasecmp(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fork(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	qsort(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcscat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fpathconf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	raise(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcschr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	rand(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcscmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fputc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	rand_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcscoll(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fputs(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	random(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcscpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fputwc(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	random_r(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wcscspn(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
fputws(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	read(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wcsdup(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
fread(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	readdir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcsftime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
free(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	readdir64(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcslen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
freeaddrinfo[1]	readdir_r[1]	wcsncasecmp()[1]	
freopen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	readlink(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcsncat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
freopen64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	readv(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcsncmp(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	realloc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcsncpy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fseek(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	realpath(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcsnlen(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fseeko(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	recv(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcsnrtombs(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fseeko64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	recvfrom(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcspbrk(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fsetpos(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	recvmsg(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcsrchr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fsetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	regcomp(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcsrtombs(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fstatvfs(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	regerror(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcsspn(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fstatvfs64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	regexec(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcsstr(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
fsync(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	regfree(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstod(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ftell(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	remove(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstof(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ftello(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	remque(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcstoimax(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ftello64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	rename(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcstok(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ftime(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	rewind(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstol(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ftok(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	rewinddir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstold(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ftruncate(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	rindex(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstoll(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ftruncate64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	rmdir(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcstombs(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
ftrylockfile(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sbrk(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstoq(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ftw(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	scanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstoul(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
ftw64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sched_get_priority_max(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wcstoull(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
funlockfile(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sched_get_priority_min(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcstoumax(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fwide(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	sched_getparam(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wcstouq(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
fwprintf(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	sched_getscheduler(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wcswcs(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
fwrite(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sched_rr_get_interval(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcswidth(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
fwscanf(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	sched_setparam(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	wcsxfrm(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
gai_strerror[1]	sched_setscheduler()[1]	wctob()[1]	
gcvt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sched_yield(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wctomb(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getaddrinfo[1]	seed48()[1]	wctrans()[1]	
getc(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	seekdir(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wctype(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	select(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wcwidth(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getchar(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	semctl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wmemchr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	semget(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wmemcmp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getcontext(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	semop(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wmemcpy(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
getcwd(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	send(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wmemmove(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getdate(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sendmsg(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	wmemset(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
getdomainname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sendto(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wordexp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getegid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setbuf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wordfree(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getenv(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setbuffer(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wprintf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
geteuid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setcontext(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	write(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getgid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setdomainname[1]	writev(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getgrent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setegid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	wscanf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getgrgid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setenv[1]	xdr_accepted_reply(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getgrgid_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	seteuid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_array(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getgrnam(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setgid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_bool(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getgrnam_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setgrent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_bytes(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getgroups(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setgroups(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_callhdr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
gethostbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sethostid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_callmsg(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
gethostbyname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sethostname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_char(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
gethostid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setitimer(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_double(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
gethostname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setlocale(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_enum(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getitimer(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setlogmask(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_float(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getloadavg(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	setnetent(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	xdr_free(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
getlogin(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setpgid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_int(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getnameinfo[1]	setpgrp()[1]	xdr_long()[1]	
getnetbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setpriority(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_opaque(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getopt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_opaque_auth(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getopt_long(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setpwent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_pointer(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getopt_long_only(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setregid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_reference(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setreuid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_rejected_reply(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpeername(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setrlimit(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_replymsg(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setrlimit64[1]	xdr_short(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setservent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_string(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setsid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_u_char(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getppid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_u_int(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpriority(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setstate(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_u_long(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getprotobyname(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setuid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_u_short(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getprotobynumber(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setutent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_union(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setutxent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_vector(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpwent(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	setvbuf(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_void(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpwnam(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	shmat(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdr_wrapstring(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpwnam_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	shmctl(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdrmem_create(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpwuid(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	shmdt(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdrrec_create(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getpwuid_r(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	shmget(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	xdrrec_eof(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
getrlimit(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	shutdown(GLIBC_2.2)[1]	
	
getrlimit64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	sigaction(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	

Table A-18. libc Data Interfaces
__daylight	__timezone	_sys_errlist	
__environ	__tzname	

A.14. libpthread
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Large File Support	
Linux Standard Base	
ISO/IEC 9945:2003 Portable Operating System(POSIX)and The Single UNIX® Specification(SUS) V3	

Table A-19. libpthread Function Interfaces
_pthread_cleanup_pop[1]	pthread_create()[1]	pthread_rwlock_trywrlock()[1]	
_pthread_cleanup_push[1]	pthread_detach()[1]	pthread_rwlock_unlock()[1]	
pread(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_equal(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_rwlock_wrlock(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pread64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_exit(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pthread_attr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_getspecific(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_attr_getdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_join(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_rwlockattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_attr_getguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_key_create(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pthread_attr_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_key_delete(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_self(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_attr_getstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_kill(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_setcancelstate(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pthread_attr_getstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_mutex_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_setcanceltype(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pthread_attr_init(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_mutex_init(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_setconcurrency[1]	
pthread_attr_setdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_mutex_lock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_setspecific(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_attr_setguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_mutex_trylock(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_sigmask(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pthread_attr_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_mutex_unlock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_testcancel(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_attr_setstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_mutexattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pwrite(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pthread_attr_setstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	pwrite64(GLIBC_2.1)[1]	
pthread_cancel(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_mutexattr_gettype(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_close(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_cond_broadcast(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_mutexattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_cond_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_getvalue(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_cond_init(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_mutexattr_settype(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_init(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_cond_signal(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_once(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_open(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_cond_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_rwlock_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_post(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_cond_wait(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_rwlock_init(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_condattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_rwlock_rdlock(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	sem_trywait(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_condattr_getpshared[1]	pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock[1]	sem_unlink()[1]	
pthread_condattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock[1]	sem_wait(GLIBC_2.0)[1]	
pthread_condattr_setpshared[1]	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock()[1]	

A.15. libpam
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	

Table A-20. libpam Function Interfaces
pam_acct_mgmt[1]	pam_fail_delay[1]	pam_setcred[1]	
pam_authenticate[1]	pam_get_item[1]	pam_start[1]	
pam_chauthtok[1]	pam_getenvlist[1]	pam_strerror[1]	
pam_close_session[1]	pam_open_session[1]	
	
pam_end[1]	pam_set_item[1]	

Linux Packaging Specification

Linux Packaging Specification

Table of Contents
I. Package Format and Installation	000
1. Software Installation	000
1.1. Package File Format	000
1.1.1. Lead Section	000
1.1.2. Header Structure	000
1.1.2.1. Header Record	000
1.1.2.2. Index Record	000
1.1.2.2.1. Index Type Values	000
1.1.2.2.2. Index Tag Values	000
1.1.2.3. Header Store	000
1.1.3. Signature Section	000
1.1.4. Header Section	000
1.1.4.1. Package Information	000
1.1.4.2. Installation Information	000
1.1.4.3. File Information	000
1.1.4.4. Dependency Information	000
1.1.4.4.1. Package Dependency Values	000
1.1.4.4.2. Package Dependencies Attributes	000
1.1.4.5. Other Information	000
1.1.5. Payload Section	000
1.2. Package Script Restrictions	000
1.3. Package Tools	000
1.4. Package Naming	000
1.5. Package Dependencies	000
1.6. Package Architecture Considerations	000

List of Tables
1-1. RPM File Format	000
1-2. Signature Format	000
1-3. Index Type values	000
1-4. Header Private Tag Values	000
1-5. Signature Tag Values	000
1-6. Signature Digest Tag Values	000
1-7. Signature Signing Tag Values	000
1-8. Package Info Tag Values	000
1-9. Installation Tag Values	000
1-10. File Info Tag Values	000
1-11. Package Dependency Tag Values	000
1-12. Index Type values	000
1-13. Package Dependency Attributes	000
1-14. Other Tag Values	000
1-15. CPIO File Format	000

I. Package Format and Installation

Chapter 1. Software Installation
Applications shall either be packaged in the RPM packaging format as defined in this specification, or supply an installer which is LSB conforming (for example, calls LSB commands and utilities). 1
Distributions shall provide a mechanism for installing applications in this packaging format with some restrictions listed below. 2
1.1. Package File Format
An RPM format file consists of 4 sections, the Lead, Signature, Header, and the Payload. All values are stored in network byte order.
Table 1-1. RPM File Format
Lead	
Signature	
Header	
Payload	

These 4 sections shall exist in the order specified.
The lead section is used to identify the package file.
The signature section is used to verify the integrity, and optionally, the authenticity of the majority of the package file.
The header section contains all available information about the package. Entries such as the package's name, version, and file list, are contained in the header.
The payload section holds the files to be install.
1.1.1. Lead Section
struct rpmlead {
    unsigned char magic[4];
    unsigned char major, minor;
    short type;
    short archnum;
    char name[66];
    short osnum;
    short signature_type;
    char reserved[16];
} ;
magic
 	Value identifying this file as an RPM format file. This value shall be "\355\253\356\333".
major
 	Value indicating the major version number of the file format version. This value shall be 3.
minor
 	Value indicating the minor revision number of file format version. This value shall be 0.
type
 	Value indicating whether this is a source or binary package. This value shall be 0 to indicate a binary package.
archnum
 	Value indicating the architecture for which this package is valid. This value is specified in the architecture-specific LSB specification.
name
 	A NUL terminated string that provides the package name. This name shall conform with the Package Naming section of this specification.
osnum
 	Value indicating the Operating System for which this package is valid. This value shall be 1.
signature_type
 	Value indicating the type of the signature used in the Signature part of the file. This value shall be 5.
reserved
 	Reserved space. The value is undefined.
1.1.2. Header Structure
The Header structure is used for both the Signature and Header Sections. A Header Structure consists of 3 parts, a Header record, followed by 1 or more Index records, followed by 0 or more bytes of data associated with the Index records. A Header structure shall be aligned to an 8 byte boundary.
Table 1-2. Signature Format
Header Record	
Array of Index Records	
Store of Index Values	

1.1.2.1. Header Record
struct rpmheader {
    unsigned char magic[4];
    unsigned char reserved[4];
    int nindex;
    int hsize;
    } ;
magic
 	Value identifying this record as an RPM header record. This value shall be "\216\255\350\001".
reserved
 	Reserved space. This value shall be "\000\000\000\000".
nindex
 	The number of Index Records that follow this Header Record. There should be at least 1 Index Record.
hsize
 	The size in bytes of the storage area for the data pointed to by the Index Records.
1.1.2.2. Index Record
struct rpmhdrindex {
    int tag;
    int type;
    int offset;
    int count;
    } ;
tag
 	Value identifying the purpose of the data associated with this Index Record. This value of this field is dependent on the context in which the Index Record is used, and is defined below and in later sections.
type
 	Value identifying the type of the data associated with this Index Record. The possible type values are defined below.
offset
 	Location in the Store of the data associated with this Index Record. This value should between 0 and the value contained in the hsize of the Header Structure.
count
 	Size of the data associated with this Index Record. The count is the number of elements whose size is defined by the type of this Record.
1.1.2.2.1. Index Type Values
The possible values for the type field are defined in this table.
Table 1-3. Index Type values
Type	Value	Size (in bytes)	Alignment	
RPM_NULL_TYPE	0	Not Implemented.	
	
RPM_CHAR_TYPE	1	1	1	
RPM_INT8_TYPE	2	1	1	
RPM_INT16_TYPE	3	2	2	
RPM_INT32_TYPE	4	4	4	
RPM_INT64_TYPE	5	Reserved.	
	
RPM_STRING_TYPE	6	variable, NUL terminated	1	
RPM_BIN_TYPE	7	1	1	
RPM_STRING_ARRAY_TYPE	8	Variable, sequence of NUL terminated strings	1	
RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE	9	variable, sequence of NUL terminated strings	1	

The string arrays specified for enties of type RPM_STRING_ARRAY_TYPE and RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE are vectors of strings in a contiguous block of memory, each element separated from its neighbors by a NUL character.
Index records with type RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE shall always have a count of 1. The array entries in an index of type RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE correspond to the locale names contained in the RPMTAG_HDRI18NTABLE index.
1.1.2.2.2. Index Tag Values
Some values are designated as header private, and may appear in any header structure. These are defined here. Additional values are defined in later sections.
Table 1-4. Header Private Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_HEADERSIGNATURES	62	BIN	16	Optional	
RPMTAG_HEADERIMMUTABLE	63	BIN	16	Optional	
RPMTAG_HEADERI18NTABLE	100	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	

RPMTAG_HEADERSIGNATURES
 	The signature tag differentiates a signature header from a metadata header, and identifies the original contents of the signature header.
RPMTAG_HEADERIMMUTABLE
 	This tag contains an index record which specifies the portion of the Header Record which was used for the calculation of a signature. This data shall be preserved or any header-only signature will be invalidated.
RPMTAG_HEADERI18NTABLE
 	Contains a list of locales for which strings are provided in other parts of the package.
Not all Index records defined here will be present in all packages. Each tag value has a status which is defined here.
Required
 	This Index Record shall be present.
Optional
 	This Index Record may be present.
Deprecated
 	This Index Record should not be present.
Obsolete
 	This Index Record shall not be present.
Reserved
 	This Index Record shall not be present.
1.1.2.3. Header Store
The header store contains the values specified by the Index structures. These values are aligned according to their type and padding is used if needed. The store is located immediately following the Index structures.
1.1.3. Signature Section
The Signature section is implemented using the Header structure. The signature section defines the following additional tag values which may be used in the Index structures.
These values exist to provide additional information about the rest of the package.
Table 1-5. Signature Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
SIGTAG_SIGSIZE	1000	INT32	1	Required	
SIGTAG_PAYLOADSIZE	1007	INT32	1	Optional	

SIGTAG_SIGSIZE
 	This tag specifies the combined size of the Header and Payload sections.
SIGTAG_PAYLOADSIZE
 	This tag specifies the uncompressed size of the Payload archive, including the cpio headers.
These values exist to ensure the integrity of the rest of the package.
Table 1-6. Signature Digest Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
SIGTAG_MD5	1004	BIN	16	Required	
SIGTAG_SHA1HEADER	1010	STRING	1	Optional	

SIGTAG_MD5
 	This tag specifies the 128-bit MD5 checksum of the combined Header and Archive sections.
SIGTAG_SHA1HEADER
 	This index contains the SHA1 checksum of the entire Header Section, including the Header Record, Index Records and Header store.
These values exist to provide authentication of the package.
Table 1-7. Signature Signing Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
SIGTAG_PGP	1002	BIN	1	Optional	
SIGTAG_GPG	1005	BIN	65	Optional	
SIGTAG_DSAHEADER	1011	BIN	1	Optional	
SIGTAG_RSAHEADER	1012	BIN	1	Optional	

SIGTAG_PGP
 	This tag specifies the RSA signature of the combined Header and Payload sections. The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format.
SIGTAG_GPG
 	The tag contains the DSA signature of the combined Header and Payload sections. The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format.
SIGTAG_DSAHEADER
 	The tag contains the DSA signature of the Header section. The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format. If this tag is present,then the SIGTAG_GPG tag shall also be present.
SIGTAG_RSAHEADER
 	The tag contains the RSA signature of the Header section.The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format. If this tag is present, then the SIGTAG_PGP shall also be present.
1.1.4. Header Section
The Header section is implemented using the Header structure. The Header section defines the following additional tag values which may be used in the Index structures.
1.1.4.1. Package Information
The following tag values are used to indicate information that describes the package as a whole.
Table 1-8. Package Info Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_NAME	1000	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_VERSION	1001	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_RELEASE	1002	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_SUMMARY	1004	I18NSTRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_DESCRIPTION	1005	I18NSTRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_SIZE	1009	INT32	1	Required	
RPMTAG_LICENSE	1014	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_GROUP	1016	I18NSTRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_OS	1021	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_ARCH	1022	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_SOURCERPM	1044	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_ARCHIVESIZE	1046	INT32	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_RPMVERSION	1064	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_COOKIE	1094	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFORMAT	1124	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_PAYLOADCOMPRESSOR	1125	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFLAGS	1126	STRING	1	Required	

RPMTAG_NAME
 	This tag specifies the name of the package.
RPMTAG_VERSION
 	This tag specifies the version of the package.
RPMTAG_RELEASE
 	This tag specifies the release of the package.
RPMTAG_SUMMARY
 	This tag specifies the summary description of the package. The summary value pointed to by this index record contains a one line description of the package.
RPMTAG_DESCRIPTION
 	This tag specifies the description of the package. The description value pointed to by this index record contains a full desription of the package.
RPMTAG_SIZE
 	This tag specifies the sum of the sizes of the regular files in the archive.
RPMTAG_LICENSE
 	This tag specifies the license which applies to this package.
RPMTAG_GROUP
 	This tag specifies the administrative group to which this package belongs.
RPMTAG_OS
 	This tag specifies the OS of the package. The OS value pointed to by this index record shall be "linux".
RPMTAG_ARCH
 	This tag specifies the architecture of the package. The architecture value pointed to by this index record is defined in architecture specific LSB specification.
RPMTAG_SOURCERPM
 	This tag specifies the name of the source RPM
RPMTAG_ARCHIVESIZE
 	This tag specifies the uncompressed size of the Payload archive, including the cpio headers.
RPMTAG_RPMVERSION
 	This tag indicates the version of RPM tool used to build this package. The value is unused.
RPMTAG_COOKIE
 	This tag contains an opaque string whose contents are undefined.
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFORMAT
 	This tag specifies the format of the Archive section. The format value pointed to by this index record shall be 'cpio'.
RPMTAG_PAYLOADCOMPRESSOR
 	This tag specifies the compression used on the Archive section. The compression value pointed to by this index record shall be 'gzip'
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFLAGS
 	This tag indicates the compression level used for the Payload. This value shall always be '9'.
1.1.4.2. Installation Information
The following tag values are used to provide information needed during the installation of the package.
Table 1-9. Installation Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_PREIN	1023	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTIN	1024	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_PREUN	1025	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTUN	1026	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_PREINPROG	1085	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTINPROG	1086	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_PREUNPROG	1087	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTUNPROG	1088	STRING	1	Optional	

RPMTAG_PREIN
 	This tag specifies the preinstall scriptlet.
RPMTAG_POSTIN
 	This tag specifies the postinstall scriptlet.
RPMTAG_PREUN
 	his tag specifies the preuninstall scriptlet.
RPMTAG_POSTUN
 	This tag specified the postuninstall scriptlet.
RPMTAG_PREINPROG
 	This tag specifies the name of the intepreter to which the preinstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be '/bin/sh'.
RPMTAG_POSTINPROG
 	This tag specifies the name of the intepreter to which the postinstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be '/bin/sh'.
RPMTAG_PREUNPROG
 	This tag specifies the name of the intepreter to which the preuninstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be '/bin/sh'.
RPMTAG_POSTUNPROG
 	This program specifies the name of the intepreter to which the postuninstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be '/bin/sh'.
1.1.4.3. File Information
The following tag values are used to provide information about the files in the payload. This information is provided in the header to allow more efficient access of the information.
Table 1-10. File Info Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_OLDFILENAMES	1027	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_FILESIZES	1028	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEMODES	1030	INT16	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILERDEVS	1033	INT16	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEMTIMES	1034	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEMD5S	1035	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILELINKTOS	1036	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEFLAGS	1037	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME	1039	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME	1040	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES	1095	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEINODES	1096	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILELANGS	1097	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES	1116	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_BASENAMES	1117	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_DIRNAMES	1118	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	

RPMTAG_OLDFILENAMES
 	This tag specifies the filenames when not in a compressed format as determined by the absense of rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) in the RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME index.
RPMTAG_FILESIZES
 	This tag specifies the size of each file in the archive.
RPMTAG_FILEMODES
 	This tag specifies the mode of each file in the archive.
RPMTAG_FILERDEVS
 	This tag specifies the device number from which the file was copied.
RPMTAG_FILEMTIMES
 	This tag specifies the modification time in seconds since the epoch of each file in the archive.
RPMTAG_FILEMD5S
 	This tag specifies the ASCII representation of the MD5 sum of the corresponding file contents. This value is empty if the corresponding archive entry is not a regular file.
RPMTAG_FILELINKTOS
 	The target for a symlink, otherwise NULL.
RPMTAG_FILEFLAGS
 	This tag specifies the bit(s) to classify and control how files are to be installed.
RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME
 	This tag specifies the owner of the corresponding file.
RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME
 	This tag specifies the of the corresponding file.
RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES
 	This tag specifies the 16 bit device number from which the file was copied.
RPMTAG_FILEINODES
 	This tag specifies the inode value from the original file on the build host.
RPMTAG_FILELANGS
 	This tag specifies a per-file locale marker used to install only locale specific subsets of files when the package is installed.
RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES
 	This tag specifies the index into the array provided by the RPMTAG_DIRNAMES Index which contains the directory name for the corresponding filename.
RPMTAG_BASENAMES
 	This tag specifies the base portion of the corresponding filename.
RPMTAG_DIRNAMES
 	This tag specifies the directory portion of the corresponding filename. Each directory name shall contain a trailing '/'.
One of RPMTAG_OLDFILENAMES or the tuple RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES,RPMTAG_BASENAMES,RPMTAG_DIRNAMES shall be present, but not both.
1.1.4.4. Dependency Information
The following tag values are used to provide information about interdependencies between packages.
Table 1-11. Package Dependency Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_PROVIDENAME	1047	STRING_ARRAY	1	Required	
RPMTAG_REQUIREFLAGS	1048	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME	1049	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_REQUIREVERSION	1050	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_CONFLICTFLAGS	1053	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CONFLICTNAME	1054	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CONFLICTVERSION	1055	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME	1090	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_PROVIDEFLAGS	1112	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_PROVIDEVERSION	1113	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEFLAGS	1114	INT32	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEVERSION	1115	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	

RPMTAG_PROVIDENAME
 	This tag indicates the name of the dependency provided by this package.
RPMTAG_REQUIREFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the dependency range and context.
RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME
 	This tag indicates the dependencies for this package.
RPMTAG_REQUIREVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME Index.
RPMTAG_CONFLICTFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the conflict range and context.
RPMTAG_CONFLICTNAME
 	This tag indicates the conflictind dependencies for this package.
RPMTAG_CONFLICTVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_CONFLICTNAME Index.
RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME
 	This tag indicates the obsoleted dependencies for this package.
RPMTAG_PROVIDEFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the conflict range and context.
RPMTAG_PROVIDEVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_PROVIDENAME Index.
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the conflict range and context.
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME Index.
1.1.4.4.1. Package Dependency Values
The package dependencies are stored in the RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME and RPMTAG_REQUIREVERSION index records. The following values may be used.
Table 1-12. Index Type values
Name	Version	Meaning	Status	
lsb	2.0	Indicates this is an LSB conforming package.	Required	
rpmlib(VersionedDependencies)	3.0.3-1	Indicates That the package contains PMTAG_PROVIDENAME, RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME or RPMTAG_PREREQ records that have a version associated with them.	Optional	
rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix)	4.0-1	Indicates the filenames in the Archive have had "." prepended to them.	Optional	
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames)	3.0.4-1	Indicates that the filenames in the Payload are represented in the RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES, RPMTAG_DIRNAME and RPMTAG_BASENAMES indexes.	Optional	
/bin/sh	
	Interpreter usually required for installation scripts.	Optional	

1.1.4.4.2. Package Dependencies Attributes
The package dependency attributes are stored in the RPMTAG_REQUIREFLAGS, RPMTAG_PROVIDEFLAGS and RPMTAG_OBSOLETEFLAGS index records. The following values may be used.
Table 1-13. Package Dependency Attributes
Name	Value	Meaning	
RPMSENSE_LESS	0x02	
	
RPMSENSE_GREATER	0x04	
	
RPMSENSE_EQUAL	0x08	
	
RPMSENSE_PREREQ	0x40	
	
RPMSENSE_INTERP	0x100	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_PRE	0x200	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_POST	0x400	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_PREUN	0x800	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_POSTUN	0x1000	
	
RPMSENSE_RPMLIB	0x1000000	

1.1.4.5. Other Information
The following tag values are also found in the Header section.
Table 1-14. Other Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_BUILDTIME	1006	INT32	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_BUILDHOST	1007	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_FILEVERIFYFLAGS	1045	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTIME	1080	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGNAME	1081	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTEXT	1082	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_OPTFLAGS	1122	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_RHNPLATFORM	1131	STRING	1	Deprecated	
RPMTAG_PLATFORM	1132	STRING	1	Optional	

RPMTAG_BUILDTIME
 	This tag specifies the time as seconds since the epoch at which the package was built.
RPMTAG_BUILDHOST
 	This tag specifies the on which which the package was built.
RPMTAG_FILEVERIFYFLAGS
 	This tag specifies the bit(s) to control how files are to be verified after install, specifying which checks should be performed.
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTIME
 	This tag specifies the Unix time in seconds since the epoch associated with each entry in the Changelog file.
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGNAME
 	This tag specifies the name of who made a change to this package
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTEXT
 	This tag specifies the changes asssociated with a changelog entry.
RPMTAG_OPTFLAGS
 	This tag indicates additional flags which may have been passed to the compiler when building this package.
RPMTAG_RHNPLATFORM
 	This tag contains an opaque string whose contents are undefined.
RPMTAG_PLATFORM
 	This tag contains an opaque string whose contents are undefined.
1.1.5. Payload Section
The Payload section contains a compressed cpio archive. The format of this section is defined by RFC 1952: GZIP file format specification version 4.3.
When uncompressed, the cpio archive contains a sequence of records for each file. Each record contains a CPIO Header, Filename, Padding, and File Data.
Table 1-15. CPIO File Format
CPIO Header	Header structure as defined below.	
Filename	NUL terminated ASCII string containing the name of the file.	
Padding	0-3 bytes as needed to align the file stream to a 4 byte boundary.	
File data	The contents of the file.	
Padding	0-3 bytes as needed to align the file stream to a 4 byte boundary.	

The CPIO Header uses the following header structure (sometimes referred to as "new ASCII" or "SVR4 cpio"). All numbers are stored as ASCII representations of their hexadecimal value with leading zeros as needed to fill the field. With the exception of c_namesize and the corresponding name string, and c_checksum, all information contained in the CPIO Header is also represented in the Header Section. The values in in the CPIO Header shall match the values contained in the Header Section.
struct {
        char    c_magic[6];
        char    c_ino[8];
        char    c_mode[8];
        char    c_uid[8];
        char    c_gid[8];
        char    c_nlink[8];
        char    c_mtime[8];
        char    c_filesize[8];
        char    c_devmajor[8];
        char    c_devminor[8];
        char    c_rdevmajor[8];
        char    c_rdevminor[8];
        char    c_namesize[8];
        char    c_checksum[8];
        };
c_magic
 	Value identifying this cpio format. This value shall be "070701".
c_ino
 	This field contains the inode number from the filesystem from which the file was read. This field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEINODES index in the Header section.
c_mode
 	Permission bits of the file. This is an ascii representation of the hexadecimal number representing the bit as defined for the st_mode field of the stat structure defined for the stat function. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEMODES index in the Header section.
c_uid
 	Value identifying this owner of this file. This value matches the uid value of the corresponding user in the RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME as found on the system where this package was built. The username specified in RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME should take precedence when installing the package.
c_gid
 	Value identifying this group of this file. This value matches the gid value of the corresponding user in the RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME as found on the system where this package was built. The groupname specified in RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME should take precedence when installing the package.
c_nlink
 	Value identifying the number of links associated with this file. If the value is greater than 1, then this filename will be linked to 1 or more files in this archive that has a matching value for the c_ino, c_devmajor and c_devminor fields.
c_mtime
 	Value identifying the modification time of the file when it was read. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEMTIMES index in the Header section.
c_filesize
 	Value identifying the size of the file. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILESIZES index in the Header section.
c_devmajor
 	The major number of the device containing the file system from which the file was read. With the exception of processing files with c_nlink >1, this field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES index in the Header section.
c_devminor
 	The minor number of the device containing the file system from which the file was read. With the exception of processing files with c_nlink >1, this field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES index in the Header section.
c_rdevmajor
 	The major number of the raw device containing the file system from which the file was read. This field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_RDEVS index in the Header section.
c_rdevminor
 	The minor number of the raw device containing the file system from which the file was read. This field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_RDEVS index in the Header section.
c_namesize
 	Value identifying the length of the filename, which is located immediately following the CPIO Header structure.
c_checksum
 	Value containing the CRC checksum of the file data. This field is not used, and shall contain the value "00000000". This field is ignored when installing a package.
A record with the filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the last record in the archive.
1.2. Package Script Restrictions
Scripts used as part of the package install and uninstall shall only use commands and interfaces that are specified by the LSB. All other commands are not guaranteed to be present, or to behave in expected ways.
Packages shall not use RPM triggers.
Packages shall not depend on the order in which scripts are executed (pre-install, pre-uninstall, &c), when doing an upgrade.
1.3. Package Tools
The LSB does not specify the interface to the tools used to manipulate LSB-conformant packages. Each conforming distribution shall provide documentation for installing LSB packages.
1.4. Package Naming
Packages supplied by distributions and applications must follow the following rules for the name field within the package. These rules are not required for the filename of the package file itself.3
The following rules apply to the name field alone, not including any release or version.4
•	If the name begins with "lsb-" and contains no other hyphens, the name shall be assigned by the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (http://www.lanana.org) (LANANA), which shall maintain a registry of LSB names. The name may be registered by either a distribution or an application.
•	If the package name begins with "lsb-" and contains more than one hyphen (for example "lsb-distro.example.com-database" or "lsb-gnome-gnumeric"), then the portion of the package name between first and second hyphens shall either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be one of the owners' fully-qualified domain names in lower case (e.g., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com"). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA shall only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9]. The provider name or domain name may be either that of a distribution or an application.
•	Package names containing no hyphens are reserved for use by distributions. Applications must not use such names.5
•	Package names which do not start with "lsb-" and which contain a hyphen are open to both distributions and applications. Distributions may name packages in any part of this namespace. They are encouraged to use names from one of the other namespaces available to them, but this is not required due to the large amount of current practice to the contrary.6 Applications may name their packages this way, but only if the portion of the name before the first hyphen is a provider name or registered domain name as described above.7Note that package names in this namespace are available to both the distribution and an application. Distributions and applications will need to consider this potential for conflicts when deciding to use these names rather than the alternatives (such as names starting with "lsb-").
1.5. Package Dependencies
Packages shall have a dependency that indicates which LSB modules are required. LSB module descriptions are dash seperated tuples containing the name 'lsb', the module name, and the architecture name. The following dependencies may be used. 
lsb-core-arch
 	This dependency is used to indicate that the application is dependent on features contained in the LSB-Core specification.
lsb-core-noarch
 	This dependency is used to indicate that the application is dependent on features contained in the LSB-Core specification and that the package does not contain any architecture specific files.
Packages shall not depend on other system-provided dependencies. They shall not depend on non-system-provided dependencies unless those dependencies are fulfilled by packages which are part of the same application. A package may only provide a virtual package name which is registered to that application.
Other modules in the LSB may supplement this list. The architecture specific dependencies are described in the relevant architecture specific LSB.
1.6. Package Architecture Considerations
Packages which do not contain any architecture specific files must specify an architecture of noarch. A LSB runtime environment must accept values noarch, or the value specified in the architecture specific supplement.
Additional specifications or restrictions may be found in the architecture specific LSB specification.
Notes
1. 	Supplying an RPM format package is encouraged because it makes systems easier to manage. A future version of the LSB may require RPM, or specify a way for an installer to update a package database.
Applications are also encouraged to uninstall cleanly.
2. 	The distribution itself may use a different packaging format for its own packages, and of course it may use any available mechanism for installing the LSB-conformant packages.
3. 	For example, there are discrepancies among distributions concerning whether the name might be frobnicator-1.7-21-ppc32.rpm or frobnicator-1.7-21-powerpc32.rpm. The architecture aside, recommended practice is for the filename of the package file to match the name within the package.
4. 	For example, if the name with the release and version is frobnicator-1.7-21, the name part is frobnicator and falls under the rules for a name with no hyphens.
5. 	For example, "frobnicator".
6. 	For example, ssh-common, ssh-client, kernel-pcmcia, and the like. Possible alternative names include sshcommon, foolinux-ssh-common (where foolinux is registered to the distribution), or lsb-foolinux-ssh-common.
7. 	For example, if an application vendor has domain name visicalc.example.com and has registered visicalc as a provider name, they might name packages visicalc-base, visicalc.example.com-charting, and the like.